- 21.7.13 Assigning Employer Identification Numbers (EINs)
- 21.7.13.1 Program Scope and Objectives
- 21.7.13.1.1 Background
- 21.7.13.1.2 Authority
- 21.7.13.1.3 Roles and Responsibilities
- 21.7.13.1.4 Program Management and Review
- 21.7.13.1.5 Program Controls
- 21.7.13.1.6 Terms and Acronyms
- 21.7.13.1.7 Related Resources
- 21.7.13.2 EIN Assignment Overview
- 21.7.13.2.1 When an EIN is Required
- 21.7.13.2.2 When to Assign EINs
- 21.7.13.2.2.1 Frivolous/Suspicious Forms SS-4
- 21.7.13.2.2.2 How Many EINs a Responsible Party Can Receive Each Day
- 21.7.13.2.2.3 Date of Death Check - Requirement for Responsible Party for Certain Entity Types - Online/Phone/Fax/Mail
- 21.7.13.2.2.4 CC DDBMFI Unable to Assign
- 21.7.13.2.3 Methods by Which Taxpayers Can Apply for an EIN
- 21.7.13.2.4 How an EIN is Assigned
- 21.7.13.2.4.1 EIN Prefixes No Longer Available for Assignment
- 21.7.13.2.5 Form SS-4 Data and Social Security Administration
- 21.7.13.2.6 Form SS-4 Data and U.S. Census Bureau
- 21.7.13.2.7 System for Award Management (SAM)
- 21.7.13.2.8 Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) Guidelines
- 21.7.13.3 Receiving EIN Requests
- 21.7.13.3.1 IRS Employee Identification Requirements—Sec 3705(A)
- 21.7.13.3.2 Form SS-4 - General Information and Line Numbers
- 21.7.13.3.2.1 Type of Entity and Employees (Form SS-4, Lines 9a, 13, 14, and 15)
- 21.7.13.3.2.2 Taxpayer Identification Number (Form SS-4, Line 7b or Line 9a)
- 21.7.13.3.2.3 Business Operational Date (Form SS-4, Line 11)
- 21.7.13.3.2.4 Wages Paid Date (Form SS-4, Line 15)
- 21.7.13.3.2.5 Lines (16 and 17) PRIN-CKBX, PRIN-REMARKS and PRIN-MDSE-SOLD-SERVICE
- 21.7.13.3.2.6 Fiscal Year Month (Form SS-4, Line 12 - Closing Month of Accounting Year)
- 21.7.13.3.2.7 Foreign Entities - Definitions and Instructions
- 21.7.13.3.2.7.1 Foreign Entities/Persons Not Required to File a U.S. Tax Return
- 21.7.13.3.2.7.2 Foreign Entities/Persons Required to File a U.S. Tax Return
- 21.7.13.3.2.7.3 Qualified Intermediaries - Requirement for a Second EIN
- 21.7.13.3.2.8 Questionable Trusts/Estates
- 21.7.13.3.2.9 Tax Avoidance
- 21.7.13.3.2.10 Form SS-4 Signature Requirements
- 21.7.13.3.2.11 Disposition of Form SS-4 and Supporting Documentation
- 21.7.13.3.2.12 Form SS-4 Retention (Past and Present) and Requests for Copies of Form SS-4
- 21.7.13.3.3 Bulk/Bank Assignment Requests (CAMC Only)
- 21.7.13.3.3.1 Entities Qualifying for Bulk/Bank Assignments
- 21.7.13.3.3.2 Batching Bulk/Bank Requests
- 21.7.13.3.3.3 Assigning an EIN Block (CC BSIGN)
- 21.7.13.3.3.4 Telephone Calls Related to Bank List Program
- 21.7.13.3.3.5 Processing a Consolidated List Returned by an Institution/Authorized Representative
- 21.7.13.3.4 Internet EIN Applications
- 21.7.13.3.4.1 Modernized Internet EIN (Mod IEIN)
- 21.7.13.3.4.1.1 Modernized Internet EIN - Technical Difficulties with the Online Application
- 21.7.13.3.4.1.2 Modernized Internet EIN - Incident Reporting
- 21.7.13.3.4.2 Third Party Designee (TPD) Disclosure Requirements for Internet Applications
- 21.7.13.3.4.1 Modernized Internet EIN (Mod IEIN)
- 21.7.13.3.5 Receiving EIN Applications by Telephone
- 21.7.13.3.5.1 EIN Toll-Free Telephone Service-Domestic Entities
- 21.7.13.3.5.2 EIN Non-Toll-Free Telephone Service-Foreign Entities
- 21.7.13.3.5.3 Before Taking Telephone Applications
- 21.7.13.3.5.4 Taking an EIN Telephone Application
- 21.7.13.3.5.5 IDRS Downtime and End of Year Procedures
- 21.7.13.3.6 Receiving EIN Applications by Mail
- 21.7.13.3.6.1 Processing an EIN Application Received by Mail
- 21.7.13.3.6.2 Returning Original Documentation to Taxpayers
- 21.7.13.3.7 Receiving EIN Applications by Fax
- 21.7.13.3.7.1 Third Party Authorization for Form SS-4
- 21.7.13.3.7.2 Processing an Application Received by Fax
- 21.7.13.3.8 Receiving EIN Applications from Field Compliance
- 21.7.13.3.9 Receiving EIN Questions by Telephone
- 21.7.13.3.9.1 Form SS-4 Application Status
- 21.7.13.3.9.2 Other EIN Research Requests
- 21.7.13.3.10 Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, Missing Information Necessary for Processing
- 21.7.13.4 Determining Whether an Entity Needs an EIN
- 21.7.13.4.1 Responding to Taxpayer Inquiries
- 21.7.13.4.2 Researching Taxpayer Information
- 21.7.13.4.2.1 Entering Search Criteria
- 21.7.13.4.2.2 Research Using Command Codes (CC) NAMEI, NAMEB, NAMEE, AND NAMES
- 21.7.13.4.2.3 Research Using CC ENMOD (Taxpayer Information File)
- 21.7.13.4.2.4 If an EIN is Found/Not Found
- 21.7.13.4.2.5 Resolving Duplicate EINs
- 21.7.13.4.2.6 Reactivating an EIN (TC 000)
- 21.7.13.4.2.7 Taxpayer Claims They Did Not Request EIN
- 21.7.13.4.3 Entity Classification and Ownership Changes
- 21.7.13.4.3.1 Entity Classification Changes Requiring a New EIN
- 21.7.13.4.3.2 Changes to Sole Proprietorships
- 21.7.13.4.3.3 Changes to Corporations
- 21.7.13.4.3.4 Changes to Partnerships
- 21.7.13.4.3.5 Disregarded Entities
- 21.7.13.4.4 EINs Required for Business Purposes
- 21.7.13.5 Assigning EINs
- 21.7.13.5.1 EIN Assignment: Sole Proprietorship
- 21.7.13.5.1.1 Definition: Sole Proprietorship
- 21.7.13.5.1.2 Individuals Authorized to Receive EINs: Sole Proprietorship
- 21.7.13.5.1.3 Sole Proprietor Attempting to File as a Corporation
- 21.7.13.5.1.4 Determining the Need for an EIN: Sole Proprietor
- 21.7.13.5.1.5 Research Before Assigning EIN: Sole Proprietor
- 21.7.13.5.1.6 CC ESIGN Input: Sole Proprietorship
- 21.7.13.5.2 EIN Assignment: Corporation
- 21.7.13.5.2.1 Definition: Corporation
- 21.7.13.5.2.2 Individuals Authorized to Receive EINs: Corporation
- 21.7.13.5.2.3 Determining the Need for an EIN: Corporation
- 21.7.13.5.2.4 Research Before Assigning an EIN: Corporation
- 21.7.13.5.2.5 Determining Filing Requirement: Corporation
- 21.7.13.5.2.6 CC ESIGN Input: Corporations
- 21.7.13.5.3 EIN Assignment: Partnerships
- 21.7.13.5.3.1 Definition: Partnerships
- 21.7.13.5.3.2 Individuals Authorized to Receive EINs: Partnerships
- 21.7.13.5.3.3 Determining Filing Requirement: Partnerships
- 21.7.13.5.3.4 Determining the Need for an EIN: Partnerships
- 21.7.13.5.3.5 Research Before Assigning an EIN: Partnerships
- 21.7.13.5.3.6 CC ESIGN Input: Partnerships
- 21.7.13.5.4 EIN Assignment: Limited Liability Company (LLC)
- 21.7.13.5.4.1 Definition: LLC
- 21.7.13.5.4.2 Determining Tax Classification and Filing Requirements: LLC
- 21.7.13.5.4.2.1 LLC Filing as a Corporation
- 21.7.13.5.4.2.2 LLC - Regulations Effective 1/1/2008 and 1/1/2009
- 21.7.13.5.4.3 Why Two EINs Are Assigned to a Single Member LLC for Certain Tax Periods
- 21.7.13.5.4.3.1 Determining the Need for an EIN: Single-Member LLC
- 21.7.13.5.4.4 Individuals Authorized to Receive EINs: LLC
- 21.7.13.5.4.5 CC ESIGN Input: LLC
- 21.7.13.5.5 EIN Assignment: Non-Profit/Exempt
- 21.7.13.5.5.1 Definition: Non-Profit/Exempt
- 21.7.13.5.5.2 Individuals Authorized to Receive EINs: Non-Profit/Exempt
- 21.7.13.5.5.3 Research Before Assigning an EIN: Non-Profit/Exempt
- 21.7.13.5.5.4 Determining Tax Classification and Employment Code: Non-Profit/Exempt
- 21.7.13.5.5.5 CC ESIGN Input: Non-Profit/Exempt
- 21.7.13.5.5.6 Group Exemption Number: Non-profit/Exempt
- 21.7.13.5.6 EIN Assignment: Estate
- 21.7.13.5.6.1 Definition: Estates
- 21.7.13.5.6.2 Individuals Authorized to Receive EINs: Estates
- 21.7.13.5.6.3 Determining the Need for an EIN: Estates
- 21.7.13.5.6.4 Required Taxpayer Information: Estates
- 21.7.13.5.6.5 6/7 Million Series EINs: Estates
- 21.7.13.5.6.6 Research Before Assigning an EIN: Estates
- 21.7.13.5.6.7 CC ESIGN Input: Estates
- 21.7.13.5.6.8 Additional Filing Information: Estates
- 21.7.13.5.7 EIN Assignment: Employee Plans
- 21.7.13.5.7.1 Definitions: Employee Plans
- 21.7.13.5.7.2 Additional Information for Employee Plans
- 21.7.13.5.7.3 Individuals Authorized to Receive EINs: Employee Plans
- 21.7.13.5.7.4 Determining the Need for an EIN: Employee Plans
- 21.7.13.5.7.5 Research Before Assigning an EIN: Employee Plans
- 21.7.13.5.7.5.1 Additional Research for Pension Plans
- 21.7.13.5.7.5.2 Additional Research for Financial Institutions: Employee Plans
- 21.7.13.5.7.6 CC ESIGN Input: Plans
- 21.7.13.5.7.6.1 Master File Indicator and Filing Requirements: Plans
- 21.7.13.5.7.6.2 Notice Information Code: Employer Plans
- 21.7.13.5.8 EIN Assignment: Trusts
- 21.7.13.5.8.1 Definition: Trusts
- 21.7.13.5.8.2 Individuals Authorized to Receive EINs: Trusts
- 21.7.13.5.8.3 Determining the Need for an EIN: Trusts
- 21.7.13.5.8.3.1 Questionable Trusts
- 21.7.13.5.8.4 Research Before Assigning an EIN: Trusts
- 21.7.13.5.8.5 Trusts Filing as an Estate
- 21.7.13.5.8.6 CC ESIGN Input: Trusts
- 21.7.13.5.8.6.1 Exception Name Controls : Trusts
- 21.7.13.5.8.6.2 Mandatory Trust Abbreviations Primary Name: Trusts
- 21.7.13.5.9 EIN Assignment: Bankruptcy Estate
- 21.7.13.5.9.1 Definition of a Bankruptcy Estate
- 21.7.13.5.9.2 Individuals Authorized to Receive EINs: Bankruptcy Estate
- 21.7.13.5.9.3 Determining the Need for an EIN: Bankruptcy Estates
- 21.7.13.5.9.4 Research Before Assigning an EIN: Bankruptcy Estate
- 21.7.13.5.9.5 CC ESIGN Input: Bankruptcy Estate
- 21.7.13.5.10 EIN Assignment: Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (REMIC)
- 21.7.13.5.10.1 Definition: REMIC
- 21.7.13.5.10.2 Individuals Authorized to Receive EINs: REMIC
- 21.7.13.5.10.3 Determining the Need for an EIN: REMIC
- 21.7.13.5.10.4 Research Before Assigning an EIN: REMIC
- 21.7.13.5.10.5 Form 1066 REMIC Tax Return
- 21.7.13.5.10.6 CC ESIGN Input: REMIC
- 21.7.13.5.11 EIN Assignment: Unincorporated Business Organizations (UBOs) and Business Trust Organizations (BTOs)
- 21.7.13.5.11.1 Definitions - UBO and BTO
- 21.7.13.5.11.2 Determining Tax Classification and Filing Requirements: UBO and BTO
- 21.7.13.5.11.2.1 Tax Classification: UBOs and BTOs
- 21.7.13.5.11.2.2 Filing Requirements: UBOs and BTOs
- 21.7.13.5.11.3 Individuals Authorized to Receive an EIN: UBOs and BTOs
- 21.7.13.5.11.4 Determining the Need for an EIN: UBOs and BTOs
- 21.7.13.5.12 EIN Assignment: Other/Undetermined Entity Types
- 21.7.13.5.12.1 Individuals Authorized to Receive an EIN: Other/Undetermined Entity
- 21.7.13.5.12.2 Tax Classification Determination: Other/Undetermined Entity
- 21.7.13.5.12.3 Research Before Assigning an EIN: Other/Undetermined Entity
- 21.7.13.5.12.4 CC ESIGN Input: Other/Undetermined Entity
- 21.7.13.5.13 EIN Assignment: Foreign Entities
- 21.7.13.5.13.1 Master File Indicator and Filing Requirement: Foreign Entities
- 21.7.13.5.13.2 Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI)
- 21.7.13.5.14 Section 3504 Agents
- 21.7.13.5.15 Home Care Service Recipients (HCSRs)
- 21.7.13.5.1 EIN Assignment: Sole Proprietorship
- 21.7.13.6 Making EIN Account Changes (CC BNCHG/BRCHG)
- 21.7.13.6.1 Accessing CC BNCHG
- 21.7.13.6.2 Third Party Authorization for Account Changes
- 21.7.13.6.3 Resolving Multiple EINs (CC BRCHG)
- 21.7.13.6.3.1 Multiple EINs Assigned-No Returns Filed
- 21.7.13.6.3.2 Multiple EINs Assigned-Returns Filed on One Number Only
- 21.7.13.6.3.3 Multiple EINs Assigned-Returns Filed on More Than One Number
- 21.7.13.6.4 Closing/Cancelling an EIN Account
- 21.7.13.6.5 Changing EIN Account Information
- 21.7.13.6.5.1 Changing an Address
- 21.7.13.6.5.2 Authority for Changing Filing Requirements
- 21.7.13.6.5.3 Changing an Employment Code Assigned in Error (Employment Code "F" )
- 21.7.13.6.5.4 Deleting an Existing Employment Code
- 21.7.13.6.5.5 Identifying EIN Account Information (Transaction Codes)
- 21.7.13.6.5.6 Authority for Making Primary Name Line Changes
- 21.7.13.6.5.7 Authority for Making Second Name Line/Sort Name Line Changes
- 21.7.13.7 Mailing Address/Fax Numbers, Processing Times, Correspondence, ESIGN Entries, Employment Codes, Filing Requirements, BNCHG, Notices, and Letters
- 21.7.13.7.1 Mailing Address/Fax Numbers for Form SS-4
- 21.7.13.7.2 Forms SS-4 and Correspondence: Processing Timeframes and Batching
- 21.7.13.7.2.1 Processing Timeframes
- 21.7.13.7.2.2 Cases Forwarded to Submission Processing BMF Entity
- 21.7.13.7.2.3 Receiving and Sorting Incoming Cases
- 21.7.13.7.2.4 Rebatching Work
- 21.7.13.7.3 CC ESIGN Input Screen
- 21.7.13.7.3.1 Overview
- 21.7.13.7.3.2 EIN Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.3 Master File Indicator Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.4 Location Code Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.5 Application Case Identifier Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.6 Name Field Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.6.1 Name Control Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.6.2 Primary Name Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.6.2.1 Basic Information on Primary Name Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.6.2.2 Primary Name Input Field Requirements
- 21.7.13.7.3.6.2.3 Information on Names of Spanish Extraction
- 21.7.13.7.3.6.3 Continuation of Primary Name Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.6.4 Sort Name Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.6.4.1 Basic Information on the Sort Name Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.6.4.2 Sort Name Input Field Requirements
- 21.7.13.7.3.6.5 Care of Name Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.7 Address Field Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.7.1 Foreign Street Address Field
- 21.7.13.7.3.7.2 Mail Street or Foreign City/ZIP Field
- 21.7.13.7.3.7.3 Mail City/State/ZIP or Foreign Country Field
- 21.7.13.7.3.7.3.1 Basic Information on the Mail City/State/ZIP or Foreign Country Field
- 21.7.13.7.3.7.3.2 Foreign Country Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.7.3.3 Mail City/State/ZIP Input, Major City Codes Input, and Zip Code Information
- 21.7.13.7.3.7.4 Location Street Address Field
- 21.7.13.7.3.7.5 Location City/State/ZIP Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.8 Address Formatting Guidelines
- 21.7.13.7.3.8.1 Handling Domestic Mailing and Location Addresses
- 21.7.13.7.3.8.1.1 Basic Information on Domestic Mailing and Location Addresses
- 21.7.13.7.3.8.1.2 Guidelines for Inputting the Mailing or Location Street Address
- 21.7.13.7.3.8.1.3 PO Box Numbers
- 21.7.13.7.3.8.1.4 Handling Incomplete Addresses
- 21.7.13.7.3.8.2 Street Address Abbreviations
- 21.7.13.7.3.8.3 Domestic Foreign Addresses
- 21.7.13.7.3.8.3.1 Army Post Office (APO)/Fleet Post Office (FPO)State Codes
- 21.7.13.7.3.8.3.2 Territories and Possessions State Codes
- 21.7.13.7.3.8.4 ESIGN Entity Input for Foreign Addresses
- 21.7.13.7.3.8.1 Handling Domestic Mailing and Location Addresses
- 21.7.13.7.3.9 Filing Requirements Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.9.1 Form 941 Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.9.2 Form 940 Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.9.3 Form 943 Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.9.4 Form 945 Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.9.5 Form 2290 Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.9.6 Form 1041 Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.9.7 Form 1065 Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.9.8 Form 3520 Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.9.9 Form 1120 Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.9.10 Form 720 Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.9.11 Form 730 Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.9.12 Form 11-C Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.9.13 CT-1 Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.9.14 Form 1066 Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.9.15 Form 1042 Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.9.16 Form 944 Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.10 Fiscal Year Month Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.11 Employment Code Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.12 Miscellaneous Fields Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.12.1 FTD Suppression Indicator
- 21.7.13.7.3.12.2 Cross Reference (XREF) TIN Type Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.12.3 SSN/ITIN/EIN Input-XREF Responsible Party (Form SS-4, Line 7)
- 21.7.13.7.3.12.4 Sole Proprietor SSN Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.12.5 Non-resident Alien Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.12.6 Railroad Retirement Board Number Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.13 Notice Information Code Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.14 Return Identity Code Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.15 Return Identity Tax Period Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.16 Business Operational Date Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.17 Wages Paid Date Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.18 Duplicate Address Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.19 Number of Employees Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.20 Reason Applied Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.21 Phone Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.22 Prior EIN Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.23 Remarks Field Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.24 Business Location Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.25 Type of Entity and Type of Entity Remarks (Form SS-4, Line 9a)
- 21.7.13.7.3.26 Reason for Applying Message
- 21.7.13.7.3.27 Principal Business Activity Checkbox Input and Examples/Descriptions
- 21.7.13.7.3.28 Principal Business Activity Remarks Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.29 Principal Merchandise Sold/Service Input
- 21.7.13.7.3.30 Prior EIN
- 21.7.13.7.4 BMF Employment Codes for Non-Profit/Exempt Entities
- 21.7.13.7.4.1 Economic Opportunity Act (EOA) Employers
- 21.7.13.7.4.2 Employment Code "W" : Section 501 Organizations
- 21.7.13.7.4.3 Employment Code "F" : Federal Government Agencies
- 21.7.13.7.4.4 Employment Code "G" : State and Local Government Agencies
- 21.7.13.7.4.5 Employment Code "M" : Maritime Industry Entities
- 21.7.13.7.4.6 Employment Code "I" : Indian Tribal Entities
- 21.7.13.7.5 Tax Form Descriptions and Filing Requirements
- 21.7.13.7.5.1 Tax Form Descriptions and General Filing Requirements
- 21.7.13.7.5.1.1 Form 940 (Employers Federal Unemployment Tax)
- 21.7.13.7.5.1.2 Form 941 (Employers QUARTERLY Federal Tax)
- 21.7.13.7.5.1.3 Form 943 (Agricultural Employers)
- 21.7.13.7.5.1.4 Form 944 (Employer's ANNUAL Federal Tax Return)
- 21.7.13.7.5.1.5 Form 945 (Annual Withheld Income Tax)
- 21.7.13.7.5.1.6 Form 720 (Quarterly Excise Tax)
- 21.7.13.7.5.1.7 Form 2290 (Heavy Highway Vehicle Use Tax)
- 21.7.13.7.5.1.8 Form 11-C (Occupational Tax and Registration on Wagering)
- 21.7.13.7.5.1.9 Form 730 (Monthly Tax for Wagers)
- 21.7.13.7.5.2 Tax Form and Filing Requirement Descriptions for Corporations
- 21.7.13.7.5.2.1 Form 1120 (Domestic Corporations)
- 21.7.13.7.5.2.2 Form 1120-C (Cooperatives)
- 21.7.13.7.5.2.3 Form 1120-SF (Settlement Funds)
- 21.7.13.7.5.2.4 Form 1120-H (Homeowners Associations)
- 21.7.13.7.5.2.5 Form 1120-IC-DISC (Interest Charge Domestic International Sales Corporations)
- 21.7.13.7.5.2.6 Form 1120-F (Foreign Corporations)
- 21.7.13.7.5.2.7 Form 1120-FSC (Foreign Sales Corporations)
- 21.7.13.7.5.2.8 Form 1120-L (Life Insurance Companies)
- 21.7.13.7.5.2.9 Form 1120-ND (Nuclear Decommissioning Funds)
- 21.7.13.7.5.2.10 Form 1120-PC (Property and Casualty Insurance Companies)
- 21.7.13.7.5.2.11 Form 1120-POL (Political Organizations)
- 21.7.13.7.5.2.12 Form 1120-RIC (Regulated Investment Companies)
- 21.7.13.7.5.2.13 Form 1120-REIT (Real Estate Investment Trust)
- 21.7.13.7.5.2.14 Form 1120-S (S Corporations)
- 21.7.13.7.5.1 Tax Form Descriptions and General Filing Requirements
- 21.7.13.7.6 BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.1 941 BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.2 Form 940 BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.3 Form 943 BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.4 Form 944 BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.5 Form 945 BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.6 Form 1041 BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.7 Form 1065 BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.8 Form 1120 BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.9 Form 720 BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.10 Form 730 BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.11 Form 11-C BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.12 Form CT-1 BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.13 Form 1066 BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.14 Form 1042 BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.15 Form 5227 BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.16 Form 990 BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.17 Form 1120-C BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.18 Form 990-T BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.19 Form 990-PF BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.20 Form 706GS(D) BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.21 Form 706GS(T) BNCHG Filing Requirement Input
- 21.7.13.7.6.22 BNCHG Filing "Not Required" Input
- 21.7.13.7.7 Letters Sent to Taxpayers
- 21.7.13.7.8 Computer-Generated Notices to Taxpayers
- 21.7.13.7.9 Additional Information Sent to Taxpayers When an EIN is Assigned
- 21.7.13.8 Introduction to Enterprise File Storage (EFS) PEGA
- 21.7.13.8.1 Workflow Overview
- 21.7.13.8.2 EFS PEGA User Roles
- 21.7.13.8.2.1 User Role: EIN Clerk
- 21.7.13.8.2.2 User Role: Banklist Clerk
- 21.7.13.8.2.3 User Role: SS-4 Tax Examiner
- 21.7.13.8.2.4 User Role: Banklist Tax Examiner
- 21.7.13.8.2.5 User Role: International EIN
- 21.7.13.8.2.6 User Role: Manager / Lead
- 21.7.13.8.2.6.1 Bulk Fax Back Retry
- 21.7.13.8.2.7 User Role: Banklist Lead
- 21.7.13.8.3 PEGA Reports
- 21.7.13.8.4 Business Administrator Fucntionality
- Exhibit 21.7.13-1 ESIGN Fields on IDRS
- Exhibit 21.7.13-2 Acronyms
- 21.7.13.1 Program Scope and Objectives
Part 21. Customer Account Services
Chapter 7. Business Tax Returns and Non-Master File Accounts
Section 13. Assigning Employer Identification Numbers (EINs)
21.7.13 Assigning Employer Identification Numbers (EINs)
Manual Transmittal
September 01, 2026
Purpose
(1) This transmits revised IRM 21.7.13, Business Tax Returns and Non-Master File Accounts - Assigning Employer Identification Numbers (EINs).
Material Changes
(1) This IRM was revised to reflect the following changes:
| IRM Reference | Material Changes |
|---|---|
| IRM 21.7.13.2.2.1 | Added links to IRM 21.5.1.4.10, Classified Waste, IRM 21.7.13.8.2.3(10), User Role: SS-4 Tax Examiner, IRM 21.7.13.8.2.5(10), User Role: International EIN, and IRM 21.7.13.8.2.6(8), User Role: Manager / Lead, for guidance on handling classified waste. Removed reference to IRM 3.11.6.7.14, Criminal Investigation (CI) Scheme Development Center Screening (no longer valid), and updated referral guidance for suspicious Forms SS-4. |
| IRM 21.7.13.2.2.2(3) | Removed official use only designation from paragraph 3. Removed instructions to return Forms SS-4 not processed due to the 1 EIN per responsible party per day limitation to the applicant and added guidance to correspond with the applicant following IRM 21.7.13.3.10, Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, Missing Information Necessary for Processing. Added a reminder that for trusts, the limitation is applied to the grantor, owner, or trustor, for decedent estates, the limitation is applied to the decedent, and for bankruptcy estates, the limitation is applied to the debtor per the Instructions for Form SS-4. |
| IRM 21.7.13.2.2.3 | Updated the list of entities in paragraph 3 and designated the list as official use only. IPU 25U3678 dated 11-21-2025. |
| IRM 21.7.13.2.2.3(5) | Clarified that the table in paragraph (5) should be followed if a date of death is present for the responsible party for an entity not listed in paragraph (3) when the caller is authorized to receive information as determined in IRM 21.7.13.3.4.1, Modernized Internet EIN (Mod IEIN). IPU 26U0060 dated 1-9-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.2.2.3(5) | Designated specific content as official use only. |
| IRM 21.7.13.2.4 | Added 41 to the list of internet EIN prefixes. IPU 25U3678 dated 11-21-2025. |
| IRM 21.7.13.2.4 | Added 42 to the list of internet EIN prefixes. IPU 26U0488 dated 4-30-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.2.8 | Removed duplicated substantive content including information referencing the Taxpayer Bill of Rights (TBOR) and directed users to the source IRM 21.3.1.18, Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) Guidelines. Added information that Accounts Management (AM) will no longer prepare Form 911 or Form e-911 for taxpayers meeting TAS criteria or otherwise requesting TAS assistance. IPU 26U0060 dated 1-9-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.2.8 | Clarified changes to the AM TAS referral process do not change the requirements to follow IRM 21.1.3.18, Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) Guidelines when TAS criteria are met or the taxpayer specifically requests TAS assistance. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.2.2(1) | Updated the guidelines for Form SS-4 Line 7b for foreign responsible parties who do not have or are ineligible to obtain an ITIN or SSN based on a change to the Instructions for Form SS-4 in December 2025. Added a reminder that government entities include entities classified as Indian Tribal Government enterprises on Line 9a. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.2.6(3) | Added fiscal year month (FYM) determination guidance for insurance companies and corporations other than insurance companies, small business corporations, or personal service corporations. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7 | Reorganized content for clarity. Explained assistors staffing the non-toll free EIN International phone line must determine if the principal business was created or organized outside the U.S. or U.S. Territories before processing an EIN application by telephone. Directed the reader to paragraph 5 for guidance to determine if an application is international or domestic. Added additional scenarios to the paragraph 5 If/And/Then table. IPU 25U3678 dated 11-21-2025. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7(5) | Removed instruction to assign a regular series EIN from paragraph (5) If/And/Then table rows 2, 3, and 4 and added if the application was received by phone on the non-toll-free EIN International line, advise the caller of the methods to apply for an EIN following the reminder in paragraph 2. IPU 26U0060 dated 1-9-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7(5) | Revised If/And/Then scenarios used to determine if a Form SS-4 is international or domestic. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7.1(1) | Updated the guidelines for Form SS-4 Line 7b for foreign responsible parties who do not have or are ineligible to obtain an ITIN or SSN based on a change to the Instructions for Form SS-4 in December 2025. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.2.8 | Aligned paragraph 2 language with paragraph 1. Added a link to IRM 21.7.13.5.8.3(1) row 11, Determining the Need for an EIN: Trusts. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.2.10(2) | Clarified an electronic signature will not be accepted to authorize third party disclosure. A handwritten signature is required. IPU 25U3678 dated 11-21-2025. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.2.11(2) | Removed statement about Forms SS-4 not processed due to missing information being returned to the applicant. Clarified that EIN Tax Examiners will correspond with the applicant explaining why a new EIN was not assigned. Added links to IRM 21.7.13.4.2.4, If an EIN is Found/Not Found, and new IRM 21.7.13.3.10, Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, Missing Information Necessary for Processing. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.2.11(2) | Defined classified waste and added links to IRM 21.5.1.4.10, Classified Waste, IRM 21.7.13.8.2.3(10), User Role: SS-4 Tax Examiner, IRM 21.7.13.8.2.5(10), User Role: International EIN, and IRM 21.7.13.8.2.6(8), User Role: Manager / Lead, for guidance on handling classified waste. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.2.12(3) | Updated the fax number and mailing address for internal requests for copies of Forms SS-4 processed 1938 - 1998 retained by Social Security Administration. IPU 26U0488 dated 4-30-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.4.1 | Added instruction to obtain the entity name and address and research using the IAT EIN Assignment Tool or CC NAMEE (if the tool is unavailable). IPU 25U3678 dated 11-21-2025. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.4.1 | Added a reminder to paragraph (5) to refer to IRM 21.1.3.9, Mailing and Faxing Tax Account Information, for additional disclosure requirements if the taxpayer requests a faxed copy of Letter 147C. IPU 26U0060 dated 1-9-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.4.1(4) | Clarified if the caller cannot be authenticated, advise them to mail or fax a completed Form SS-4. IPU 26U0488 dated 4-30-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.4.1 | Added a note to paragraph 4 and a row to the table in paragraph 5 instructing the assistor to follow the procedures in IRM 21.7.1.4.7.1, Employer Identification Number (EIN) Verification and Requests for Letter 147C, EIN Previously Assigned, if the caller experienced a problem printing or saving the CP 575 notice and can provide the EIN. Editorial changes. IPU 26U0529 dated 5-14-2026 |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.4.1 | Clarified automated message routing within the online system for reference codes other than 101 or 115. Relocated instruction for International assistors from old paragraph 8 to a reminder under paragraph 3. Subsequent paragraphs renumbered. Removed official use only designation from paragraphs 6, 7, and new paragraph 8 Caution and Reminder. Revised handling guidance for reference code 101. Removed obsoleted error codes. Editorial changes. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.5.3 | Added new paragraph 3 with guidance for domestic applications received on the non-toll-free EIN International phone line. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.5.4 | Moved some content in paragraph 1 to new paragraph 2. Moved the guidance for processing a telephone application to new paragraph 3. Added instruction to determine if the principal business was created or organized outside the U.S. or U.S. Territories before beginning a telephone application. Reorganized the paragraph 3 table content for clarity and removed Indian Tribal government third party designee guidance. Added spell back guidance for mandatory abbreviations. IPU 25U3678 dated 11-21-2025. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.5.4(3) | Corrected paragraph (3) Step 6 to indicate assistors should follow the guidance in IRM 10.10.3.3.16, (4) & (5), Identity Proofing for Form SS-4 Application Status, to assist with authentication if the information provided in Step 5 (items 1-4) differs from the information on INOLE. IPU 26U0060 dated 1-9-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.5.4(3) | Step 7: Added handling guidance for situations when the responsible party name given is similar but not an exact match. Step 9: Clarified the information required to assign an EIN will be entered as it appears on Form SS-4 or as provided by the caller if the Form SS-4 could not be faxed. Step 10: Added back a previous exception to spelling back address information automatically generated by the IAT EIN Tool. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.5.4(3) | Updated paragraph references linking to IRM 21.1.1.4, Communication Skills - General. Clarified the expected mailing time for the EIN assignment notice for taxpayers whose mailing address is within the U.S. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.6.1(2) | Revised content for clarity. Added a link to new IRM 21.7.13.3.10, Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, Missing Information Necessary for Processing, which contains complete procedures to correspond for missing Form SS-4 information. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.7.1 | Updated section title. Added signature, date, and title requirements for third party authorizations. Added instruction to refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.10, Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, Missing Information Necessary for Processing, if a third party designee’s address or phone number matches the taxpayer’s mailing address, location address, or phone number. IPU 26U0617 dated 06-9-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.7.1(3) | Revised to clarify the signature is the element that must be handwritten. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.7.2 | Added new paragraph (6) explaining a Form SS-4 faxed to assist with EIN assignment during a telephone call must be destroyed as classified waste. IPU 26U0060 dated 1-9-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.7.2 | Revised content for clarity. Added a link to new IRM 21.7.13.3.10, Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, Missing Information Necessary for Processing, which contains complete procedures to correspond for missing Form SS-4 information. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.7.2(1) | Added Line 1/Line 9a name and TIN validation to Reminder for decedent estate applications. IPU 26U0488 dated 4-30-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.7.2 | Removed instruction to edit the Form SS-4 with the correct TIN and replaced with guidance to record the correct TIN in PEGA. Added links to IRM 21.7.13.8.2.3, User Role: SS-4 Tax Examiner, and IRM 21.7.13.8.2.5, User Role: International EIN, for additional information. Added a link to IRM 21.7.13.3.9.1, Form SS-4 Application Status. Defined classified waste and added a link to IRM 21.5.1.4.10, Classified Waste, for guidance on handling classified waste. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.9.1 | Clarified an electronic signature will not be accepted to authorize third party disclosure. A handwritten signature is required. Added a note to follow the procedures in IRM 21.7.1.4.7.1, Employer Identification Number (EIN) Verification and Requests for Letter 147C, EIN Previously Assigned, when research shows the taxpayer has a previously assigned EIN (not a new Form SS-4 application). Clarified Letter 147C can be faxed to the taxpayer or authorized third party if requested. Added a link to irs.gov, Processing status for tax forms, which contains the current processing timeframes for faxed or mailed Forms SS-4. Included guidance to determine if the current processing timeframe has passed before instructing the caller to resubmit Form SS-4 if an EIN has not been assigned. IPU 25U3678 dated 11-21-2025. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.9.1(5) | Added a note to refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.4.1, Modernized Internet EIN (Mod IEIN), paragraph (5) if the EIN was assigned online and the applicant experienced a problem saving or printing the notice. Added a reminder to the If/And/Then table row 1 and 2 to refer to IRM 21.1.3.9, Mailing and Faxing Tax Account Information, for additional disclosure requirements if the taxpayer requests a faxed copy of Letter 147C. Added instruction to row 4 to advise the Third Party Designee (TPD) that the IRS will communicate directly with the taxpayer when the TPD’s authority is no longer valid because the EIN has posted to Master File. IPU 26U0060 dated 1-9-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.9.1(6) | Clarified documentation verifying the Corporation or LLC name is registered with the state is only requested when research indicates a potential duplicate, same-name/same-state issue, or other specific need to substantiate that the entity is distinct from an existing entity. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.10 | Added new subsection containing processing guidance for Forms SS-4 missing information necessary for processing. Subsection includes approved language for use when corresponding for the missing information. Issue Letter 45C when a return fax number is not provided. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.10 | Paragraph 1: Updated the hyperlink for the Faxback Builder Power App. Added handling guidance for the Faxback Builder Power App required fields when the corresponding field on Form SS-4 is missing or illegible. Paragraph 4: Added processing guidance to alpha j) for missing Line 8a when Line 1 indicates the entity is an LLC. Clarified processing guidance for missing Line 8c when Line 1 indicates the entity is an LLC. Added processing guidance to alpha k) for decedent name (Line 1) and decedent TIN (Line 9a) mismatch. Removed instruction to input FYM 12 in alpha n) row 2) and added a link to IRM 21.7.13.5.2.6, CC ESIGN Input: Corporations. IPU 26U0488 dated 4-30-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.10(4) | Paragraph 4 alpha c) and d): Updated handling guidance for a Line 8b/9a mismatch. The default tax classification will be assigned to the entity based on the number of LLC members indicated on Line 8b. IPU 26U0529 dated 5-14-2026 |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.10(4) | Added guidance for corresponding when none of the scenarios in paragraph 4 apply. Included instruction to obtain managerial approval for any response that does not follow the approved language. Alpha a): Added new scenario and approved language for incomplete (partial page) Forms SS-4 received by fax. Alpha i): Clarified rejection scenario when the applicant on Line 1 is a non-government entity and EIN is provided on Line 7b. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.10(4) | Alpha a) row 5: Replaced "request" with "Form SS-4" for clarity. IPU 26U0730 dated 7-27-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.3.10(4) | Alpha c): Added a note after the table with a link to IRM 21.7.13.5.4.2, Determining Tax Classification and Filing Requirements: LLC. Alpha f) row 2: Defined classified waste and added links to IRM 21.5.1.4.10, Classified Waste, IRM 21.7.13.8.2.3(10), User Role: SS-4 Tax Examiner, IRM 21.7.13.8.2.5(10), User Role: International EIN. |
| IRM 21.7.13.4 | Updated 6th bullet to clarify the IRM subsection contains procedures for actions to take if an EIN is found or not found. |
| IRM 21.7.13.4.2(2) | Added NAMEE to the list of research command codes. |
| IRM 21.7.13.4.2.4(1) | Added guidance to row (4) for Forms SS-4 received by fax when a previously assigned EIN is found. Added a link to IRM 21.7.1.4.7.1, Employer Identification Number (EIN) Verification and Requests for Letter 147C, EIN Previously Assigned, to row (5). IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.4.2.4(1) | Added new row (5) containing handling guidance for Forms SS-4 received by fax when a previously assigned EIN is found and the address on Form SS-4 differs from the address of record. Renumbered the remaining rows in the table. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.4.2.4(1) | Row 5: Clarified row 5 will be followed when Form SS-4 includes no clear notification of an address change. Added guidance for manually entering recipient name and address using the IAT Letter Tool. Revised opening paragraph fill ins and added additional language to include when Form SS-4 is submitted by a TPD. Revised guidance for closing selective paragraphs and fill ins. New row 6: Scenario added for Form SS-4 received with clear notification of an address change. Renumbered remaining rows of table. IPU 26U0730 dated 7-27-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.4.2.6 | Added case category code examples and updated Letter 147C citation. Added a link to IRM 21.1.3.9, Mailing and Faxing Tax Account Information. |
| IRM 21.7.13.4.2.7(2) | Clarified the line number that contains the mailing address on Form SS-4. |
| IRM 21.7.13.4.3.1(1) | Added a row specific to LLCs. Renumbered remaining rows. Relocated the link to IRM 3.13.2.26, Domestic Limited Liability Company (LLC). |
| IRM 21.7.13.5.1.4 | Revised content for clarity. Added a table containing guidance around when a new EIN is needed or not needed. Table added for consistency with Publication 1635. |
| IRM 21.7.13.5.2.3 | Revised new corporate charter scenario and added guidance that an EIN is needed when a new corporation is created after a merger. Update made for consistency with Publication 1635. |
| IRM 21.7.13.5.5.5(2) | Removed Form 941 and Form 944 filing requirement codes 06 and 07 and replaced with filing requirement code 01. Form 941-PR and Form 941-SS were superseded/replaced by Form 941 beginning tax year 2024. Form 944-PR and Form 944-SS are historical and no longer in use. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.5.6.3 | Added two additional scenarios that require a new EIN. Update made for consistency with Publication 1635. |
| IRM 21.7.13.5.8.3 | Revised content for clarity. Added a table containing guidance around when a new EIN is needed or not needed. Table added for consistency with Publication 1635. |
| IRM 21.7.13.5.8.6(1) | Added clarification explaining if the taxpayer did not use abbreviations in the trust primary name line, it is not necessary to contact the taxpayer. Tax Examiners will input the primary name of the trust using the mandatory abbreviations in IRM 21.7.13.5.8.6.2, Mandatory Trust Abbreviations Primary Name: Trusts. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.5.8.6.2 | Removed paragraph 2 based on clarification added to IRM 21.7.13.5.6.8, CC ESIGN Input: Trusts, that taxpayer contact for missing abbreviations is not necessary. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.5.13 | Reorganized content for clarity. Added links to IRM 21.7.13.3.5.2, EIN Non-Toll-Free Telephone Service-Foreign Entities, and IRM 21.7.13.3.5.4, Taking an EIN Telephone Application. |
| IRM 21.7.13.6 | Removed reference to IRM 3.13.2.7.3.2, CC ENREQ/BNCHG, and added new paragraph 2 containing instructions for changing information on a newly established EIN displaying on CC ENMOD as a Dummy Entity. |
| IRM 21.7.13.6.5.2(4) | Added new paragraph (4) with instructions to refer to IRM 21.7.2.4.7.2, Form 944 Program — Opt-In and Opt-Out Inquiries, when a request to change the employment tax filing requirement is received. IPU 26U0060 dated 1-9-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.6.5.2(2) | Explained Accounts Management Customer Service Representatives (CSRs) and the EIN function can change filing requirements on an account with no activity. Clarified the EIN function will use OFP 710-01323 for account changes. IPU 26U0488 dated 4-30-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.6.5.6 | Added the processing time frame for correspondence processed by BMF entity and a link to IRM 3.13.2.2.9, BMF Entity Turnaround Times. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.6.5.7 | Added new subsection containing guidance for second name line/sort name line changes. IPU 25U3678 dated 11-21-2025. |
| IRM 21.7.13.6.5.7(1) | Added an exception for employees working EIN paper when the sole proprietor’s address on Form SS-4 differs from the address of record. Included a link to IRM 21.7.13.4.2.4(1) row 5, If an EIN is Found/Not Found. IPU 26U0730 dated 7-27-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.2.2(1) | Added guidance for second name line/sort name line changes. IPU 25U3678 dated 11-21-2025. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.2.2(1) | Added a note to the second bullet in paragraph (1) to refer to IRM 21.7.2.4.7.2, Form 944 Program — Opt-In and Opt-Out Inquiries, when a request to change the employment tax filing requirement is received. IPU 26U0060 dated 1-9-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.2.2(1) | Added a reminder explaining BOD changes can be made on an account with no activity. Supporting documentation from the taxpayer (e.g., proof of when the business began) is not required. Added a link to IRM 21.7.13.6.5.6(1), Authority for Making Primary Name Line Changes, when a phone call is received asking for a change to the primary name line. IPU 26U0488 dated 4-30-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.2.2(1) | Added a link to IRM 21.7.13.6.5.2, Authority for Changing Filing Requirements, for filing requirement changes on an account with no activity. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.2.2(1) | Added an example defining an account with no activity. Added a link to IRM 21.7.13.6.5.7, Authority for Making Second Name Line/Sort Name Line Changes. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.3.9.1(2) | Removed Form 941 filing requirement codes 06 and 07 and replaced with filing requirement code 01. Added wages paid date to other requirements. Form 941-PR and Form 941-SS were superseded/replaced by Form 941 beginning tax year 2024. Removed Form 941-M. Form 941-M is historical effective tax year 2013. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.3.9.2(2) | Clarified employment code must not be F or W if a Form 940 filing requirement is input. Removed Form 940 filing requirement code 7 and replaced with filing requirement code 1. Form 940-PR was superseded/replaced by Form 940 beginning tax year 2023. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.3.9.3(2) | Added wages paid date to other requirements row 1. Removed Form 943 filing requirement code 7 and replaced with filing requirement code 1. Form 943-PR was superseded/replaced by Form 943 beginning tax year 2023. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.3.9.9(1) | Removed PR from employment tax filing requirement examples. The PR revisions were superseded/replaced. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.3.9.16(2) | Added row for employment code F. Added wages paid date to other requirements in rows 1, 3, and 4. Removed Form 944 filing requirement codes 06 and 07 and replaced with filing requirement code 01. Form 944-PR and Form 944-SS are historical. Removed filing requirement codes 13 and 14 also associated with the PR and SS versions of the form. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.3.12.3 | Updated the guidelines for Form SS-4 Line 7 for foreign responsible parties who do not have or are ineligible to obtain an ITIN or SSN based on a change to the Instructions for Form SS-4 in December 2025. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.3.23 | Reformatted content for clarity. IPU 26U0488 dated 4-30-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.3.25 | Updated the guidance for Limited Liability Companies (LLCs). If the primary name on Form SS-4 Line 1 includes the LLC suffix and Line 8a is missing or Yes and Line 8b is 1 or more, the default tax classification will be input for Line 9a. Updated type of entity code for multi-member LLCs. IPU 26U0488 dated 4-30-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.3.25 | Added guidance for Limited Liability Companies (LLCs). If Form SS-4 Line 8a is Yes and Line 8b is 1 or more, the default tax classification will be input for Line 9a. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.5.1.7(1) | Added a link to IRM 21.7.1.4.4.4(3), Excise taxes and clarified that all Excise tax claims and adjustment requests are worked by the Cincinnati campus. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.6.1(2) | Removed Form 941 filing requirement codes 06 and 07. Form 941-PR and Form 941-SS were superseded/replaced by Form 941 beginning tax year 2024. Removed filing requirement codes 13 and 14 also associated with the PR and SS versions of the form. Removed Form 941-M. Form 941-M is historical effective tax year 2013. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.6.2(2) | Added Form 944 to row 2. Removed Form 940 filing requirement code 7. Form 940-PR was superseded/replaced by Form 940 beginning tax year 2023. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.6.3(2) | Added Form 940 filing requirement codes to other BNCHG input requirements. Removed Form 943 filing requirement code 7. Form 943-PR was superseded/replaced by Form 943 beginning tax year 2023. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.6.4(2) | Added a row for each Form 944 filing requirement code. Added Form 940 filing requirement codes to other BNCHG input requirements. Removed Form 944 filing requirement codes 03, 06, 07, 13, and 14. Form 944-PR and Form 944-SS are historical. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.7.7 | Added a link to new IRM 21.7.13.3.10, Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, Missing Information Necessary for Processing, to paragraph (1) row (1). The new subsection contains complete procedures to correspond for missing Form SS-4 information. Updated letter citations. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.8 | Updated the link to the Enterprise File Storage (EFS) PEGA application. Clarified cases in PEGA are worked in priority order (earliest received date and earliest due out date). Editorial changes. IPU 26U0488 dated 4-30-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.8 | Added a link to the EFS EIN User Guide which illustrates the steps and actions for each of the PEGA work flows. Updated the document title and link to the BEARS entitlement instructions. Revised and expanded the information describing the functions and user interfaces of the EFS PEGA system. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.8.1 | Revised and expanded the work flow stages, steps, and actions for each user role. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.8.2 | Added a link to new IRM 21.7.13.8.2.7, Banklist Lead. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.8.2.1 | Revised subsection content for clarity. Added processing instructions specific to the EFS PEGA system interface for each step and action taken by an EIN Clerk. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.8.2.2 | Revised subsection content for clarity. Added processing instructions specific to the EFS PEGA system interface for each step and action taken by a Banklist Clerk. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.8.2.3 | Revised subsection content for clarity. Added processing instructions specific to the EFS PEGA system interface for each step and action taken by an SS-4 Tax Examiner. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.8.2.4 | Revised subsection content for clarity. Added processing instructions specific to the EFS PEGA system interface for each step and action taken by a Banklist Tax Examiner. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.8.2.5 | Revised subsection content for clarity. Added processing instructions specific to the EFS PEGA system interface for each step and action taken by an International EIN Tax Examiner. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.8.2.6 | Revised subsection content for clarity. Added processing instructions specific to the EFS PEGA system interface for each step and action taken by an EIN Manager/Lead. Moved PEGA reports information to new subsection IRM 21.7.13.8.3, PEGA Reports. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.8.2.6.1 | Added a new subsection with processing instructions for the EFS PEGA bulk fax back retry functionality. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.8.2.7 | Added a new subsection with processing instructions specific to the EFS PEGA system interface for each step and action taken by a Banklist Lead. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.8.3 | Added a new subsection listing reports in the EFS PEGA system available to EIN managers, leads, and headquarters users. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| IRM 21.7.13.8.4 | Added a new subsection with instructions specific to the EFS PEGA business administrator functionality. IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026. |
| Throughout the IRM | Corrected links to other IRM sections and made other editorial changes. IPU 25U3678 dated 11-21-2025. Corrected row numbering in If/Then tables and other editorial changes. IPU 26U0060 dated 1-9-2026. Numbered table rows and other editorial changes. IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026. Replaced references to the IRS as the Service with the acronym IRS. Updated IRM and letter references. Other editorial changes. |
Effect on Other Documents
IRM 21.7.13 dated 8-13-2025 (effective October 1, 2025) is superseded. The following IPUs have been incorporated into this IRM. IPU 25U3678 dated 11-21-2025, IPU 26U0060 dated 1-9-2026, IPU 26U0334 dated 3-16-2026, IPU 26U0488 dated 4-30-2026, IPU 26U0529 dated 5-14-2026, IPU 26U0617 dated 06-9-2026, IPU 26U0688 dated 7-6-2026, and IPU 26U0730 dated 7-27-2026.
Audience
Taxpayer Services, Customer Accounts Services, Accounts Management, and Submission Processing
Effective Date
(10-01-2026)
LuCinda Comegys
Director, Accounts Management
Taxpayer Services
- This IRM contains information and procedures used to research, verify, and assign Employer Identification Numbers (EINs).
- Purpose: This IRM is intended for use in assigning Employer Identification Numbers and answering questions regarding post assignment of EINs.
- Audience: Employees in Customer Accounts Services (CAS) (Accounts Management and Submission Processing) and Communications Assistance, Research and Education (CARE) (Field Assistance).
- Policy Owner: Director, Accounts Management.
- Program Owner: Accounts Management Policy and Procedures BMF (PPB), Business Adjustments.
- Primary Stakeholders: Taxpayer Services and Tax Exempt/Government Entities employees.
- Program Goals: Program goals for this type of work are included in the Accounts Management Program Letter and Measures and Operating Guidelines, and in IRM 1.4.16, Accounts Management Guide for Managers.
- Taxpayer Services employees in Customer Accounts Services and employees in Communications Assistance, Research and Education (CARE) respond to questions about EIN assignment and assign EINs when appropriate.
- The procedures in this IRM are set up to translate a variety of legal and administrative authorities into practical guidance assistors can use.
- These authorities take many forms: Treasury regulations, Internal Revenue Codes (IRC), advice from counsel, Policy Statements (e.g., P-21-3), etc. and are cited in this IRM as they apply to the topic being discussed. Refer to IRM 1.2.1.13, Servicewide Policies and Authorities, Policy Statements for Customer Account Services Activities, for additional information.
- Accounts Management Policy and Procedures BMF (PPB) has responsibility for information in this IRM, which is published on a yearly basis.
- The Taxpayer Services Chief has overall responsibility for policy related to this IRM.
- The Program Manager of Policy and Procedures BMF (PPB) is responsible for ensuring this IRM is timely submitted to Media & Publications each year.
- Additional information is found in IRM 1.1.13.6.3, Accounts Management, and IRM 21.1.1, Accounts Management and Compliance Services Overview.
- See IRM 1.4.16, Accounts Management Guide for Managers, for information regarding program management and review.
- Program controls are found in the Accounts Management Program letter Measures and Operating Guidelines and in IRM 21.10.1, Embedded Quality (EQ) Program for Accounts Management, Campus Collection, Campus Examination, Field Assistance, Tax Exempt/Government Entities, Return Integrity and Compliance Services (RICS), and Electronic Products and Services Support.
- The Acronyms Database or Exhibit 21.7.13-2, Acronyms, provides an Acronym Database to research acronyms found within this IRM.
Throughout the IRM there are references to other IRMs for handling specific EIN or entity issues. Included are references to the following:
- IRM 2.3.60, Command Codes NAMES, NAMEE, NAMEI, NAMEB, FINDS, FINDE, and TPIIP
- IRM 2.4.8, Command Codes ESIGN and BSIGN
- IRM 3.13.2, BMF Account Numbers
- IRM 3.13.12, Exempt Organization Account Numbers
- IRM 3.13.36, EPMF Account Numbers
- IRM 11.3.2, Disclosure to Persons with a Material Interest
- IRM 21.1.3.2, General Disclosure Guidelines
- IRM 21.2.2-2, ACCOUNTS MANAGEMENT MANDATED IAT TOOLS
- IRM 21.3.8, Tax Exempt/Government Entities (TE/GE) Customer Account Services (CAS) Telephone Operations
- IRM 21.7.1, BMF/NMF Miscellaneous Information
- IRM 21.7.4, Income Taxes/Information Returns
- IRM 25.18.1, Basic Principals of Community Property Law
- Document 6209, IRS Processing Codes and Information
Exception:
If you have been trained in other programs and encounter a situation that you can address based on your other training, then act accordingly.
- This subsection contains a high-level overview of the Employer Identification Number (EIN) assignment process.
Every business entity required to file a federal tax return must have or be assigned an EIN.
Exception:
Foreign corporations and individuals not engaged in a trade or business in the United States (and foreign partnerships, foreign trusts, and foreign estates that do not have gross income that is (or is treated as) effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business) are not required to obtain an EIN and do not have to file a return, unless they otherwise have United States source income on which the tax liability was not fully satisfied by the withholding of tax at the source.
In certain instances, "other" types of organizations may request an EIN in order to open a bank account or to satisfy state or local law. See IRM 21.7.13.5.12, EIN Assignment: Other/Undertermined Entity Types.
- Investment clubs for dividend and interest reporting
- Bowling leagues for depositing dues
- Scholarship or memorial funds
- Disregarded entities
An EIN is required under the following circumstances:
- Wages paid to one or more employees
- Wages paid to household employees (if the wages meet or exceed the annual threshold amount). See Publication 926, Household Employer's Tax Guide, for more information.
- To be used on any return, statement, or other document, even if the taxpayer is not an employer.
A withholding agent must withhold taxes on income, other than wages, paid to a non-resident alien.
Note:
A withholding agent is an agent, broker, fiduciary, manager, tenant, or spouse and is required to file Form 1042, Annual Withholding Tax Return for U.S. Source Income of Foreign Persons. A withholding agent must not be confused with an employer (fiscal) agent. See IRM 21.7.13.5.14, Section 3504 Agent, for additional information on employer (fiscal) agents.
- A taxpayer is a Form 1040, U.S. Individual Income Tax Return, filer and has a Keogh plan, or must file excise, employment, or alcohol, tobacco, or firearms returns.
Any type of entity (except a sole proprietorship) is required to have a new EIN for each new business, provided the new businesses have a different primary name.
Caution:
A responsible party may only receive one (1) EIN per day. See IRM 21.7.13.2.2.2, How Many EINs a Responsible Party Can Receive Each Day, for more information.
- The Taxpayer Bill of Rights (TBOR) lists rights that already existed in the tax code, putting them in simple language and grouping them into 10 fundamental rights. Employees are responsible for being familiar with and acting in accord with taxpayer rights. See IRC 7803(a)(3), Execution of Duties in Accord with Taxpayer Rights. For additional information about the TBOR, see Taxpayer Bill of Rights. Under these rights, taxpayers have the right to expect the tax system to consider facts and circumstances that might affect their underlying liabilities, ability to pay, or ability to provide information timely. Taxpayers have the right to receive assistance from the Taxpayer Advocate Service if they are experiencing financial difficulty or if the IRS has not resolved their tax issues properly and timely through its normal channels.
- Accounts Management employees will use the mandated IAT EIN Assignment tool to assign EINs. See IRM 21.2.2-2, Accounts Management Mandated IAT Tools, for a complete listing.
The Internal Revenue Service will assign an EIN when:
A new entity has been created.
Reminder:
Do not deny an EIN to a taxpayer based solely on the fact they have not formally established their entity with state or local agencies before obtaining their EIN.
- The ownership of an entity has changed, and a new EIN is required. See IRM 21.7.13.4.3, Entity Classification and Ownership Changes, or,
An individual indicates that an EIN is required for business purposes (e.g., to acquire professional licenses, collect sales tax on retail sales, for banking purposes or when required by another Government Agency). See IRM 21.7.13.4.4, EINs Required for Business Purposes.
Note:
There is no legal age requirement for a taxpayer to be issued an EIN. However, if the taxpayer is a minor, the Social Security Number (SSN) of the parent or legal guardian is required. Along with inputting the minor's SSN or Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (ITIN) in the correct cross reference field, also input the SSN/ITIN of the parent or legal guardian in the Remarks field of Command Code (CC) ESIGN. The parent or legal guardian of a minor child applying for an EIN is authorized to receive the EIN after performing normal disclosure procedures on the parent or legal guardian.
- Treas. Reg. 301.6109-1(d)(2) states that any person required to furnish an employer identification number must apply for one, if not done so previously, on Form SS-4. The form, together with any supplementary statement, must be prepared and filed in accordance with the form, accompanying instructions, and relevant regulations, and must set forth fully and clearly the requested data.
Determining whether an application is frivolous can be subjective. Following are some of the common characteristics of frivolous applications:
- The entity's legal name is a long, nonsensical string of characters and may contain profanity.
- The application lists a government entity in any of the fields but the application is not for a government entity.
- The application is for a trust and lists government entities or well known corporations in any of the fields.
- The same person submits multiple applications and all contain similar nonsensical language.
- The IRS is not required to correspond with an applicant who has made a frivolous request for an EIN.
- It is critical that a distinction be made between an application that is incomplete or flawed and one that is frivolous. Therefore, management approval is required if an application will not be processed because it is deemed frivolous. Upon approval, destroy the frivolous application as classified waste. Classified waste is documentation containing taxpayer entity or account information that is not part of the case and is not needed for audit trail purposes. Refer to IRM 21.5.1.4.10 , Classified Waste, for guidance on handling classified waste. PEGA users refer to IRM 21.7.13.8.2.3(10), User Role: SS-4 Tax Examiner, IRM 21.7.13.8.2.5(10), User Role: International EIN, or IRM 21.7.13.8.2.6(8), User Role: Manager / Lead.
If multiple applications are received from the same taxpayer for LLCs, corporations, trusts, etc. and the applications are complete, are not duplicates, and the entries do not contain nonsensical information, this does not constitute a frivolous application. Assign the EINs in these cases.
Reminder:
A responsible party may only receive one (1) EIN per day. See IRM 21.7.13.2.2.2, How Man EINs a Responsible Party Can Receive Each Day, for more information.
Applications that appear suspicious can be sent as potential leads. Send the suspicious Form SS-4 by secure email to the EIN Headquarters Analyst using the instructions below:
- Send a copy of the Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number
- Mark or stamp it as a "copy"
- Notate the EIN assigned
- Notate it is a potential lead
- Effective May 21, 2012, a responsible party (see IRM 21.7.13.7.3.12.3, SSN/ITIN/EIN Input-XREF Responsible Party (Form SS-4, Line 7) for input information) will be limited to receipt of one (1) EIN per business day. This limit applies whether the responsible party is applying online, by phone, fax or mail. It does not matter which entity type the taxpayer has chosen.
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Note:
EIN Toll-Free Telephone Assignment was discontinued effective January 6, 2014. See IRM 21.7.13.3.5.1, EIN Toll-Free Telephone Service-Domestic Entities, for additional information.
For paper applications, when you become aware you have multiple applications with the same responsible party, ensure at least one EIN is assigned and reject the remaining applications back to the taxpayer or Third Party Designee. To ensure the TP/TPD is aware of the rule and how they can receive EINs for the entities that were not assigned, correspond with the applicant following the procedures in IRM 21.7.13.3.10(4) alpha a) row 4, Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, Missing Information Necessary for Processing.
Reminder:
For trusts, the limitation is applied to the grantor, owner, or trustor. For decedent estates, the limitation is applied to the decedent. For bankruptcy estates, the limitation is applied to the debtor. Refer to the Instructions for Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number.
As part of a Servicewide effort to combat fraud and identity theft, beginning January 2, 2013, EIN assignment employees, as part of research performed on the responsible party, will perform a date of death (DOD) check when:
- the responsible party is an individual, and
- the entity is ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡.
The Integrated Automated Technologies (IAT) EIN Assignment tool will display a pop-up screen when a date of death is present for the responsible party. Employees must refer to this IRM for procedures. Follow the instructions below when a date of death is displayed.
Note:
The IAT Tool does not prevent EIN Assignment; it merely displays that a date of death is present and employees must refer to this IRM to determine if continuing with assignment is correct.
The date of death check applies to the responsible party≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Reminder:
The date of death check is performed on the individual named as the responsible party on Form SS-4 - either line 7a/7b (e.g., principal officer, member, partner) or Line 9a (e.g., sole proprietor). The DOD check is not performed on a fiduciary (e.g., conservator, receiver, guardian, bankruptcy trustee).
- The online EIN application - The online EIN application, Modernized Internet EIN, performs the date of death check on the individual input as the responsible party ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡. If a date of death is present, an EIN is not assigned. The applicant is directed to call the IRS Business & Specialty toll-free line ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡. See IRM 21.7.13.3.4.1, Modernized Internet EIN (Mod IEIN), for a list of error codes and their meanings. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ - If a date of death is present for the responsible party ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡, and the caller is authorized to receive information as determined in IRM 21.7.13.3.4.1(4), Modernized Internet EIN (Mod IEIN), take the actions shown in the table below:
Caution:
Advise Third Party Designees to mail or fax a completed Form SS-4 for processing. See IRM 21.7.13.7.1, Mailing Address/Fax Numbers for Form SS-4, for mailing address/fax numbers.
- If you are processing a faxed application, and a date of death is present for the responsible party, fax the Form SS-4 back to the sender using the campus cover sheet. If the Form SS-4 was faxed by the responsible party, use the following language: "We are sorry, but we are unable to provide you with an EIN at this time. Our records show a date of death is present. Contact the Social Security Administration (SSA) to correct the information. Then, you must mail or fax us a completed and signed Form SS-4, along with the documentation received from SSA as verification. Upon receipt, the application and documentation will be evaluated, and, if complete, an EIN will be faxed back within 4 business days." If the Form SS-4 was faxed by a TPD/POA or other authorized individual, use the following language: "We are sorry, but we are unable to provide you with an EIN at this time. Please have the responsible party contact us." See IRM 10.5.1.6.9.4, Faxing, for guidance.
- If you are processing a mailed application, and a date of death is present for the responsible party, mail the Form SS-4 back to the sender using Notice Gatekeeper Web (SNIP) - LTR 0045C Detail Page (irs.gov), EIN Application Requested/Received (Form SS-4). Use opening paragraph "C" and open paragraphs "Z" and "*" (asterisk). If the Form SS-4 was received from the responsible party, in the open paragraphs, provide the following language: "We are sorry, but we are unable to provide you with an EIN at this time. Our records show a date of death is present. Contact the Social Security Administration (SSA) to correct the information. Then, you must mail or fax us a completed and signed Form SS-4, along with the documentation received from SSA as verification. Mail or fax the information per the Instructions for Form SS-4. Upon receipt, the application and documentation will be evaluated, and, if complete, an EIN will be assigned and a notice will be sent to you." If the Form SS-4 was received from a TPD/POA or other authorized individual, in the open paragraphs, provide the following language: "We are sorry, but we are unable to provide you with an EIN at this time. Please have the responsible party contact us."
- When the applicant provides the corrected documentation from SSA, the campus will fax the responses to the Accounts Management (AM) EIN Headquarters Analyst for evaluation.
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- "≡ ≡ ≡ ≡" ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- "≡ ≡" ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 1) ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡"≡ ≡"≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 2) ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡"≡ ≡"≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ 3) ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
The following methods are used to apply for an EIN:
- By using the online EIN application, Modernized Internet EIN, if the principal business is created or organized in the United States or U.S. Territories (Domestic). See IRM 21.7.13.3.4, Internet EIN Applications.
- By mail. See IRM 21.7.13.3.6, Receiving EIN Applications by Mail.
- By fax. See IRM 21.7.13.3.7, Receiving EIN Applications by Fax.
- By telephone if the principal business was created or organized outside the United States or U.S. Territories. Foreign applicants can call (267) 941-1099 (not a toll-free number). See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7, Foreign Entities - Definitions and Instructions, for additional information.
The EIN Research and Assignment System (ERAS) is used to establish an EIN (account) for an entity. The account is established using CC ESIGN (See IRM 2.4.8, Command Codes ESIGN and BSIGN), and is stored on the Entity section of the Business Master File (BMF).
Note:
Records for Employee Plans are stored on both the BMF and the EPMF (Employee Plan Master File).
The system assigns a nine-digit EIN in the format NN-NNNNNNN. The first two digits (the EIN Prefix) are determined by the Campus of Record assigning the EIN, unless the taxpayer is applying using the online EIN application, Modernized Internet EIN, or through the Small Business Association (SBA). Refer to the table below for details.
Campus EIN Prefixes Andover 10, 12 Atlanta 60, 67 Austin 50, 53 Brookhaven 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 11 13, 14, 16,21,22, 23, 25, 34, 51, 52, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 65 Cincinnati 30, 32, 35, 36, 37, 38, 61 Fresno 15, 24 Kansas City 40, 44 Memphis 94, 95 Ogden 80, 90 Philadelphia 33, 39, 41, 42, 43, 48, 62, 63, 64, 66, 68, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 91, 92, 93, 98, 99 Internet 20, 26, 27, 33, 39, 41, 42, 45, 46, 47, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 92, 93, 99 Small Business Administration (SBA) 31 - 6/7 Million series EINs are reserved for Trusts, Estates, and Non-Profit/Exempt Organizations. A 6/7 Million series EIN can be identified by the number 6 or 7 immediately following the dash (−).
EIN Prefixes 00, 07, 08, 09, 17, 18, 19, 28, 29, 49, 69, 70, 78, 79, 89, 96 and 97 are considered invalid for input and are no longer being assigned. However, some entities with these prefixes may still be in business; paying taxes and issuing Forms W-2 to report wages paid.
- EINs with prefixes 69, 70, and 79 have never been valid IRS prefixes. These prefixes were issued by the Social Security Administration (SSA) between 1955 and 1986 for their internal use and SSA maintains historic files on these accounts.
- For a short period of time in early 2002, IRS inadvertently assigned EINs with prefix 69. An extract was run to identify those taxpayers who had received these EINs and also had 94X filing requirements. These taxpayers were assigned a new EIN with a valid prefix so that SSA could process their Annual Wage Reporting documents, Forms W-3 and Forms W-2.
Some of these accounts still exist for one of the following reasons:
- The account did not merge to the new number and those taxpayers continue to file 94X returns using the prefix 69 EIN.
- The taxpayer contacted IRS and had the prefix 69 EIN reinstated.
- The entity subsequently hired employees and began filing 94X returns.
- When these accounts are identified, either by IRS personnel, the Reporting Agent community, or by SSA, a new EIN must be assigned and the account merged to the new number.
- If you receive a request for verification of an EIN and the taxpayer's EIN begins with prefix 69, check to see if there are 94X filing requirements. If so, advise the taxpayer they must receive a new EIN. Prepare Form 4442/e-4442, Inquiry Referral, and forward to the correct BMF Entity Team. See IRM 21.7.13.7.2.2, Cases Forwarded to Submission Processing BMF Entity, for an account merge to a new EIN. Advise Entity to correspond with the taxpayer advising them of their new number.
- If you receive a call or correspondence from a taxpayer who has had his EIN merged from prefix 69 to a new valid prefix, but wants to retain the prefix 69 EIN, explain that SSA cannot process Forms W-3 and Forms W-2 with this EIN. Apologize to the taxpayer for the inconvenience this may have caused.
- Electronic SS-4 data began in 1998 with the interagency workgroup that consisted of the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Social Security Administration (SSA), and the Census Bureau.
- The IRS uploads pertinent data from Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, and the online EIN application for new businesses and organizational taxpayers and forwards the file of records to SSA electronically on a weekly basis.
SSA assigns a six-digit North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code to the taxpayer based on a principal activity description and other information reported on the form.
Note:
The Census Bureau developed an automated coding program that SSA uses to code approximately 75 percent of the records; those records not coded in an automated fashion are assigned NAICS codes by the SSA clerical coding staff.
- The information from the Form SS-4 file is used by the Office of Research, Evaluation and Statistics for SSA actuarial purposes.
- In addition, SSA matches employees to employers to create ad hoc aggregate statistics by industry.
- The Internal Revenue Code and its regulations authorize the Census Bureau to receive information from Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, and the IRS permits SSA to release the data directly to the Census Bureau.
- The SSA provides Census with an EIN, a six digit North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code, business birth reason codes, geographic information, and other classification/status indicators. Of particular importance, the NAICS codes from Form SS-4 are crucial to the Census Bureau’s economic programs.
- These NAICS codes are the primary source of industry information for all active single-location employer cases on the Census Bureau’s Business Register (BR). The industry code is a key data element on the BR.
- The BR is the Census Bureau’s master business list and contains basic economic information for the universe of businesses. The BR serves as the primary sampling frame for the Economic Census, a program conducted every five years, and most current economic surveys. In this capacity, it identifies the set of statistical units that represents the target population, as defined by reference period, statistical unit, industry codes, geographic codes, business size, and other factors.
- Pursuant to the requirements of the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 352a) and guidance from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), the U.S. Census Bureau discontinued the collection of the Social Security Numbers from their customers when filing Electronic Export Information in the Automated Export System. You may receive phone calls from small businesses and individuals stating they need to apply for an EIN due to this reason. Advise the caller that they may apply for an EIN using our Online EIN Assistant, or by submitting a Form SS-4 by fax or mail.
- In October 2005, IRS began a bulk name/TIN matching program with Central Contractor Registration (CCR). CCR was the central registration point for all federal government trading partners. In July 2012, CCR was consolidated into the System for Award Management (SAM).
- If a SAM registrant does not pass the name/TIN match, an email is sent to the registrant by SAM advising them of the failure and providing phone numbers for the Social Security Administration, if the TIN is an SSN, or for the IRS e-Services help desk, if the TIN is an EIN.
- In order to pass a name/TIN match, the EIN must be posted to Master File. Therefore, a taxpayer who plans to become a government contractor or grant applicant and applied for an EIN via the online EIN application, Modernized Internet EIN, or fax must wait until the EIN posts to Master File, or the name/TIN match will fail.
- When answering an EIN-related call if you become aware that a taxpayer plans to become a government contractor or grant applicant and will be registering in SAM, advise the taxpayer that the EIN can be used to make a payment or file a tax return, but will not be available for name/TIN matching or other electronic purposes for approximately two weeks.
- The Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) helps taxpayers who are experiencing economic harm, who are seeking help in resolving tax problems the IRS has not resolved through normal channels or believe that an IRS system or procedure is not working as it should.
See IRM 21.1.3.18 , Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) Guidelines, for handling requirements when a taxpayer is experiencing a hardship, an unusual delay in resolving their account issue, or specifically requests TAS assistance AND you cannot resolve the taxpayer’s issue within 24 hours (i.e., "same day").
Caution:
As of January 5, 2026, Accounts Management (AM) no longer prepares Form 911, Request for Taxpayer Advocate Service Assistance (and Application for Taxpayer Assistance Order), or Form e-911. This does not change the requirement to follow IRM 21.1.3.18 when TAS criteria are met or the taxpayer specifically requests TAS assistance.
This subsection describes:
- Identification requirements followed by all IRS employees when communicating with taxpayers
- Form SS-4, General Information and Line Numbers
- Bulk/Bank Assignment Requests (CAMC Only)
- Receiving EIN applications by Internet
- Receiving EIN applications by telephone
- Receiving EIN applications by mail
- Receiving EIN applications by fax
- Receiving EIN applications from Field Compliance
- Receiving EIN Questions by Telephone
- The Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 (RRA98), Section 3705, provides identification requirements for all IRS employees working tax-related matters.
During telephone, face-to-face, or written contact with taxpayers, all IRS employees in field assistance, headquarters, or area offices are required to provide, at a minimum the following information:
- Name
- Unique badge identification (ID Card number)
Note:
This provides taxpayers with enough information to identify an IRS employee who has previously assisted with tax-related matters.
Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, is used by taxpayers to apply for an EIN. It can be obtained by:
- Accessing the IRS Web Site at www.irs.gov, or
- Calling 800-TAX-FORM (800-829-3676)
The taxpayer can complete and submit a paper form:
- By mail - See IRM 21.7.13.3.6, Receiving EIN Applications by Mail.
- By fax - See IRM 21.7.13.3.7, Receiving EIN Applications by Fax.
This subsection describes specific requirements for the following fields on the Form SS-4:
- Type of Entity and Employees - See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.1, Type of Entity and Employees (Form SS-4, Lines 9a, 13, 14, and 15)
- Tax Identification Number (SSN, EIN, or ITIN) - See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.2, Taxpayer Identification Number (Form SS-4, Line 7b or Line 9a)
- Business Operational Date (BOD) - See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.3, Business Operational Date (Form SS-4, Line 11)
- Wages Paid Date (WPD) - See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.4, Wages Paid Date (Form SS-4, Line 15)
- Principal Business Activity Checkbox, Principal Remarks, and Principal Merchandise sold - See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.5, Lines (16 and 17) PRIN-CKBX, PRIN-REMARKS and PRIN-MDSE-SOLD-SERVICES
- Fiscal Year Month (FYM) - See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.6, Fiscal Year Month (Form SS-4, Line 12 - Closing Month of Accounting Year)
Special handling is required for Forms SS-4 received from:
- Foreign Entities, Definitions and Instructions - See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7, Foreign Entities - Definitions and Instructions
- Foreign Entities/Persons Not Required to File a U.S. Tax Return - See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7.1, Foreign Entities/Persons Not Required to File a U.S. Tax Return
- Foreign Entities/Persons Required to File a U.S. Tax Return - See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7.2, Foreign Entities/Persons Required to File a U.S. Tax Return
- Qualified Intermediaries - Requirement for a Second EIN - See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7.3, Qualified Intermediaries - Requirement for a Second EIN
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡"≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡" ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- See IRM 21.7.13.5 , Assigning EINs, for additional entity-specific requirements.
The information provided by the taxpayer on Lines 9a, 13, 14, and 15 of Form SS-4 is used to determine the correct employment tax filing requirements to assign. This information includes:
- Line 9a - Type of entity
- Line 13 - Number of and type of employees
- Line 14 - Checkbox response to indicate if a Form 944, Employer’s ANNUAL Federal Tax Return, filing requirement should be assigned
- Line 15 - First date wages or annuities were paid
Use the information in the table below to determine the requirements for Taxpayer Identification Number ( Form SS-4, Lines 7b or 9a) for domestic entities.
Caution:
Foreign individuals are not required to have an ITIN in order to receive an EIN. If the foreign responsible party doesn’t have or is ineligible to obtain an ITIN or SSN, the applicant must write "foreign" or "N/A" per the Instructions for Form SS-4. An entry is required. See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7, Foreign Entities - Definitions and Instructions, for additional information.
Domestic Entity Type Requirement 1)
- Corporation
- Partnership
- UBO/UBT/PTO/Business Trust, or
- LLC
Line 7b-SSN or ITIN of the principal officer, general partner, member or owner (also known as responsible party Line 7a).
2) Sole Proprietor Line 9a-SSN/ITIN of the owner 3) Estate Line 9a-SSN/ITIN of the decedent 4) Trust Line 9a-SSN/ITIN of the grantor, owner, custodian, or trustor 5) Government
Line 7b-SSN/ITIN or EIN of the agency or agency representative There will be rare occasions where the grantor, owner, custodian or trustor of a domestic trust/estate entity type will not have an SSN or ITIN. In these cases, secure the SSN or ITIN of the party responsible for physically filing the Form 1041 and input it onto CC ESIGN as the cross reference TIN. Following are some instances of when this may occur.
- Grantor, owner, custodian or trustor may indicate Amish or Mennonite as the reason for not supplying an SSN or ITIN.
- An infant is the decedent of an estate or grantor, owner, custodian or trustor of a trust, guardianship, receivership or custodianship that has yet to receive an SSN.
- Estate is being established for a woman who used her husband's SSN with an alpha character immediately after the last digit of his SSN.
- The Business Operational Date (BOD), which is the date the entity began doing business, must be input onto CC ESIGN for every EIN that is assigned. It is identified on Line 11 of the Form SS-4 as "Date business started or acquired (month, day, year)."
- The BOD must be prior to, or the same as, the Wages Paid Date (WPD). The wages paid date must be after 1913 but no later than the current month and year plus one and must be in MMYYYY format.
Use the information in the table below to validate the BOD provided by the taxpayer or determine the correct BOD if one is not provided.
If Then the BOD should be 1) The entity is a trust The date the trust was funded. 2) The entity is an estate - The date of death of the decedent, or
- The date the estate was legally funded (that is, when probate completed and assets flowed into the account).
3)
- A BOD is not indicated, and
- The entity has employees and has indicated a wages paid date (line 15 of the Form SS-4)
The Wages Paid Date.
4)
- A BOD is not indicated
- The entity does not have employees, and/or
- A wages paid date is not indicated
The current date. 5)
- A BOD is not indicated, and
- The taxpayer is required to file Form 1042, Form 730, or Form 2290
The current date.
- The Wages Paid Date (WPD) is the date an entity began paying wages to its employees. It is identified on Form SS-4, line 15 as "First date wages or annuities were paid or will be paid."
- A WPD is required for all entities that have employees and are required to file an employment/unemployment tax return (Form 940, Form 941, Form 943, Form 944, or Form 945).
Use the information in the table below to validate the WPD provided by the taxpayer or to determine the correct WPD, if one is not provided.
If And Then 1) No employees are indicated (line 13 of Form SS-4) A WPD is not required.
2) Employees are indicated (Line 13 of Form SS-4) A WPD is not indicated Use the BOD.
See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.3, Business Operational Date (Form SS-4, Line 11), for information on determining the BOD if one is not provided.3) Employees are indicated (line 13 of Form SS-4) The WPD is indicated as
"Not Yet," "Unknown," etc.Use the first date of the next quarter from the current date as the WPD, as detailed below.
- If the current date is between January 1 and March 31, use April 1 as the WPD.
- If the current date is between April 1 and June 30, use July 1 as the WPD.
- If the current date is between July 1 and September 30, use October 1 as the WPD.
- If the current date is between October 1 and December 31, use January 1 of the next year as the WPD.
4) The entity is a trust and a Wages Paid Date is indicated No employees are indicated Do not establish employment filing requirements.
- The information entered on CC ESIGN from Form SS-4 lines 16 and 17, is captured by ERAS and sent to both the Social Security Administration and the Census Bureau. See IRM 21.7.13.2.5, Form SS-4 Data and Social Security Administration, and IRM 21.7.13.2.6, Form SS-4 Data and U.S. Census Bureau, for additional information on the use of this data. It is critical we capture the most accurate data possible, to the extent it is provided by the taxpayer. All fields are required entries.
Use the table below, for the entity types listed, to populate Lines 16 and 17. The table was developed by IRS, SSA, and Census in an effort to improve the quality of data we receive and forward to these agencies. Do not ask these entities for this information.
Entity Type Line 16 (PBA) Line 16 Remarks Line 17 1) Bankruptcy (Individual) Other (09) Trust Admin Trust Administration 2) Church Other (09) Religious Org Religious Organization 3) Employer (Fiscal) Agent Other (09) Payroll Serv Payroll Service 4) Employer Plan
(All Types)Fin & Ins (06)
(Finance & Insurance)Employer Plan 5) Escrow Real Estate (02) Escrow Company 6) Estate Fin & Ins (06) Estate Administration 7) FNMA
(Fannie Mae)Fin & Ins (06) FNMA 8) GNMA
(Ginnie Mae)Fin & Ins (06) GNMA 9) Homeowners/Condo Assoc. Real Estate (02) Homeowners Association 10) Household Employer Other (09) Household Emp Household Employer 11) Plan Administrator Fin & Ins (06) Plan Administration 12) Political Organization Other (09) Pol Org Political Organization 13) REIT
(Real Estate Investment Trust)Fin & Ins (06) REIT 14) REMIC
(Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit)Fin & Ins (06) REMIC 15) RIC
(Regulated Investment Company)Fin & Ins (06) RIC 16) Settlement Fund Fin & Ins (06) Settlement Fund 17) Trust (All Types) Fin & Ins (06) Trust Administration - For all other entity types, follow the instructions in paragraphs (4), (5), (6), (7), and (8) whether the application is received via phone, fax, or mail.
Populate the Principal Checkbox (PRIN-CKBX) field with the two-digit Principal Activity Code as indicated by the taxpayer on Form SS-4, line 16. If no box is checked, enter "09" (Other).
Note:
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.27, Principal Business Activity Checkbox Input and Examples/Descriptions, for a complete list of Principal Business Activity Codes.
ERAS automatically populates the Principal Remarks (PRIN-REMARKS) field with the principal activity that corresponds with the checkbox number. Using the same example in paragraph 4, the word "Construction" will populate this field.
Note:
The information will not be visible on the ESIGN screen. The fields are populated during ERAS daily processing.
- If Form SS-4, line 16, is marked "Other" , you must enter the remarks supplied by the taxpayer in the ESIGN Principal Remarks field. If the taxpayer does not specify, enter "NA" or "N/A" .
Populate the Principal Merchandise Sold (PRIN-MDSE-SOLD-SERVICE) field with the information provided by the taxpayer on Form SS-4, line 17. If blank, ERAS will re-enter the Principal Remarks. Using the example in paragraph 4, the word "Construction" will populate this field.
Caution:
Only enter alpha and/or numeric characters into this field. If the taxpayer has provided a character that is not alpha or numeric, drop the special character and do not leave a space.
- If Form SS-4, line 17 is blank and the taxpayer has checked the "Other" box on line 16, enter "NA" or "N/A" in the Principal Merchandise Sold field.
- The Fiscal Year Month (FYM) is a two-digit code (01 through 12) indicating the month in which the fiscal year of the entity ends.
- An FYM is required for all entities that are liable for an income tax return (Form 1120, Form 1065, or Form 1041).
Use the information in the table below to validate the FYM provided by the taxpayer or determine the correct FYM, if one is not provided.
If Then 1) The entity:
- Is a Form 2553 filer, an S-Corp, Form 1120S filer, or a Personal Service Corporation, and
- The FYM is not provided or is other than 12
- Change the FYM to 12, and
- Inform the taxpayer by letter that the date has been changed to December 31, as required by the Tax Reform Act of 1986.
2) The entity:
- Is an insurance company (IRM 1120-PC or Form 1120-L), and
- The FYM is not provided or is other than 12
- Change the FYM to 12, and
- Inform the taxpayer by letter that the date has been changed to December 31.
3) The entity:
- Is a corporation other than an insurance company, small business corporation, or a personal service corporation, and
- The FYM is not provided
- Enter the month preceding the business operation date (BOD).
4) The entity:
- Is a trust and
- Is exempt from having to use a FYM of 12 (See IRM 3.13.2, BMF Account Numbers, for details), and
- Does not indicate a FYM
- Use the month preceding the BOD (Form SS-4, line 11)
- The trust FYM must be 12, unless the taxpayer cites IRC 674(c) or Treas. Reg. 1.674(c)
5) The entity:
- Is a partnership, and
- A FYM is not indicated
Input FYM 12
Forms SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, from foreign entities are assigned EIN prefix 98. Forms SS-4 from foreign entities received by mail or fax are only processed by the Cincinnati International Unit. If a paper or faxed application is received in a location other than Cincinnati, forward the Form SS-4 to Cincinnati for processing via fax (855) 215-1627.
Note:
Domestic Forms SS-4 received by mail misclassified as International must be sent back to clerical for batching into domestic EIN inventory. Follow the guidance in paragraph 5 below to determine if the application is International or domestic.
Foreign entities may request an EIN by telephone by calling the non-toll-free EIN International line. Assistors on the non-toll-free EIN International line must determine if the principal business was created or organized outside the United States or U.S. Territories before processing an application by telephone. Telephone calls from foreign entities requesting an EIN are assigned EIN prefix 98 and are only worked by Cincinnati and Ogden International Units. If a call is received in any other location, provide the caller with the:
- EIN International phone number (267) 941-1099 (not a toll-free number). Hours of operation 6:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. Eastern time Monday through Friday.
- EIN International fax number (855) 215-1627 if faxing from within the U.S. or
- EIN International fax number (304) 707-9471 if faxing from outside the U.S.
Reminder:
If an application received by phone on the non-toll-free EIN International line is determined to be domestic based on the guidance in paragraph 5 below, advise the caller of the methods to apply for an EIN. Refer to IRM 21.7.13.2.3, Methods by Which Taxpayers Can Apply for an EIN.
- Assistors staffing the International non-toll-free telephone line have the ability to utilize the Over the Phone Interpreter Service (OPI). Instructions for using this service are located in IRM 21.8.1.2.3.2, Over the Phone Interpreter Service (OPI) For International Non-Toll-Free Calls.
The table below provides legal definitions of both domestic and foreign entities. These definitions may be useful when trying to determine, on a phone call, whether the entity is domestic or foreign:
Entity IRC 7701 Definition 1) Domestic Corporation, Partnership or Disregarded Entity (Business Entity) The term "domestic," when applied to a Business Entity, means created or organized in the United States or under the law of the United States or of any State unless, in the case of a partnership, the Secretary provides otherwise by regulations. A Business Entity created or organized both in the United States and in a foreign jurisdiction is a domestic entity. 2) Foreign Corporation or Partnership The term "foreign" , when applied to a corporation or partnership, means a corporation or partnership which is not domestic. 3) Domestic Trust The term "domestic trust" means a trust in which a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust. 4) Foreign Trust The term "foreign trust" means any trust other than a domestic trust described above. 5) Domestic Estate Any estate other than a "foreign" estate. 6) Foreign Estate The term "foreign estate" means an estate whose income is from sources outside the United States not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the U.S., and is not includible in gross income under Subtitle A Chapter 1 Subchapter B Part II of Title 26 of the U.S. Code. Use the table below when processing requests for an International EIN received by mail, fax or phone to determine whether an entity is "foreign" , and therefore will be assigned EIN Prefix 98.
Note:
A foreign individual may be listed as the responsible party for a domestic entity and may not have a valid ITIN.
Regardless, assign a regular series EIN in this situation. See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7.2, Foreign Entities/Persons Required to File a U.S. Tax Return.If And Then 1) A corporation or limited liability company indicates on Line 8c or 9b that it was incorporated or organized in a foreign country (not a U.S. Territory) N/A Case type is International
Assign Prefix 98.2) A corporation or limited liability company indicates on Line 8c or 9b that it was incorporated or organized in the United States or a U.S. Territory N/A Case type is Domestic
If the application was received by phone on the non-toll-free EIN International line, advise the caller of the methods to apply for an EIN following the reminder in paragraph 2 above.3) Form SS-4 Line 4a/4b, 5a/5b, or 6 indicate the principal business is located in a U.S. Territory N/A Case type is Domestic
Assign Prefix 66.
If the application was received by phone on the non-toll-free EIN International line, advise the caller of the methods to apply for an EIN following the reminder in paragraph 2 above.4) Form SS-4 Line 4a/4b, 5a/5b, or 6 are foreign - Line 8c or 9b indicate the entity was incorporated or organized in the United States or a U.S. Territory
Case type is Domestic
If the application was received by phone on the non-toll-free EIN International line, advise the caller of the methods to apply for an EIN following the reminder in paragraph 2 above.5) Form SS-4 Line 4a/4b, 5a/5b, or 6 are foreign - Line 8c or 9b indicate the entity was incorporated or organized in a foreign country (not a U.S. Territory)
Case type is International
Assign Prefix 98.6) Form SS-4 Line 5a/5b or 6 are foreign - The entity is not required to complete Line 8c or 9b
Case type is International
Assign Prefix 98.7) There is language anywhere on Form SS-4 suggesting foreign status, such as:
- Tax treaty
- Foreign entity
- Treas. Reg. 1.1441-1(e)(4)(viii)
- 897(i) Election
- Form 1120-F
- Form 5471 (Information Return of U.S. Persons With Respect To Certain Foreign Corporations)
- W-8IMY (Certificate of Foreign Intermediary, Foreign Flow-Through Entity, or Certain U.S. Branches for United States Tax Withholding and Reporting)
- W-8EXP (Certificate of Foreign Government or Other Foreign Form Organization for United States Tax Withholding and Reporting)
- W-8BEN (Certificate of Foreign Status of Beneficial Owner for United States Tax Withholding and Reporting (Individuals))
- Line 8c and/or 9b indicate the entity was incorporated or organized in a foreign country (not a U.S. Territory), or
- A foreign location is indicated on Line 5a/5b or 6
Case type is International
Assign Prefix 98.
8) An entity checks the box on Line 10 for "Compliance with IRS withholding regulations" - Line 8c and/or 9b indicate the entity was incorporated or organized in a foreign country (not a U.S. Territory), or
- A foreign location is indicated on Line 5a/5b or 6
Case type is International
Assign Prefix 98.
Foreign corporations and individuals not engaged in a trade or business in the United States (and foreign partnerships, foreign trusts, and foreign estates that do not have gross income that is (or is treated as) effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business) are not required to obtain an EIN, unless they otherwise have United States source income on which the tax liability was not fully satisfied by the withholding of tax at the source. However, a foreign entity may need an EIN to comply with IRS withholding regulations, or to claim tax treaty benefits. In this case, the taxpayer should complete Form SS-4 as shown below:
- Line 7b - If the foreign responsible party doesn’t have or is ineligible to obtain an ITIN or SSN, the applicant must write "foreign" or "N/A" per the Instructions for Form SS-4. An entry is required.
- Line 10 - check the Compliance with IRS withholding regulations box, or in the case of claiming treaty benefits, check the Other box and specify on the line For Tax Treaty Purposes Only, Treas. Reg. 1.1441-1 (e) (4) (vii).
- Lines 11-17 enter "N/A" .
- Establish these entities on the "O" file.
If the foreign entities/individuals above receive a letter from the IRS soliciting the filing of a U.S. tax return, the foreign entity/individual should respond to the letter immediately by stating that it has no requirement to file any U.S. tax returns. Failure to respond to the IRS letter may result in a procedural assessment of tax by IRS against the foreign entity.
Note:
If the foreign entity later becomes liable to file a U.S. tax return, the foreign entity should not apply for a new EIN, but instead use the EIN it was first issued on all U.S. tax returns filed thereafter.
- If the application is received over the phone, ask for the caller's name, SSN/ITIN, address, date of birth, and position with the entity. If the caller does not have an SSN/ITIN (and therefore cannot be authenticated using CC INOLE), the new EIN will still be disclosed to the caller, as long as their position with the entity authorizes them to receive it. See IRM 11.3.2.4, Persons Who May Have Access to Returns and Return Information Pursuant to IRC 6103(e).
Foreign individuals, owners of foreign corporations, partnerships etc., that are required under Treas. Reg. 1.1443-1 and 1.1445-1(and the regulations thereunder), to file a U.S. tax return, are not required to provide an ITIN for the responsible party (on Form SS-4, Line 7b) in order to obtain an EIN, due to procedural changes/requirements for issuance of an ITIN. See IRM 3.21.263.5.1, Who Should Apply, for additional information.
Note:
Foreign corporations, partnerships, etc., that are the responsible party of a domestic entity are not required to have an EIN and are not required to provide an EIN on line 7b.
Treas. Reg. 301.6109-1(a)(1)(ii)(C) provides that "any person other than an individual (such as corporations, partnerships, nonprofit associations, trusts, estates, and similar non-individual persons) that is required to furnish a taxpayer identifying number must use an employer identification number" . Treas. Reg. 301.6109-1(a)(1)(ii)(D) provides that "an individual, whether U.S. or foreign, who is an employer or who is engaged in a trade or business as a sole proprietor should use an employer identification number as required by returns, statements, or other documents and their related instructions."
Note:
The term person, for purposes of IRC 7701(a)(1) includes an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a trust or estate, a joint-stock company, an association, or a syndicate, group, pool, joint venture, or other unincorporated organization or group. The term also includes a guardian, committee, trustee, executor, administrator, trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors, conservator, or any person acting in a fiduciary capacity.
Since an ITIN is not required (paragraph 1), but an EIN is required (paragraph 2), an EIN will be assigned to the entity whether the sole proprietor, partner, principal officer, grantor, responsible party, etc. has a valid ITIN or not. Assign the appropriate filing requirements to the entity.
Note:
A foreign individual, who has previously been assigned an ITIN, is required to furnish the ITIN at the time of application for the employer identification number. However, for practical purposes, if an ITIN is not listed, the EIN will still be assigned.
- If the application is received over the phone, ask for the caller's name, SSN/ITIN, date of birth, address, and position with the entity. If the caller does not have an SSN/ITIN (and therefore cannot be authenticated using CC INOLE), the new EIN will still be disclosed to the caller, as long as their position with the entity authorizes them to receive it. See IRM 11.3.2.4, Persons Who May Have Access to Returns and Return Information Pursuant to IRC 6103(e).
- A "Qualified Intermediary" (QI) is an eligible person that enters into a QI Agreement with the IRS pursuant to Rev. Proc. 2017-15, 2017-3 I.R.B. 437, and that acts as a QI under such Agreement. Generally, under the QI Agreement, the QI agrees to assume certain documentation and withholding responsibilities in exchange for simplified information reporting for its foreign account holders and the ability not to disclose proprietary account holder information to a withholding agent that may be a competitor. To apply for QI status, an eligible entity must submit an application in accordance with section 5 of Rev. Proc. 2017-15.
- A QI-EIN is a special Employer Identification Number assigned by the IRS to a QI. The QI-EIN must be used on every Form W-8IMY provided by the QI to the withholding agent from which it receives payments as a QI, and must be used on Form 1042, Form 1042-S, Form 1042-T, Form 1099, Form 945, and Form 1096 filed with the IRS as a QI.
- Applications for QI-EINs are not processed by Accounts Management. A specialized group in LBI processes the Form SS-4 and required accompanying documentation and assigns a QI-EIN from the following block of numbers: ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡.
- A QI-EIN may be used only when the QI is acting in its capacity as a QI. Therefore, a QI may need an additional EIN when it is acting in a non-QI capacity. If an entity has a QI-EIN, but requires another one for non-QI business activities, assign the entity a second EIN per normal procedures.
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡"≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡" ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡"≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡" ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- Taxpayer: A signature waiver was implemented for Form SS-4 effective March 13, 2000. Refer to Notice 2000-19 PDF page 845. Do not request a signature, unless one is required for third party disclosure regulations.
Third Party Disclosure: The taxpayer must authorize the Third Party Designee (TPD) to apply for and receive the EIN on their behalf by completing the Third Party Designee section and signing the Form SS-4.
Note:
An electronic signature will not be accepted to authorize third party disclosure. A handwritten signature is required.
See IRM 21.7.13.3.9.1 (5), Form SS-4 Application Status, for handling guidance for third party inquiries regarding an EIN application. Refer to IRM 11.3.3.3, Disclosure to Third Parties Based Upon Taxpayer Request for Assistance, for additional information about disclosure to third parties when tax matters are involved.
- Forms SS-4 received by mail and processed with newly assigned EINs (domestic and foreign) must be sent to files in brown folders (Document 6982) with the processing date and the IDRS number of the assigning employee notated on the outside of the folder.
Forms SS-4 that have a previously assigned EIN or cannot be processed due to missing information are not sent to files. EIN Tax Examiners correspond with the applicant explaining why a new EIN was not assigned. Refer to IRM 21.7.13.4.2.4, If an EIN is Found/Not Found, and IRM 21.7.13.3.10, Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, Missing Information Necessary for Processing.
Caution:
If Form 2678 and/or Form 2848 or Form 8821 is attached to an application with an existing EIN, see table in paragraph 3 below.
Note:
A Form SS-4 faxed to assist with EIN assignment during a telephone call must be destroyed as classified waste. Classified waste is documentation containing taxpayer entity or account information not needed for audit trail purposes. For example: EIN assignment of foreign entities on the non-toll free line and assignment of domestic EINs during IDRS Downtime and End of Year Procedures. Refer to IRM 21.5.1.4.10 , Classified Waste, for guidance on handling classified waste. PEGA users refer to IRM 21.7.13.8.2.3(10), User Role: SS-4 Tax Examiner, IRM 21.7.13.8.2.5(10), User Role: International EIN, or IRM 21.7.13.8.2.6(8), User Role: Manager / Lead. See IRM 21.7.13.3.5.2, EIN Non-Toll-Free Telephone Service-Foreign Entities, and IRM 21.7.13.3.5.5, IDRS Downtime and End of Year Procedures.
After assigning an EIN, use the table below for routing certain Forms and/or supporting documentation to the correct area.
If Then 1) The processed Form SS-4 has one of the following Third Party authorization documents attached:
- Form 2848, Power of Attorney/Declaration of Representative, or
- Form 8821, Tax Information Authorization
Take the following actions:
- Detach authorization document
- Notate the EIN on the authorization document
- Send the authorization document to the correct CAF unit using the following link: Where to File (Form 2848).
2) Form 2678, Employer Appointment of Agent, is attached - Detach Form 2678
- Notate newly assigned or previously assigned EIN in Part 2 of Form 2678.
- Send the Form 2678 to the correct campus using the following link: Where to File Your Taxes (for Form 2678).
3) Miscellaneous documentation used to assign the EIN (e.g. Articles of Organization/Incorporation) is attached Detach from Form SS-4 and destroy as classified waste-paper.
Prior to 2001, Forms SS-4 (for entities with employees) were sent to the Social Security Administration (SSA) after IRS assigned the EIN. SSA maintained these records and IRS employees could request a copy of a specific form, generally for compliance purposes. In 2001, IRS began sending weekly electronic transmissions of Form SS-4 data to SSA, and the actual form was no longer sent. SSA only maintains Forms SS-4 received from IRS through 1998. Therefore, SSA should not be contacted for Forms SS-4 processed after 1998.
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ - If SSA has the requested information, they will mail it back to the requestor. It can take up to three weeks for you to receive a response.
- IRS retains all processed paper Forms SS-4 following guidance in IRM 3.5.61.3.77, Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number.
- Prior to January 1, 2017, the only Forms SS-4 IRS retained were those submitted by mail or fax for estates, trusts, and entities with no filing requirements. While only a limited number of paper Form SS-4 applications were retained, all Forms 5147, which generates with every EIN assignment (paper, fax, phone and internet) are retained on Control-D for seven years.
- See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.11, Disposition of Form SS-4 and Supporting Documentation, for current disposition of Form SS-4 and supporting documentation.
Entities qualified to receive bulk/bank EINs include:
- Bankruptcy estates created under Chapter 7-11 of the Internal Revenue Code
- Pension/Retirement Trusts
- Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) Pools
- Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), and
- Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (REMICs)
Caution:
Forward all requests from entities to be added as a participant in the bulk/bank program to the Accounts Management (AM) Headquarters (HQ) PPM analysts. HQ approval is required before any new entity can be added to the program.
Bulk/bank requests can be:
- Faxed to 855-215-1627 or
- Mailed to
Internal Revenue Service
EIN Operations
Stop 532
Cincinnati, OH 45999
Requests to join the bulk/bank program must be in writing on company letterhead and state the following:
- What the EIN(s) will be used for (e.g., bankruptcy estate, pension plan),
- Number of EIN(s) needed per month,
- Contact person's name,
- Contact person’s telephone number and
- Contact person’s fax number
Note:
If any of the above information is missing, refer to the company's file. If there is no file on record, contact the company by telephone to obtain the missing information. Review the number of EINs being requested by the entity compared to prior requests. Report any significant increase to the Accounts Management (AM) HQ analyst. Do not assign the block until approval is received from the analysts.
Separate and batch all requests received into three sub-categories:
- Faxed Bulk/bank requests are worked in PEGA. See IRM 21.7.13.8.2.2, User Role: Banklist Clerk, for more information.
Use CC BSIGN to assign a block of EINs, using the guidelines in the table below:
If the request is for Then enter 1)
- Bankruptcy Estates
- GNMAs
- The appropriate EIN prefix for the entity's location (identified as NN in the example below)
- A 6 or 7 (so that a number in the 6/7 million series can be assigned), and
- The number of EINs being requested.
Example:
Input BSIGN NN 6 20 Name of Institution
Response Beginning EIN NN-70000000
Ending EIN NN-70000192) Pension Plans - The appropriate EIN prefix for the entity's location (identified as NN in the example below)
- An "R" (so that an EIN in the "regular series" will be assigned), and
- The number of EINs being requested.
Example:
Input BSIGN NN R 20
Name of Institution
Response Beginning EIN NN-40000000
Ending EIN NN-4000019.- Print the response screen and attach the printout to the original company letterhead.
Send Notice Gatekeeper Web (SNIP) - LTR 0225C Detail Page (irs.gov), EIN Block Assignments for Trusts and Estates.
Exception:
If a fax number was provided, the EIN block assignment can be faxed to the institution/authorized representative.
Reminder:
Make sure you have received the proper authorization document before disclosing an EIN block assignment to a representative acting on behalf of the institution. See IRM 21.7.13.3.5.4(1), Taking an EIN Telephone Application step 7.
Create a folder for the institution/authorized representative and retain the following:
- The response screen and original request
- A Block EIN(s) assignment log sheet (to record and track actions) when received
- The date on the cover letter that the consolidated list was returned by the institution/authorized representative when the EIN(s) are assigned, and
- The date on the cover letter of any correspondence
- If a consolidated list, using up the entire block of EINs assigned, has not been received after 30 days, send an interim Notice Gatekeeper Web (SNIP) - LTR 0225C Detail Page (irs.gov), or fax the financial institution or authorized representative. Explain that the institution/representative has up to 45 days from the date of issuance of the block to send in the consolidated list. No extension of time to use the block will be granted without extenuating circumstances.
- Telephone service for the bank list program is not on the call router; calls are directly dialed to the campus of record. Return bank list program-related calls within a 24-hour period.
When a financial institution or authorized representative supplies their client with an EIN from a block issued by the IRS, it must submit a consolidated list that contains the following information:
- EIN(s) assigned
- Exact name of entity to which the EIN(s) are assigned
- Name of trustee or executor
- Address, and
- Date established
- Banklist customers are only required to supply the information listed above. If any of the required information is missing, contact the institution/authorized representative to obtain it. Do not correspond with the customer or perform research for information that is not required.
- If additional information is available from the consolidated list, input it onto CC ESIGN. Otherwise, information not required from the taxpayer will be left blank on CC ESIGN.
Use the IAT EIN Assignment Tool to research the entity to which the EIN(s) have been assigned to determine whether it has been previously established. If the tool is unavailable, manual research can be performed using the following command codes:
If the entity has not been established, follow the correct EIN assignment procedures for the entity type. See IRM 21.7.13.5, Assigning EINs.
Exception:
Enter the assigned EIN(s) in the upper left corner of the CC ESIGN screen (to prevent the system from auto-generating an EIN).
Reminder:
Enter Notice Code Indicator "D" to suppress the CP 575 notice. If the listing indicates a CP 575 is requested, do not enter Notice Code D.
After entering the consolidated list, send Letter 225C, EIN Block Assignment for Trustees and Estates, to the institution/authorized representative, confirming that the consolidated list has been validated. If the institution/authorized representative requests Letter 225C be faxed to them, do so.
Note:
If an authorized representative of the entity requests confirmation of individual EINs assigned, send the representative Letter 147C, EIN Previously Assigned.
- Retain the consolidated list in the folder that was created when the block was assigned.
This subsection contains information on EIN internet applications, including:
- Modernized Internet EIN (Mod IEIN)
- Modernized Internet EIN - Technical difficulties with the application
- Modernized Internet EIN - Incident Reporting
- Third party disclosure requirements for internet applications.
Modernized Internet EIN (Mod IEIN) replaced the online Form SS-4 application on September 17, 2007. The Mod IEIN application uses a question and answer format similar to popular tax preparation products. Users can click the underlined keywords for additional information or view the help topics available on each screen.
Information required to use Mod IEIN:
- The type of business entity being established
- The responsible party’s Social Security or individual taxpayer identification number (ITIN)
- Third parties must have an authorization signed by the taxpayer
Note:
Third party designees only receive the EIN at the end of the session. The EIN confirmation notice (CP 575) is mailed to the taxpayer.
Unauthorized third parties can submit an application for the taxpayer but the EIN is not displayed at the end of the session. The EIN confirmation notice (CP 575) is mailed to the taxpayer.
Users begin by choosing the type of entity they are applying for and then answer only questions applicable to that entity type.
Note:
Single and multi-member limited liability companies must select Limited Liability Company as the type of entity they are establishing. This will allow an LLC suffix to be entered and the correct filing requirement(s) to be established. Selecting Sole Proprietor or Partnership will not allow an LLC suffix to be added to the primary name line.
Who can use Mod IEIN? Mod IEIN can be used by all entities as long as:
- The responsible party has a valid TIN (SSN or ITIN). Only government entities may apply with an EIN.
- The entity's principal location is in the United States or U.S. Territories.
Who cannot use Mod IEIN? Mod IEIN cannot be used if:
- The entity's principal location is outside the United States. Applicants outside the United States may apply by phone, fax, or mail.
Real time validations include:
- Name and TIN match
- Existing business name and EIN in the same state
- Other front-end checks
Mod IEIN populates CC ESIGN with the taxpayer’s information:
- When the taxpayer finishes and submits the application, CC ESIGN generates the EIN in the same manner as a live assistor.
- Because the EIN is assigned in real time, it is available for research on CC ENMOD immediately.
EIN Confirmation:
- Taxpayers have the option to view, save, and print their CP 575 at the end of the session.
- Users applying for their domestic or U.S. territory EIN may experience difficulty with obtaining their EIN online and receive the following message:
We are unable to provide you with an EIN. We apologize for the inconvenience, but based on the information provided we are unable to provide you with an EIN through this online assistant.
Please call 800-829-4933 for assistance. When outside the US, call 267-941-1099. TTY/TDD: 800-829-4059.
Please have your information readily available and mention reference number XXX. Callers contacting the IRS regarding the message shown in paragraph 2 above are routed based on their specific reference number. Reference numbers 101 or 115 are directed to a CSR for assistance. All other reference numbers are routed to an automated message which provides instructions to correct invalid information and resubmit the application or submit Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, by mail or fax.
Reminder:
Assistors staffing the International non-toll-free line must determine if the caller needs assistance with an International tax issue as defined in IRM 21.8.2.2.1, Campus Consolidation and Program Centralization, or is calling from outside the U.S. before authenticating the caller and following the guidance in paragraph 8 or 9 below. If the caller is calling from within the U.S., the International assistor must provide the business and specialty tax line and EIN toll-free number and the hours of operation.
Before resolving the issues in paragraphs 5, 8 and 9, you must follow the guidelines in the table below and in IRM 10.10.3.3.15, Identity Proofing for Modernized Internet EIN (Mod IEIN), to authenticate the caller.
Note:
If the caller experienced a problem printing or saving the CP 575 notice and can provide the EIN, follow the procedures in IRM 21.7.1.4.7.1, Employer Identification Number (EIN) Verification and Requests for Letter 147C, EIN Previously Assigned.
Reminder:
If the caller cannot be authenticated, advise them to mail or fax a completed Form SS-4. See IRM 21.7.13.7.1, Mailing Address/Fax Numbers for Form SS-4. EINs must not be disclosed to a third party without a valid Form 2848, Form 8821, or a signed Form SS-4.
If the caller is: And Then 1) A Third party designee (TPD) They experienced problems obtaining an EIN online. They may or may not provide one of the reference numbers shown in paragraph 9 or 10 below Apologize for any inconvenience and advise them to mail or fax a completed Form SS-4. See IRM 21.7.13.7.1, Mailing Address/Fax Numbers for Form SS-4, for mailing address/fax number. 2) A third party They are unable to provide documentation of their authority Apologize for any inconvenience and advise them to mail or fax a completed Form SS-4. See IRM 21.7.13.7.1, Mailing Address/Fax Numbers for Form SS-4, for mailing address/fax number. 3) A POA/TIA They can fax Form SS-4 signed by the responsible party along with Form 2848/Form 8821 with:
- Form 2848/Form 8821 notated with language such as application for an EIN, Form SS-4, etc.
Authenticate the POA/TIA by verifying the information required in IRM 10.10.3.3.15, Identity Proofing for Modernized Internet EIN (Mod IEIN), using command code (CC) INOLES. 4) The taxpayer Their position is authorized for the entity type. See IRM 21.7.13.5, Assigning EINs, for each specific entity type to determine if the caller’s position is authorized for that entity type. Authenticate the taxpayer by verifying the information required in IRM 10.10.3.3.15, Identity Proofing for Modernized Internet EIN (Mod IEIN), using command code (CC) INOLES. If the caller can be authenticated and their relationship established with the entity, obtain the entity name and address and research using the IAT EIN Assignment Tool or CC NAMEE (if the tool is unavailable). If the caller does not provide the complete name (e.g., LLC, INC, Corp) and address (e.g., STE, AVE, BLVD), probe for additional information. Use the table below to resolve the following common issues:
Reminder:
See IRM 21.1.3.9, Mailing and Faxing Tax Account Information, for additional disclosure requirements if the taxpayer requests a faxed copy of Letter 147C.
If And Then 1) An EIN was generated online and is not posted to Master File (BMFOLE) the caller was unable to capture the EIN - Provide the EIN.
- Determine if the caller opted to print the CP 575 notice online. If the caller opted to print the CP 575 notice online but experienced a problem printing or saving the notice, follow row 3 below, otherwise, advise the caller to allow time for the receipt of the generated CP 575 verifying EIN assignment.
If the caller requests immediate written confirmation of the EIN, fax Letter 147C.
2) An EIN was generated online and is posted to Master File (BMFOLE) the taxpayer was unable to capture the EIN - Provide the EIN.
- Offer to mail and/or fax unless a Letter 147C or CP 575 was generated within the last 30 days.
3) An EIN was generated online the taxpayer was unable to capture the EIN and experienced a problem saving or printing the notice - Provide the EIN.
- Explain to the taxpayer or representative the CP 575 notice that is normally generated will not be mailed because they opted to print the notice online.
- Offer to mail and/or fax a Letter 147C letter to the taxpayer or their authorized representative depending on their needs.
4) An EIN was generated online the taxpayer can provide the EIN and experienced a problem saving or printing the notice Follow the procedures in IRM 21.7.1.4.7.1 , Employer Identification Number (EIN) Verification and Requests for Letter 147C, EIN Previously Assigned. Assistors should be aware of the following:
- The online message does not provide a definition of the three-digit reference number (reject code).
- The caller may or may not notice the three-digit reference number (reject code). If the caller cannot provide the reference number (reject code), you must ask questions pertinent to the inquiry in order to obtain the information necessary to answer the inquiry per IRM 21.1.1.4 (2) Do’s Row 5, Communication Skills - General.
- Taxpayers may believe IRS employees have access to the information that was previously input in the online application. Advise taxpayer IRS does not save this information and apologize for the difficulty the taxpayer experienced with the online application.
- Assistors on the toll-free line MUST use the tables in paragraph 8 or 9 below to resolve ALL inquiries regarding the message shown in paragraph 2 above.
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- Because Mod IEIN validates the information taxpayers submit in a real-time environment (taxpayer authentication, duplication checks etc.), all command codes the application accesses, and all front-end and back-end systems must be up and running in order for an EIN to be assigned.
- If an unscheduled outage occurs with one of the command codes or systems while a taxpayer is completing the online application, the taxpayer will be redirected to a "Technical Difficulties" page. The page advises them that the system is experiencing technical difficulties and to please try back later. There may also be a three digit code at the bottom of the page≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ which is notated as "Internal Use Only" . They are also provided with a link and advised that if the problem continues, to report it by accessing the link. The link allows the taxpayer to send an email reporting the problem. Existing procedures are in place to escalate the problem for diagnosis and resolution when this occurs.
- A taxpayer may decide to call the toll-free number to apply for an EIN instead of waiting to try the application later. If you receive a call, and the taxpayer indicates they received the Technical Difficulties page in the Mod IEIN application, advise the taxpayer to apply online later in the day, or they can submit a Form SS-4 by fax or mail.
- Since the Modernized Internet EIN (Mod IEIN) application was placed into production on September 17, 2007, there have been no substantiated incidents of disclosure of Personally Identifiable Information (PII) to an unauthorized person. An example of a disclosure of PII would be one taxpayer (Taxpayer A) entering his name and SSN into the application but another taxpayer's name and SSN (Taxpayer B) being displayed to the taxpayer.
- It is highly unlikely that an unauthorized disclosure will occur with the application. However, in the event a call is received from a taxpayer stating they received information that does not belong to him/her in the Mod IEIN application, it is critical that the following actions be taken immediately.
The phone assistor must obtain and document the following information:
- Document the date and time the call was received.
- Obtain the caller's name, phone number, and best time to call.
- If an EIN was received, obtain the EIN, complete name of the new business entity, and the entity's address.
Ask and document whether the caller is the taxpayer or an authorized third party applying on behalf of the taxpayer.
Note:
If a third party, ask if the caller has previously applied for EINs on behalf of other clients.
- Ask for the date and time the incident occurred.
- Ask at what point in the application the disclosure occurred (On the summary page? In the CP 575 notice?).
- Request the caller fax in prints they made during the application that can document the disclosure (Summary Page, EIN Assignment Page, CP 575 etc.).
- Thank the caller for reporting the problem and advise him/her another IRS employee may be calling them if additional information is needed to assist in researching the problem.
- Document any and all information the caller provides. Immediately provide all the documentation, including fax prints, to your manager/lead.
- The manager/lead must document the date and time the information was received from the phone assistor and immediately review the documentation for completeness and forward to the designated Point of Contact (POC) for the site.
- Each site must assign a Primary and Secondary POC to receive and review the data obtained by the phone assistor. The POC must document the date and time the information was received from the manager/lead and prepare a secure email detailing the incident. Include all the documented information the phone assistor obtained. Send the email to the AM HQ EIN Analyst.
- Reports of this nature are extremely serious. There can be no delays in this process. Quick and thorough action is required by all employees so that immediate research and diagnosis of the reported incident can begin.
- If it is determined that an incident has occurred in the Mod IEIN application, headquarters personnel will complete all required actions and notifications, as required by the Office of Privacy, Governmental Liaison & Disclosure.
When a TPD is making the online application on behalf of the taxpayer, the taxpayer must authorize the TPD to apply for and receive the EIN on their behalf in accordance to the process in the table below:
Step Description 1 Taxpayer signs a completed Form SS-4 including the TPD section, prior to the TPD making the online application.
2 Taxpayer reads and signs a statement that they understand that they are authorizing the TPD to:
- Apply for and receive the EIN on their behalf, and
- Answer questions about completion of the application
- This subsection contains information on EIN telephone applications.
EIN Toll Free Telephone Assignment was discontinued effective January 6, 2014. Taxpayers calling to apply for an EIN will be advised as follows: "I'm sorry, the IRS is no longer assigning EINs over the telephone. You can receive an EIN immediately by using our Online EIN Assistant. Go to the IRS web site at www.irs.gov and type in keyword EIN. If you prefer, you can complete a Form SS-4 and fax or mail it to us. The Form SS-4 and instructions can be downloaded from the IRS.gov website. Is there anything else I can help you with today?"
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- A responsible party may only receive one (1) EIN per day. See IRM 21.7.13.2.2.2, How Many EINs a Responsible Party Can Receive Each Day, for more information.
International applicants may call (267) 941-1099 (not a toll-free number) 6:00 a.m. till 11:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) Monday through Friday to obtain their EIN. The person making the call must be authorized to receive the EIN and answer questions concerning the Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number.
Note:
Callers requesting a domestic EIN must be notified of the methods of applying. See IRM 21.7.13.2.3, Methods by Which Taxpayers Can Apply for an EIN.
- A responsible party may only receive one (1) EIN per day. See IRM 21.7.13.2.2.2, How Many EINs a Responsible Party Can Receive Each Day, for more information.
All assistors working on the EIN Toll-Free/Non-Toll Free Telephone Service must be thoroughly instructed and familiar with:
- IDRS
- Paper processing of Form SS-4, and
- Telephone etiquette, including IRS Employee Identification Requirements (See IRM 21.7.13.3.1, IRS Employee Identification Requirements-Sec 3705(A))
- Phone assistors will capture taxpayer information taken during the call using electronic means (IAT, Quickpads, Microsoft Word Pad, etc).
- If an application received by phone on the non-toll-free EIN International line is determined to be domestic based on the guidance in IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7(5), Foreign Entities – Definitions and Instructions, advise the caller of the methods to apply for an EIN. Refer to IRM 21.7.13.2.3, Methods by Which Taxpayers Can Apply for an EIN.
- IRM 21.7.13.3.5.1, EIN Toll-Free Telephone Service-Domestic Entities, and IRM 21.7.13.3.5.2, EIN Non-Toll-Free Telephone Service-Foreign Entities, explains when the IRS will assign EINs over the telephone. See IRM 21.7.13.3.5.5, IDRS Downtime and End of Year Procedures, if the IDRS system is down while you are on the call.
A responsible party is limited to one EIN per business day. See IRM 21.7.13.2.2.2, How Many EINs a Responsible Party Can Receive Each Day.
Caution:
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Follow the guidance below when processing a telephone application.
If IDRS is down when a taxpayer calls for an EIN, inform the caller that the computer system is currently unavailable but that you can assign a number (if your area has numbers to assign).
- The online EIN application (Modernized Internet EIN) is not available when IDRS is down. Do not refer callers to the internet application during IDRS down time.
Use the information in the table below to determine the correct action to take.
If Then 1)
- The caller wants a provisional number, and
- Your area has provisional numbers to assign, and
- CC INOLE or CC NAMEI is available
Make the following statement:
"I can assign you a number for your business that you can use until all information is verified. Once the information you provide is verified, you will receive a confirmation letter of your permanent EIN in the next few weeks. Your permanent EIN should be the same as the one I give you today."
Assign the provisional number as described below.2)
- The caller does not want the provisional number, or
- Your area does not have provisional numbers to assign, or
- CC INOLE or CC NAMEI is not available
Advise the caller he can either fax or mail in a completed Form SS-4 or call back when the systems are available. During both unscheduled IDRS downtime and End of Year scheduled downtime, assign customers EINs using the following procedure:
- EIN Units have blocks of EINs that can be assigned during system down time. Separate EINs (6/7 million series) are required for trusts and estates.
- All standard disclosure procedures must be followed.
Using information obtained from callers, complete a paper Form SS-4.
Note:
You do not need to complete a paper Form SS-4, if the caller can fax their application and all the required information is legible and processable. You must verify the information from the Form SS-4 with the caller.
- Secure a business phone number from the caller if you need additional customer contact.
- Write the EIN, IRS Received Date, and employee number in RED in the top right corner of the completed Form SS-4. These SS-4s are processed first when IDRS becomes available.
- Provide the caller with the EIN assigned and tell the caller that they will receive written confirmation of the assignment in about two weeks.
- Completed Forms SS-4 are maintained in phone suspense inventory. Charge all further handling to OFP 710-01325, Phone Suspense.
- When the system is available, if further information is needed to validate the EIN, contact the customer by phone. If contact cannot be made, send a letter.
- Taxpayers can complete Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, and mail it for processing to the correct address as shown in IRM 21.7.13.7.1, Mailing Address/Fax Numbers for Form SS-4.
This subsection contains information on:
- Processing EIN applications received by mail and
- Returning original documentation (such as a death certificate) that has been sent along with the Form SS-4.
The processing timeframe for an EIN application received by mail is 30 days.
Note:
See IRM 21.7.13.7.2, Forms SS-4 and Correspondence: Processing Timeframes and Batching, for complete processing timeframes and batching requirements.
Ensure that the Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, contains all of the required information. See IRM 21.7.13.5, Assigning EINs, for the entity type you are assigning.
Note:
If Form SS-4 is missing information necessary for processing, correspond for the missing information following the table below. Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.10, Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, Missing Information Necessary for Processing, for complete procedures.
If Then 1) A return fax number is not provided Use Letter 45C, EIN Application Requested/Received. 2) A return fax number is provided Use the Faxback Builder Power App to generate an EIN problem fax cover sheet.
- After verifying that the required information is complete and accurate, perform the necessary research using the IAT EIN Assignment Tool to determine whether the entity needs a new EIN. See IRM 21.7.13.4, Determining Whether an Entity Needs an EIN.
- If you determine that the entity needs a new EIN, assign the EIN using the appropriate procedures for the entity type. See IRM 21.7.13.5, Assigning EINs.
If a taxpayer sends an original document that is unnecessary to process an EIN request (such as an original death certificate), prepare Form 14219, Return of Documents to Taxpayer, and return the item to the taxpayer.
Caution:
Extreme care must be taken to ensure that only the material relative to the taxpayer(s) to which the correspondence is addressed is enclosed in the envelope. See IRM 21.3.3.4.24, Breaches of Personally Identifiable Information (PII) Caused by Manual Stuffing Errors, for more information.
- Route notification received from a taxpayer indicating a bankruptcy, receiver/receivership, or state receivership to the correct Compliance Insolvency Function. See Insolvency (Bankruptcy) Tools, for Insolvency addresses and phone numbers.
- Taxpayers can complete Form SS-4 and fax it for processing to the correct fax number as shown in IRM 21.7.13.7.1, Mailing Address/Fax Numbers for Form SS-4.
This subsection contains information on EIN applications received by fax, including:
- Third party disclosure authorization for faxed applications and
- Processing an application received by fax.
- The Enterprise File Storage (EFS) application for EIN, known as PEGA, enables faxed receipts to automatically be received within the system. See IRM 21.7.13.8, Introduction to Enterprise File Storage (EFS) PEGA.
- Taxpayers may authorize a third party to receive the EIN on their behalf. Make sure the correct authorization document is received before releasing the EIN to the third party.
- The taxpayer may authorize a third party to answer questions about the completion of Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, and receive the newly assigned EIN on their behalf by completing the Third Party Designee (TPD) section and signing the Form SS-4. The designee’s authority terminates at the time the EIN is assigned and released to the designee.
A date, title, and handwritten signature are required. An electronic signature will not be accepted to authorize third party disclosure. ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡. The signature must be dated and the IRS must receive the document within 120 days of that date.
Note:
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.2.10, Form SS-4 Signature Requirements, and IRM 11.3.3.3, Disclosure to Third Parties Based Upon Taxpayer Request for Assistance, for additional information about disclosure to third parties when tax matters are involved.
If the authorization documentation is incomplete or invalid (e.g., stamped or electronic signature), process the application, but DO NOT release the EIN to the third party.
Reminder:
If the third party designee’s address or phone number matches the taxpayer’s mailing address, location address, or phone number, see IRM 21.7.13.3.10(4)(r), Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, Missing Information Necessary for Processing.
The processing timeframe for an EIN application received by fax is 4 business days. Ensure the Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, contains all of the required information. See IRM 21.7.13.5, Assigning EINs, for the entity type you are assigning.
Note:
If Form SS-4 is missing information necessary for processing, correspond for the missing information following the table below. Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.10, Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, Missing Information Necessary for Processing, for complete procedures.
Reminder:
If the name/TIN combination from Lines 7a/7b, 7a/9a, or 1/9a (decedent estate) cannot be validated, research using the IAT Name Search Tool or EIN Assignment Tool for the correct SSN/EIN. A taxpayer/third party designee may have made a typing error or transposition error. If you are able to locate the correct TIN, record the correct TIN in PEGA and continue processing the application. See IRM 21.7.13.8.2.3(2) Step 4, User Role: SS-4 Tax Examiner, or IRM 21.7.13.8.2.5(2) Step 4, User Role: EIN International, for additional information.
If Then 1) A return fax number is not provided Use Letter 45C, EIN Application Requested/Received. 2) A return fax number is provided Use the Faxback Builder Power App to generate an EIN problem fax cover sheet.
Caution:
In order to prevent unauthorized disclosure of Personally Identifiable Information (PII), extreme care must be taken when faxing EINs to ensure that only information belonging to that taxpayer is included in the fax.
- After verifying the required information is complete and accurate, perform the necessary research to determine whether the entity needs a new EIN. See IRM 21.7.13.4, Determining Whether an Entity Needs an EIN.
- If you determine that the entity needs a new EIN, assign the EIN using the correct procedures for the entity type. See IRM 21.7.13.5, Assigning EINs.
- A fax cover sheet with the EIN will be faxed back in about 4 business days. If a return fax number is not provided, it will take about two weeks for the entity to receive their confirmation letter by mail.
- After the fourth business day, the taxpayer can call the EIN Toll-Free Telephone Service to receive verbal confirmation of the EIN. See IRM 21.7.13.3.9.1, Form SS-4 Application Status, for additional information.
A Form SS-4 faxed to assist with EIN assignment during a telephone call must be destroyed as classified waste. Classified waste is documentation containing taxpayer entity or account information that is not part of the case and is not needed for audit trail purposes. Refer to IRM 21.5.1.4.10 , Classified Waste, for guidance on handling classified waste.
Example:
EIN assignment of foreign entities on the non-toll free line and assignment of domestic EINs during IDRS Downtime and End of Year Procedures.
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.2.11, Disposition of Form SS-4 and Supporting Documentation, for additional information.
- In certain situations, compliance officers submit requests to receive EINs for taxpayers. These requests usually relate to the need to make an immediate assessment or process a secured return.
- Advise compliance officers who call the toll-free line to request an EIN to follow the fax procedures outlined below.
Compliance officers must prepare a "dummy" Form SS-4 and fax it to the Cincinnati Accounts Management Campus at ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡. This fax number is for Internal Use Only.
Exception:
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Compliance officers must include the following on the fax coversheet:
- Name
- Position
- Telephone number
- Fax number, and
Any special instructions
- Cincinnati Accounts Management works these requests on an expedited basis and discloses the EIN to the compliance officer using whatever method they requests (fax/phone/mail).
- Follow instructions in IRM 21.7.13.3.2.11, Disposition of Form SS-4 and Supporting Documentation, for disposition of Form SS-4 and accompanying documentation.
This subsection contains guidance on answering EIN (non-account related) calls. CSRs may receive calls on the EIN telephone lines requesting assistance with account related issues. Follow the instructions below to determine if these calls can be resolved or transferred.
- Employees who have been trained to resolve account related issues will answer taxpayer questions using the appropriate IRM.
- Employees who have not been trained to resolve account related issues will transfer the call to the appropriate area using the Telephone Transfer Guide.
When calls are received regarding the status of a Form SS-4 application, you must first determine if the processing timeframe has elapsed. See IRM 21.7.13.7.2.1, Processing Timeframes, for processing timeframe(s) and follow the table below:
If Then 1) Processing timeframe has not elapsed Advise caller to call back after the timeframe has elapsed 2) Processing timeframe has elapsed Continue with call - If the processing timeframe has elapsed, you must determine the caller’s relationship to the entity and authenticate the caller to determine if they are authorized to receive the EIN verbally.
To determine the caller’s relationship to entity, use the table below:
If the caller states they are: Then: 1) The taxpayer Ask for their position with the entity. See IRM 11.3.2.4, Persons Who May Have Access to Returns and Return Information Pursuant to IRC 6103(e), and IRM 21.7.13.5, Assigning EINs, for the specific entity type to determine if the caller’s position is authorized for that entity type. 2) An authorized third party Request a copy of:
- Form 2848, Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative, with Line 3 notated SS-4 or EIN application, or
- Form 8821, Tax Information Authorization, with Line 3 notated SS-4 or EIN application.
3) The third party designee (TPD) listed on Form SS-4 Request a copy of Form SS-4 signed by the taxpayer granting authority to the TPD.
4) An unauthorized third party Inform the caller of the following options:
- Conference the taxpayer into the call, or
- Have the taxpayer call personally.
- Once the relationship with the entity is established, the caller must provide their personal information to authenticate their identity in order to receive the EIN verbally. Refer to IRM 10.10.3.3.16 Identity Proofing for Form SS-4 Application Status, to see what the caller must provide:
If an EIN has been assigned, follow the guidance in the table below:
Note:
If you determine through research that the taxpayer already has an EIN that was previously assigned (not a new Form SS-4 application), follow the procedures in IRM 21.7.1.4.7.1, Employer Identification Number (EIN) Verification and Requests for Letter 147C, EIN Previously Assigned.
Note:
If the EIN was assigned online and the applicant experienced a problem saving or printing the notice, refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.4.1(5), Modernized Internet EIN (Mod IEIN).
If an EIN has not been assigned, refer to irs.gov, Processing status for tax forms, and follow the table below.
Note:
Current processing timeframes for Forms SS-4 received by fax or mail are listed under the "Other forms" section. The irs.gov page is generally updated every 2 weeks.
If Then 1) The processing timeframe on irs.gov has not passed Advise caller to call back after the timeframe has elapsed 2) The processing timeframe on irs.gov has passed Advise the caller to resubmit the application Note:
Applications for a Corporation or Limited Liability Company (LLC) - Advise the taxpayer to include documentation verifying the Corporation or LLC name is registered with the state when resubmitting the application only when research indicates a potential duplicate, same name/same state issue, or other specific need to substantiate that the entity is distinct from an existing entity. Do not request state registration documentation solely because the processing timeframe has passed and no EIN has been assigned.
Exception:
International assistors can assign a prefix 98 EIN per IRM 21.7.13.2.3, Methods by Which Taxpayers Can Apply for an EIN.
Taxpayers or their authorized representatives may contact the IRS to confirm (verify) the taxpayer’s EIN or request a copy of the original CP 575, Notice of New Employer Identification Number. These requests could include, but are not limited to, an EIN that was lost, misplaced, or forgotten. If the taxpayer asks for a duplicate CP 575, send Letter 147C, EIN Previously Assigned. Explain the original notice of EIN assignment cannot be duplicated. See IRM 21.7.1.4.7.1, Employer Identification Number (EIN) Verification and Requests for Letter 147C, EIN Previously Assigned, for guidance.
Note:
For guidance regarding the status of a Form SS-4 application, see IRM 21.7.13.3.9.1, Form SS-4 Application Status.
Follow the guidance below when Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, is missing information necessary for processing.
Note:
It is not necessary to return the Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, to the taxpayer or authorized TPD.
Follow the steps below to manually enter the entity information and mailing address into the IAT Letter tool when a return fax number is not provided.
- Click the ellipses (...) in the Address Source field.
- Select the radial button next to "None."
- Type the entity name and address in the corresponding fields. Refer to the IAT Letter Tool job aid (section 3.8.4.1) for foreign address formatting.
- Click "OK" to use the name and address entered.
When sending Letter 45C use:
- Return address code 25, Cincinnati, OH, 45999
Opening paragraph "C"
Closing paragraphs "0" and "4"
Use the selective paragraph(s) and language in the tables below specific to the line on Form SS-4 that is missing or incomplete.
Exception:
If none of the scenarios below apply, write a response that specifies what information is missing or incomplete. Managerial approval is required for any response that does not follow the approved language below.
Note:
PEGA users will follow the steps in IRM 21.7.13.8.2.3(11), User Role: SS-4 Tax Examiner, or IRM 21.7.13.8.2.5(11), User Role: International EIN, to obtain managerial approval.
General
Line 1 - Legal name of entity missing, illegible, or incomplete
If And Then - Letter 45C Language 1) Line 1 legal name missing or illegible Entity is a sole proprietor, and
Line 7a is blankSelective paragraph "Z"
"We can't process your application because it's incomplete. You checked the Sole proprietor box on Line 9a but didn't enter the full name of the individual owner on Line 1. Please complete a new form and resubmit your request with any supporting documentation."2) Line 1 legal name missing or illegible Entity is a sole proprietor, and
Line 7a is legible and contains the name of the sole proprietorN/A – Continue processing
Input the name of the sole proprietor from Line 7a.3) Line 1 legal name missing or illegible Entity is not a sole proprietor Selective paragraph "Z"
"We can't process your application because it's incomplete. Enter the legal name of the entity on Line 1 and resubmit your request with any supporting documentation."4) Line 1 Entity is an Estate Decedent name listed without the word "Estate" , or
"Estate of" is before the name of the decedentN/A – Continue processing
Add the word "Estate" to the decedent’s name, or
Rearrange the name to show the word "Estate" after the decedent’s name., for Primary Name input guidelines.
Line 1 - Entity is an LLC - Line 8a is "Yes" and the number of LLC members on Line 8b is "1"
If And Then - Letter 45C Language 1) LLC indicated Line 9a – Sole Proprietor checked N/A – Continue processing
Assign the default classification of disregarded entity.2) LLC indicated Line 9a – Corporation checked N/A – Continue processing
Assign the default classification of disregarded entity.
3) LLC indicated Line 9a – Partnership checked N/A – Continue processing
Assign the default classification of disregarded entity.Note:
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.5.4.2(3), Determining Tax Classification and Filing Requirements: LLC, for additional information.
Line 1 - Entity is an LLC - Line 8a is "Yes" and the number of LLC members on Line 8b is "2" or more
If And Then - Letter 45C Language 1) LLC indicated Line 9a – Corporation checked N/A – Continue processing
Assign the default classification of partnership.
2) LLC indicated Line 9a – Sole proprietor checked or "Other" checked and disregarded entity written in N/A – Continue processing
Assign the default classification of partnership.Line 3 - Estates and Trusts: Executor, Administrator, Personal Representative, or Trustee missing
If And Then - Letter 45C Language 1) Line 3 missing or illegible A legible entry is present on Line 7a that is not the decedent or grantor’s name (other than a grantor trust) N/A – Continue processing
Enter the name of the individual on Line 7a on Line 3.
Estates – Enter the name of the individual on Line 7a and the abbreviation for their title. If no title is indicated use EX, IRM 21.7.13.5.6.7, CC ESIGN Input: Estates.
Trusts – Enter the name of the individual followed by TTEE, IRM 21.7.13.5.8.6, CC ESIGN Input: Trusts.2) Line 3 missing with Trust selected on Line 9a Line 7a is blank Selective paragraph "Z"
"We can't process your application because it's incomplete. You checked the Trust box on Line 9a but didn't complete Line 3 to show the full name of the trustee. Complete this item and resubmit your request with any supporting documentation."3) Line 3 missing with Estate selected on Line 9a Line 7a is blank Selective paragraph "Z"
"We can't process your application because it's incomplete. You checked the Estate box on Line 9a but didn't complete Line 3 to show the full name and title of the executor, administrator, or personal representative. Complete this item and resubmit your request with any supporting documentation."Line 4 - Mailing address incomplete, illegible, or matches the Third Party Designee (TPD) address
Line 5 - Location address incomplete, illegible, or matches the Third Party Designee (TPD) address
If Then - Letter 45C Language 1) Line 5a/5b is incomplete, illegible, or matches the TPD address N/A - Continue processing
Do not input the location address.Line 6 - County or state missing
If And Then - Letter 45C Language 1) Line 6 - County missing Entity is domestic N/A - Continue processing
Determine the County using the City-to-County Finder:StatsAmerica or other method.
Select the state provided with the location address and enter the city name.
If a location address is not provided, use the city and state provided for the mailing address.2) Line 6 - State missing Entity is domestic N/A - Continue processing
Input the state provided with the location address.
If a location address is not provided, input the state provided with the mailing address.3) Line 6 missing Entity is domestic, and
Form SS-4 lists only a foreign mailing and/or location addressN/A - Continue processing
Input the state from Line 9b if provided and leave the county blank.
If nothing is provided on Line 9b, leave both fields blank.4) Line 6 missing Entity is foreign
(Entity was created or organized outside the United States or U.S. Territories)N/A - Continue processing
Leave both fields blankLine 7 - Responsible party - DDBMFI unable to assign, date of death present, illegible, missing, or the name and SSN/ITIN do not match IRS records
If And Then - Letter 45C Language 1) IAT EIN Assignment tool is "Unable to Assign" N/A Follow IRM 21.7.13.2.2.4, DDBMFI Unable to Assign. 2) Date of death present for responsible party, and
The responsible party submitted Form SS-4The entity is not one of the entity types listed in IRM 21.7.13.2.2.3, Date of Death Check - Requirement for Responsible Party for Certain Entity Types - Online/Phone/Fax/Mail. Selective paragraph "Z"
"We are sorry, but we are unable to provide you with an EIN at this time. Our records show a date of death is present. Contact the Social Security Administration (SSA) to correct the information."
Selective paragraph "*"
"You must mail or fax us a completed Form SS-4 along with the documentation you receive from SSA as verification. Mail or fax the information per the Instructions for Form SS-4. Upon receipt, the application and documentation will be evaluated, and, if complete, an EIN will be assigned and a notice will be sent to you."3) Date of death present for responsible party, and
A third party submitted Form SS-4The entity is not one of the entity types listed in IRM 21.7.13.2.2.3, Date of Death Check - Requirement for Responsible Party for Certain Entity Types - Online/Phone/Fax/Mail. Selective paragraph "Z"
"We are sorry, but we are unable to provide you with an EIN at this time. Please have the responsible party contact us."4) Responsible party information is illegible The name and TIN combination cannot be validated
Selective paragraph "Z"
"The responsible party information on Line 7 is illegible. Please complete a new form and resubmit your request with any supporting documentation."5) Line 7 missing information Entity is not a sole proprietor, or
The applicant did not enter "Foreign" or "N/A" on Line 7bSelective paragraph "Z"
"You didn’t provide the name and Social Security Number (SSN) or Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (ITIN) of the responsible party on Line 7. You must enter "foreign" or "N/A" on Line 7b if the responsible party doesn’t have and is ineligible to obtain an SSN or ITIN. An entry is required. Complete this item and resubmit your request with any supporting documentation."6) Line 7 missing information Sole proprietor checked on Line 9a with an SSN/ITIN provided N/A – Continue processing
Input the name of the sole proprietor from Line 1 and the SSN provided on Line 9a.7) EIN provided - Line 1 is a non-government entity
N/A Selective paragraph "Z"
"Unless you are applying for an EIN for a government entity, the responsible party must be an individual (that is, a natural person), not an entity. Enter the full name and Social Security Number (SSN) or Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (ITIN) of the responsible party on Line 7 and resubmit your request with any supporting documentation."8) Responsible party name and SSN/ITIN do not match IRS records The name and TIN combination cannot be validated
Selective paragraph "Z"
"The name and Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) on Line 7 do not match our records. Please correct the information you provided and resubmit your request with any supporting documentation."
Line 8a/8b/8c – Missing or incomplete
If And Then - Letter 45C Language 1) Line 8a marked "Yes" Line 8b is missing Selective paragraph "Z"
"In order for us to process your application for your Limited Liability Company (LLC) you must enter the number of LLC members on Line 8b. Complete this item and resubmit your request with any supporting documentation."2) Line 8a missing (LLC suffix included on Line 1) Line 8b is missing Selective paragraph "Z"
"In order for us to process your application for your Limited Liability Company (LLC) you must make a selection on Line 8a and enter the number of LLC members on Line 8b. Complete this item and resubmit your request with any supporting documentation."3) Line 8a missing (LLC suffix included on Line 1) Line 8b is "1" or more N/A – Continue processing
Assign the default classification based on the number of members on Line 8b.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.25(1) Exception, Type of Entity and Type of Entity Remarks (Form SS-4, Line 9a).4) Line 8a marked "Yes" , or
Line 8a missing (LLC suffix included on Line 1)Line 8c is missing N/A – Continue processing
Determine if the entity is domestic or foreign based on the information available on Form SS-4 Line 5a/5b, 6, or Line 9b.
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7(5), Foreign Entities - Definitions and Instructions, for additional information.Line 9a – Missing or invalid information
If And Then - Letter 45C Language 1) Line 9a missing Line 8a is "Yes" and Line 8b is "1" or more N/A – Continue processing
Line 8b is "1" - Assign the default classification of disregarded entity.
Line 8b is "2" or more - Assign the default classification of partnership.2) Line 9a missing Line 8a is "No" Selective paragraph "Z"
"You must check the box on Line 9a that corresponds to the type of entity and if required, indicate the type of return the entity will be filing. Complete this item and resubmit your request with any supporting documentation."3) Line 9a missing SSN/ITIN - sole proprietor marked The sole proprietor’s SSN/ITIN is on Line 7b N/A - Continue processing
Input the SSN/ITIN from Line 7b.4) Line 9a missing SSN/ITIN - sole proprietor marked SSN/ITIN is missing from both Line 7b and Line 9a, and
The applicant did not enter "Foreign" or "N/A" on Line 7bSelective paragraph "Z"
"You didn’t provide the Social Security Number (SSN) or Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (ITIN) of the sole proprietor on Line 9a. You must enter "foreign" or "N/A" if the sole proprietor doesn’t have and is ineligible to obtain an SSN or ITIN. An entry is required. Complete this item and resubmit your request with any supporting documentation."5) Line 9a SSN/ITIN missing - Trust or Estate marked The applicant did not enter "Foreign" or "N/A" on Line 9a Selective paragraph "Z"
"You didn’t provide the Social Security Number (SSN) or Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (ITIN) on Line 9a. You must enter "foreign" or "N/A" if the individual doesn’t have and is ineligible to obtain an SSN or ITIN. An entry is required. Complete this item and resubmit your request with any supporting documentation."6) Line 9a missing SSN/ITIN - plan administrator marked The plan administrator’s SSN/ITIN is on Line 7b N/A - Continue processing
Input the SSN/ITIN from Line 7b.
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.5.7.6, CC ESIGN Input: Plans, row SSN/ITIN/EIN.7) Line 9a missing SSN/ITIN - plan administrator marked SSN/ITIN is missing from both Line 7b and Line 9a, and
The applicant did not enter "Foreign" or "N/A" on Line 7bSelective paragraph "Z"
"You didn’t provide the Social Security Number (SSN) or Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (ITIN) of the plan administrator on Line 9a. You must enter "foreign" or "N/A" if the individual doesn’t have and is ineligible to obtain an SSN or ITIN. An entry is required. Complete this item and resubmit your request with any supporting documentation."8) Line 9a - Corporation marked Form to be filed is missing N/A – Continue processing
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.5.2.5, Determining the Filing Requirement: Corporation.9) Line 9a - mismatch
Decedent name on Line 1 and SSN/ITIN on Line 9a do not match IRS recordsThe name and TIN combination cannot be validated
Selective paragraph "Z"
"The decedent name on Line 1 and Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) on Line 9a does not match our records. Please correct the information you provided and resubmit your request with any supporting documentation."Line 10 – Reason for applying missing (a selection is required per the Instructions for Form SS-4)
If Then - Letter 45C Language 1) Line 10 missing Selective paragraph "Z"
"We can't process your application because it's incomplete. You must check the box on Line 10 that corresponds to the reason for applying. Complete this item and resubmit your request with any supporting documentation."Line 11 – Business operational date missing
Note:
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.2.3, Business Operational Date (Form SS-4, Line 11), for additional information.
If And Then - Letter 45C Language 1) Line 11 missing Employees are indicated on Line 13, and
Line 15 includes a Wages Paid Date (WPD)N/A – Continue processing
Input the date from Line 15.
2) Line 11 missing No employees are indicated on Line 13 N/A – Continue processing
Input the current date.3) Line 11 missing The taxpayer is required to file Form 1042, Form 730, or Form 2290 N/A – Continue processing
Input the current date.Line 12 – Fiscal Year Month (FYM)
Note:
An FYM is required for all entities that are liable for an income tax return (Form 1120, Form 1065, or Form 1041). Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.2.6, Fiscal Year Month (Form SS-4, Line 12 - Closing Month of the Accounting Year), for additional information.
If And Then - Letter 45C Language 1) Line 12 missing or FYM is other than 12, and
The corporation box is marked on Line 9aThe applicant wrote in S-Corp, Form 2553, or Form 1120-S N/A – Continue processing
Input 12 for the FYM.
Selective paragraph "Z"
"The closing month of the accounting year was missing or was a month other than December. We changed the closing month of the accounting year to December 31, as required by the Tax Reform Act of 1986."2) Line 12 missing, and
The corporation box is marked on Line 9aThe filing requirement is Form 1120 N/A – Continue processing
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.5.2.6(1)(row 12), CC ESIGN Input: Corporations.3)Line 12 missing, and
Trust box marked on Line 9aTaxpayer cites IRC 674(c) or Treas. Reg. 1.674(c) N/A – Continue processing
Input the month preceding the BOD
(Form SS-4, Line 11)4) Line 12 missing, and
Trust box marked on Line 9aTaxpayer did not cite IRC 674(c) or Treas. Reg. 1.674(c) N/A – Continue processing
Input 12 for the FYM.5) Line 12 missing Entity is taxed as a partnership N/A – Continue processing
Input 12 for the FYM.Line 15 – Wages Paid Date (WPD) is missing
Note:
A WPD is required for all entities that have employees and are required to file an employment/unemployment tax return (Form 940, Form 941, Form 943, Form 944, or Form 945). Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.2.4, Wages Paid Date (Form SS-4, Line 15), for additional information.
If And Then - Letter 45C Language 1) Line 15 missing No employees are indicated on Line 13 N/A – Continue processing
A wages paid date is not required. Do not establish employment tax filing requirements.2) Line 15 missing Employees are indicated on Line 13 N/A – Continue processing
Input the Business Operational Date (BOD) (Form SS-4 Line 11).3)Line 15 missing Employees are indicated on Line 13, and
Taxpayer wrote in "Not yet" , "Unknown" , or similar languageN/A – Continue processing
Input the first day of the next quarter from the current date.
Current date is:- Between January 1 and March 31, use April 1
- Between April 1 and June 30, use July 1
- Between July 1 and September 30, use October 1
- Between October 1 and December 31, use January 1 of the next year
Line 16 and 17 – Principal activity and principal merchandise sold missing
If Then - Letter 45C Language 1) Line 16 or 17 missing N/A – Continue processing
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.2.5, Lines (16 and 17) PRIN-CKBX, PRIN-REMARKS, and PRIN-MDSE-SOLD-SERVICE, to determine the information to be input.Third Party Designee (TPD) - General
If And Then - Letter 45C Language 1) Responsible party enters their own name and address in the TPD section N/A N/A – Continue processing 2) TPD section completed Taxpayer did not sign Form SS-4 N/A – Continue processing
Assign the EIN, but do not disclose the EIN to the TPD.3) TPD section completed Taxpayer signed Form SS-4 using an electronic signature N/A – Continue processing
Assign the EIN, but do not disclose the EIN to the TPD.
An electronic signature will not be accepted to authorize third party disclosure. A handwritten signature is required.
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.2.10, Form SS-4 Signature Requirements, for additional information.Third Party Designee (TPD) – TPD address or phone number matches the taxpayer’s
If And Then - Letter 45C Language 1) TPD section completed Line 4a/4b matches the TPD address and none of the exceptions in row 3 below apply. Selective paragraph "Z"
"The mailing address on Line 4 must be that of the taxpayer. Taxpayers may give third parties authority to obtain an EIN on their behalf; however, the designee’s authority does not extend to receiving mail on behalf of the taxpayer. Please correct the address to reflect the mailing address of the taxpayer and resubmit your request with any supporting documentation."2) TPD section completed Line 5a/5b matches the TPD address and none of the exceptions in row 3 below apply N/A - Continue processing
Do not input the location address.3) TPD section completed There are indications on Form SS-4 that the:
- TPD is the taxpayer’s spouse
- TPD is an employee of the business
- TPD’s office is in the same building as the taxpayer
- New entity is an Indian Tribal Government enterprise and the TPD used the tribe’s address
N/A – Continue processing 4) TPD section completed New entity is a Home Care Service Recipient (HCSR) applying for an EIN on behalf of the HCSR N/A – Continue processing
See IRM 21.7.13.5.15, Home Care Service Recipients (HCSRs), for additional information.5) TPD section completed TPD phone number matches the taxpayer’s phone number N/A - Continue processing
Do not input the phone number.
Before assigning a new EIN, always perform research using the IAT EIN Assignment Tool to determine whether an EIN is needed. This subsection contains procedures for:
- Handling taxpayer inquiries about whether an EIN is needed
- Performing research to ensure that a taxpayer does not already have an EIN
- Entering search criteria
- Research Command Codes
- Research using Command Code ENMOD
- Actions to take if an EIN is found or not found
- Resolving duplicate EINs
- Reactivating an EIN
- Taxpayer claims they did not request an EIN
- Determining whether a new EIN is needed when the ownership/classification of an entity changes, and
- EINs required for business purposes
Use the information in the table below to determine whether a new EIN is needed, based on a taxpayer inquiry.
If Then 1) The taxpayer previously had an EIN for the same entity The same EIN is used. 2) The taxpayer is incorporating using the same name and in the same state as another corporation whose filing requirements have been closed Issue a new EIN if the inquiry was submitted in writing via correspondence. If the inquiry was received from toll free phones, advise the caller to submit a Form SS-4 by fax or mail.
3) The taxpayer is incorporating using the same name and in the same state as another corporation with open filing requirements - Check to see if it is the same corporation.
- If not, ask the taxpayer to produce proof of incorporation (articles of incorporation) and submit a Form SS-4 with articles of incorporation/organization by fax or mail.
4) A bank will not accept the taxpayer's EIN because another taxpayer has a number exactly like it Do not issue an EIN.
- To avoid any possibility of duplication, when you receive a request for an EIN, always perform thorough research using the IAT EIN Assignment Tool to verify that an EIN has not previously been assigned.
Research command codes, NAMEI (Individual Master File IMF) and NAMEB (BMF), and NAMEE (BMF), can be manually input when the tool is unavailable.
Note:
For complete instructions for using command codes, refer to the IDRS Command Codes Job Aid located on SERP.
When using the IAT EIN Assignment Tool or any of the command codes described in this subsection (when the tool is unavailable), research the entity thoroughly for:
- All names of the owners, such as partners (e.g., Smith & Jones, Jones & Smith, Smith and Jones)
- Spelling variations, such as one word versus two words (e.g., Safe Guard and Safeguard)
- Name of business with punctuation and without (e.g., A–B–C–D and ABCD and A B C D)
- Incorporated or formation information in the State provided on Line 9b.
- The taxpayer’s name and mailing ZIP code. Begin with the first three digits of the mailing ZIP code and then expand your search to five. (If nothing is found, use the location ZIP code, first three digits and then expand your search to five.)
- If you cannot locate an account, always verify you have input the information correctly before proceeding.
The IAT EIN Assignment Tool performs research using CCs NAMEI, NAMEB, NAMEE, to determine if an EIN has already been assigned. This tool must be used for research when available. Use various elements of the search criteria (parameters) to research the entity thoroughly. For example:
- Primary name
- DBA name
- Combinations of state
- Zip code (first three digits initially and expand to five)
- Street address
See IRM 2.3.60, Command Codes NAMES, NAMEE, NAMEI, NAMEB, FINDS, FINDE, and TPIIP, for additional information.
When the IAT EIN Assignment tool is unavailable, research the entity using the Name Search Facility (NSF) with the correct command code as described in the table below. Use same search criteria as shown in paragraph 1 above.
If you are searching for an account with an Then use 1) EIN already assigned CC NAMEB, NAMEE 2) SSN/IRSN/ITIN CC NAMEI, NAMES
- If it appears that the taxpayer already has an EIN, use the IAT EIN Assignment Tool to perform research. If the tool is unavailable, use CC ENMOD and other command codes shown in IRM 3.13.5.99, Command Codes Used for Researching EINs, to research.
After researching for a previously assigned EIN using the IAT EIN Assignment tool (or the correct research command codes if the tool is unavailable), use the information in the table below to determine the correct action to take.
- If, during the research process, you discover that an entity has been assigned two EINs, see IRM 21.7.13.6.3, Resolving Multiple EINs (CC BRCHG), for instructions on resolving this condition.
- Prior to January 1, 2008, an EIN that was assigned but not used within a three year period was dropped from Master File in an annual extract run at the end of each year. These EINs are not found using Command Codes ENMOD, BMFOL, or INOLE, but are still maintained on Command Codes NAMEE and NAMEB.
- The IAT EIN Assignment tool accesses CC NAMEE/NAMEB and will locate these entities.
- If an EIN is located using the IAT EIN Assignment tool, and you determine it belongs to the entity, the tool provides an option to reactivate the account. Continue to input information into the tool, and the tool will input the TC 000 to complete the reactivation.
If the tool is not available and an EIN is located by manually inputting CC NAMEE/NAMEB and you can determine it belongs to the entity, reactivate the account by first inputting CC ENMOD, then CC ENREQ as shown below. Take this action whether the inquiry is received on the phone or by correspondence.
Line Element Name Description and Validity 1 ENREQ Command Code—required 1 INTEND TO BUILD INDICATOR TC000 INTEND TO BUILD INDICATOR — "1" must be entered in position 20 of line 1 if the intent is to establish an account on the Master File (a TC 000 will be input). 2 NM-CTRL Name Control — Must meet Standard criteria for a TIN Name Control 2 CASE STATUS Case Status Code—"A" or "C" 2 CASE CTRL Case Control — Must be a valid Case Category Code.
Examples:- TPCI - Taxpayer Correspondence Inquiry
- TPPI - Taxpayer Phone Inquiry
- OTHE - Other
2 IRS RECEIVED DATE IRS Received Date — An * (asterisk) in the first position will generate current date. The response to the above entries is a CC BNCHG screen pre-populated with the EIN and Name Control. Input TC 000 and all information including Primary, Sort, and Care-of Name lines, X-Ref TIN or Sole Prop TIN, Location and Mailing Addresses, BOD, WPD, Employment Code, Filing Requirements etc. This information is to be gathered from a paper Form SS-4, or verbally from the taxpayer or their authorized third party representative.
Note:
When reactivating accounts with no filing requirements ("O" files), input a "1" in the NOT-REQUIRED> field. Otherwise, an error message will be returned stating "AT LEAST ONE FIL REQ MUST BE INPUT" .
The TC 000 will post to Master File and re-establish the entity. Always send Letter 147C, EIN Previously Assigned, to the taxpayer.
Note:
If the taxpayer and/or their authorized representative requests an immediate fax confirmation of their EIN, fax accordingly. See IRM 21.1.3.9 , Mailing and Faxing Tax Account Information.
Identity theft occurs when someone uses your name, SSN/TIN, credit card number or some other piece of your personal information. Some taxpayers have contacted EIN units after receiving a CP 575 identifying them as the owner of a new EIN. They claim they did not apply for an EIN.
Reminder:
Before releasing any information or advising the taxpayer of actions to take, you must determine whether you are speaking to the taxpayer or to a third party acting on behalf of the taxpayer. Use guidance in IRM 21.1.3.2.3, Required Taxpayer Authentication.
Take action on a case by case basis. There is no specific order or process to follow. The main thing is to be sure the person did not apply and does not want the number associated with their name. Use the table below to assist you.
Reminder:
Most of the situations when a taxpayer contacts us stating they did not request an EIN are when a third party requested an EIN on the taxpayer’s behalf for a legitimate business purpose. Therefore, it is important to determine if that is the situation which led to the taxpayer contacting us.
- If an EIN request is received indicating a change in ownership, examine the request carefully to determine whether a new entity has been created or only the name has been changed.
This subsection contains information to help you determine whether an EIN is needed when an entity changes its classification or ownership changes to the following entities:
- Sole Proprietorships
- Corporations
- Partnerships
- Disregarded Entities
See IRM 3.13.2, BMF Account Numbers, for more information on rules concerning Form 8832, Entity Classification Election, and Form 2553, Election by a Small Business Corporation.
Note:
During EIN assignment, ensure the correct filing requirements for the entity being established will be assigned, regardless of notations on the Form SS-4 or statements from the taxpayer that Form 8832 or Form 2553 will subsequently be filed with the IRS. On the phone, explain to the taxpayer that once the Form 8832 and/or Form 2553 have been processed, the account will be updated to reflect the entity classification change. Do not correspond with the taxpayer on this issue, as the CP 575 discusses entity classification changes.
The table below identifies entity type changes that require issuance of a new EIN.
From To 1) Individual/Sole Proprietor - Partnership
- Corporation
Exceptions: A new EIN is not necessary if:- An individual is doing business as a Limited Liability Company and changes its classification by filing Form 8832, Entity Classification, or
- A disregarded entity changes its classification, so it is recognized as a separate entity, and the entity already has an EIN.
See IRM 21.7.13.5.1.3, Sole Proprietor Attempting to File as a Corporation.
2) LLC - Partnership (under state law)
- Corporation (under state law)
A new EIN is not necessary if:- A Limited Liability Company (LLC) changes its classification by filing Form 8832, Entity Classification Election, or Form 2553, Election by a Small Business Corporation.
Refer to IRM 3.13.2.26(12), Domestic Limited Liability Company (LLC), for additional information on entity classification changes involving LLCs.3) Partnership - Individual/Sole Proprietor or
- Corporation
4) Corporation - Individual/Sole Proprietor
- Partnership
Assign a new EIN to a sole proprietorship if any of the following are true:
- The sole proprietorship changes ownership from one individual to another.
- The sole proprietor goes into bankruptcy (except under IRC Chapter 12 or 13). Assign a new EIN to the Bankruptcy Estate. Do not assign another sole proprietor EIN to the taxpayer.
The sole proprietor dies, and either an estate or a spouse (when there is no estate involved) takes over the business.
Note:
If the decedent and spouse have been filing a joint return for household employment taxes only, and the spouse takes over as employer, a new EIN is required for the spouse after the first year of the ownership change.
- The sole proprietor takes in partners and operates as a partnership.
- The sole proprietor incorporates.
Do not assign a new EIN to a sole proprietorship under the following circumstances:
- The sole proprietor has one business and opens a second sole proprietorship. (An individual is permitted to have only one identification number regardless of the number or types of sole proprietorships they operate.)
Assign a new EIN to a corporation if any of the following are true:
- A corporation is operating under a new corporate charter.
- A new corporation is created after a statutory merger.
Do not assign a new EIN to a corporation under the following circumstances:
- The corporation changes its name only, the structure of the corporation remains unchanged, and it operates under the same charter.
- The corporation files bankruptcy.
- The corporation purchases another employing entity, a consolidated return is filed, and the purchaser uses the original EIN.
- The entity changes its classification by filing Form 8832, Entity Classification.
- Assign a new EIN to a partnership when the partnership terminates (all of its operations are discontinued and no part of any business, financial operation, or venture is continued by any of its partners in a partnership) and a new partnership is begun.
A new EIN is not necessary if any of the following are true:
The partnership terminates because of a sale or exchange of more than 50 percent of the total interests in the partnership capital and profits (See Treas. Reg 1.708-1(b)(4), example (ii), referencing 301.6109-1(d)(2)(iii) indicating the new partnership retains the EIN of the terminated partnership.) IRC 708(b)(1)(B).
Note:
Section 708(b)(1)(B) was repealed by the TCJA, effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017.
- The entity changes its classification by filing Form 8832, Entity Classification.
- The partnership declares bankruptcy.
- The partnership changes locations or adds locations.
- The partnership changes its name.
- A disregarded entity is a business entity having a single owner, which can be an individual or another business entity. If the entity is disregarded for income tax purposes, its activities are treated as a sole proprietorship (if the owner is an individual), or as a branch or division of the owning entity (if the owner is a business entity). Generally, the taxpayer will inform you that they are a disregarded entity. As of January 1, 2009, single member LLCs that are not taxed as corporations are treated as separate from their owners for employment tax purposes.
Assign an EIN to a single member LLC not taxed as a corporation, if the entity does not already have an EIN and:
- The entity has employees for the first time and the owner needs to obtain an EIN for employment tax reporting purposes, or
- The owner wants to obtain an EIN for purposes other than federal tax reporting.
If a taxpayer indicates that an EIN is needed for business purposes (e.g., to acquire professional licenses, to collect sales tax on retail sales, or for banking purposes), then assign an EIN, unless the entity already has one.
Caution:
A responsible party may only receive one (1) EIN per day. See IRM 21.7.13.2.2.2, How Many EINs a Responsible Party Can Receive Each Day, for more information.
- Accounts Management employees are required to use the IAT EIN Assignment Tool when assigning EINs.
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- This subsection contains information on assigning EINs.
- This subsection contains information on assigning EINs for sole proprietorships.
A sole proprietorship is an unincorporated business that is owned by one individual. It is the simplest form of business organization to start and maintain.
- The business has no existence apart from the owner.
- Its liabilities are all personal liabilities and the owner undertakes the risks of the business for all assets owned, whether or not used in the business.
Note:
For more information on sole proprietorships, see Publication 334, Tax Guide for Small Businesses. Information for farmers can be found in Publication 225, Farmer’s Tax Guide.
- Spouses would not be considered a sole proprietorship, even if they are located in a Community Property state.
Established EINs can only be disclosed to:
- The individual or
- Third party authorized by the individual
- Before disclosing an EIN to a third party, make sure you have a valid Form 2848, Power of Attorney and Declaration of Representative, Form 8821, Tax Information Authorization, or taxpayer signed Form SS-4. See IRM 21.7.13.3.5.4, Taking an EIN Telephone Application, (1) Step 7 for more information on third party disclosure.
If authorization is not available, inform the third party requesting the EIN that you are going to:
- Take the information from the taxpayer and assign an EIN, and
- Send notification (CP 575) of the EIN to the taxpayer's address of record.
Note:
If a previously assigned EIN is located, do not disclose this fact to an unauthorized third party.
- A sole proprietor cannot file a corporate tax return, unless they are doing business through an eligible business, such as a Limited Liability Company (LLC).
- If there is an indication that the taxpayer is changing from a sole proprietorship to a corporation, advise the taxpayer that they must obtain a new EIN.
If you receive Form 8832 with Form SS-4:
Assign the EIN.
- Notate the EIN on Form 8832.
- Forward the forms daily to the correct BMF Entity team. See IRM 21.7.13.7.2.2, Cases Forwarded to Submission Processing BMF Entity.
- Include a request that the Forms 8832 be processed on an expedited basis.
Note:
After a classification has been elected, it cannot change for the next five years without a private letter ruling.
The following are examples of legitimate reasons a sole proprietor may request an EIN:
Business purposes
Note:
Requesting an EIN for the sole reason of improving or restoring an individual’s credit or obtaining a loan is not a legitimate business purpose.
- Operating as an independent contractor doing business with a federal agency
- Has or plans to have employees (including household employees) and is required to pay employment tax
- Is required to pay excise tax
Establishing retirement accounts available to self-employed people
Note:
A bank or financial institution will advise the taxpayer they must have an EIN to open a retirement account such as an Individual Retirement Account (IRA) or Keogh plan. Be alert to this situation and explain to the taxpayer their sole proprietor EIN should be used for all their sole proprietor business needs, including opening retirement accounts available to self-employed people.
Exception:
Individual Retirement Account (IRA) trusts do not require an EIN unless the trust has to file Form 990-T or Form 1041.
Use the table below to determine the need for a new EIN.
If the taxpayer Then a new EIN is 1)
- Files bankruptcy under Chapter 7 (liquidation) or Chapter 11 (reorganization) of the Bankruptcy Code. The new EIN will be for the bankruptcy estate.
- Incorporates. The new EIN will be for the corporation.
- Takes in partners and operates as a partnership. The new EIN will be for the partnership.
- Establishes a pension or profit sharing plan. The new EIN will be for the plan.
- Establishes a retirement trust that is required to file Form 990-T or Form 1041. The new EIN will be for the trust.
Needed. 2)
- Changes their "doing business as" name.
- Changes their location or adds locations, stores, plants, enterprises, or branches of the sole proprietor entity.
- Operates more than one sole proprietor businesses.
Not needed. Follow the criteria in the table below when individual ownership changes within the same year.
- Use the IAT EIN Assignment Tool to research an EIN request before assigning a number. The tool accesses all the CC’s shown in paragraph 2 below when performing research.
When the tool is unavailable, follow the steps in the table below to research an EIN request before assigning a number.
Step Action 1 Validate the taxpayer's SSN using:
- CC INOLE
- CC NAMEI, and
- CC NAMES
See IRM 21.7.13.4.2, Researching Taxpayer Information.
2 Research the sole proprietor's name and trade name using:
- CC NAMEB, and
- CC NAMEE
See IRM 21.7.13.4.2, Researching Taxpayer Information.
Examples:- CC NAMEB: Falcon,John (name) or Falcon Plumbing,+, (trade)
- CC NAMEE: John]Falcon (name), or Falcon John
3 Did you find an EIN?
- If yes, verify that the EIN is a valid number by researching it on ENMOD and INOLES. See IRM 21.7.13.4.2, Researching Taxpayer Information.
- If no, proceed to CC ESIGN to assign an EIN.
The table below describes the fields and the entries for a sole proprietorship. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3, CC ESIGN Input Screen, for general input instructions.
Field Description of Input Data 1) Master-File-IND The Master File Indicator (MFI) is:
- O if there are no filing requirements, or
- B if there are filing requirements
2) LOC-CD Input the valid two-digit EIN prefix for the campus. See IRM 21.7.13.2.4, How an EIN is Assigned.
3) Name-Ctrl The Name Control is the first four characters of the individual's last name.
4) Primary-Name
Continuation-of-Primary-NameThe Primary Name is the true name of the individual (First name, Middle initial, and Last name).
Example: Input as "JAMES P]RAIN] JR" :
Notes:Research INOLE for the true name. If the name on INOLE differs from Line 1 of Form SS-4, Input primary name as shown on Form SS-4, Line 1.
- Do not reject an application because the information in the system might be incorrect. For example, a person’s name may have been transposed on their SSNs.
Delete prefixes from true name or surnames.
Important: Do not delete "Mrs" when shown with the full name of the spouse (for example, Mrs. Richard Green) or it is a name of indeterminate gender (for example, Mrs. Chris Blue.)Delete suffixes from the true name.
5) Sort-Name The Sort Name is the trade name or the doing business as (DBA) name. Enter if different from Line 1.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.6.4, Sort Name Input.
6) Care-Of-Name If the entity applying has a designated person to receive tax information, enter the person's name as the Care-of-Name as indicated by the taxpayer.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.6.5 , Care of Name Input.7) Mail-Street-Or-Foreign-City/Zip Mailing address for the entity's correspondence.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.2, Mail Street or Foreign City/Zip Field.8) Mail-City/State/Zip Or-Foreign-Country See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.3, Mail City/State/ZIP or Foreign Country Field. 9) Location-Street-Address The entity's primary physical location street address.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.4, Location Street Address Field.10) Location-City/State/Zip See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.5, Location City/State/ZIP Input 11) Filing Requirements Input filing requirements as applicable.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.5.1, Tax Form Descriptions and General Filing Requirements for more information on filing requirements.12) Sole-Proptr-SSN The sole proprietor SSN is the individual's SSN or ITIN from Form SS-4, Line 9a.
See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7, Foreign Entities - Definitions and Instructions for important information on foreign entities.13) Return-ID-CD Enter the code "ZZ" if the entity is a household employer. This generates a CP 575I or CP 575J notice which advises the taxpayer to file Schedule H, if correct. 14) Business-Operational-Date The date the entity began doing business.
See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.3, Business Operational Date (Form SS-4, Line 11) for more details.15) Wages-Paid-Date If the business has employees, the date the business began paying its employees.
See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.4, Wages Paid Date (Form SS-4, Line 15), for more details.16) Duplicate-Address See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.18, Duplicate Address Input. 17) Number of Employees The number of employees (if any).
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.19, Number of Employees Input.18) Reason-Applied The reason applied (line 10) is entered when the MFI is B or O.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.20, Reason Applied Input for a complete list of Reason Applied Codes.19) Phone Enter the 10 digit telephone number of the business owner, if provided.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.21, Phone Input.20) Prior-EIN If the MFI is B and the taxpayer has received another EIN for either this or another business, enter Y in this field.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.22, Prior EIN Input.21) Business Location County and State County and State where business is located.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.24, Business Location Input.22) Type of Entity
Type of Entity Remarks- Input "01" .
- Type of Entity Remarks should be blank.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.25, Type of Entity and Type of Entity Remarks (Form SS-4, Line 9a).
23) Reason for Applying Message Form SS-4, Line 10.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.26, Reason for Applying Message.24) Principal Business Activity Checkbox Form SS-4, Line 16
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.27, Principal Business Activity Checkbox Input and Examples/Descriptions, for codes.25) Principal Business Activity Remarks Form SS-4, Line 16 remarks only if "Other" is checked.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.28, Principal Business Activity Remarks Input.26) Principal Merchandise Sold or Service Form SS-4, Line 17, Description of type of business.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.29, Principal Merchandise Sold/Service Input.27) Prior EIN Form SS-4, Line 18, if present.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.30, Prior EIN.28) Remarks See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.23, Remarks Field Input, for required input information.
- This subsection contains information on assigning EINs for corporations.
- A corporation is defined as a legal entity or structure created under the authority of the laws of a state consisting of a person or group of persons who become shareholders. The entity's existence is considered separate and distinct from that of its shareholders. Since a corporation is an entity in its own right, it is liable for its own debts and obligations. In forming a corporation, prospective shareholders transfer money, property, or both, for the corporation’s capital stock.
A personal service corporation is an organization in which:
- The activity involves the performance of services in the field of Health, Law, Engineering, Architecture, Accounting, Actuarial Science, Performing Arts, or Consulting, and
- Substantially all of the stock is owned by the employees who perform the services.
The table below describes the associated terms and guidelines for a corporation.
Established EINs can only be disclosed to individuals who can legally bind the corporation. The authority to bind means the ability to execute agreements that are binding and legally enforceable against the corporation under state law. Individuals who can legally bind the corporation frequently include:
- President
- Vice president
- Corporate secretary
- Corporate treasurer
- Chief executive officer
Caution:
A corporate officer, who is not the president of a corporation, must be asked if they can legally bind the corporation.
EINs cannot be disclosed to a personal secretary or assistant unless they can legally bind the corporation. Request one of the following documents in this case:
- Articles of incorporation stating that they are legally authorized to bind the corporation, or
- Correspondence on corporation letterhead, signed by the president of the corporation, stating that they are authorized to bind the corporation.
EINs must not be disclosed to a third party without a valid:
- Form 2848, Power of Attorney (POA)
- Form 8821, Taxpayer Information Authorization (TIA), or
- A taxpayer signed Third Party Designee authorization on the Form SS-4
Note:
See IRM 21.7.13.3.5.4, Taking an EIN Telephone Application, (1) step 7 for more information on third party disclosure.
- If the corporation is incorporated in Delaware, then the incorporator is allowed to receive the EIN.
Use the information in the table below to determine the need for an EIN for a corporation.
- Use the IAT EIN Assignment Tool to research an EIN request before assigning a number. The tool accesses all the CC’s shown in paragraph 2 below when performing research.
When the tool is unavailable, follow the steps in the table below to research an EIN request before assigning a number.
Use the table below to determine the filing requirement for a corporation.
- Organizations of professional persons organized under State Professional Association Acts are treated as a corporation for tax purposes.
For a Personal Service Corporation, input a Form 1120 filing requirement of 19. The FYM must be 12.
Note:
Form 1120 FRC of 19cannot be input via CC BNCHG. If a Personal Service Corporation's filing requirement is incorrect, change it to Form 1120 FRC of 01. The tax return will then update the filing requirement to 19.
The table below describes the fields and the entries for corporations. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3, CC ESIGN Input Screen, for general input instructions.
- This subsection contains information on assigning EINs for partnerships.
A partnership includes a syndicate, group, pool, joint venture or other unincorporated organization, through or by means of which a business, financial operation, or venture is carried on, and which is not a trust, estate or corporation.
Note:
Individuals, corporations, trusts, estates, limited liability companies (LLC) and partnerships can be partners within a partnership.
A domestic LLC with at least two members that does not file Form 8832 electing to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.
Note:
If an eligible entity has two members under local law, but one of the members is a disregarded entity owned by the other member, the entity cannot be classified as a partnership and is either taxed as a disregarded entity or can elect to be taxed as a corporation.
- Public Law 110-28, Small Business and Work Opportunity Tax Act of 2007, Section 8215 provides that for tax years beginning after 12/31/2006, a "qualified joint venture" conducted by spouses who file a joint return would not be treated as a partnership for federal tax purposes. This is not a new entity type. The law simply allows that the spouses are the sole owners of the joint venture, both materially participate in the trade or business, and file a joint individual tax return, they can elect to be treated as a "Qualified Joint Venture" . Each spouse must claim income and expenses on a separate Schedule C or F as sole proprietors. For tax purposes, these spouses are treated as sole proprietors. If the spouses need, or otherwise request EINs, each spouse should apply for one as a sole proprietor.
The table below describes the associated terms for a partnership.
Established EINs can be disclosed to:
- A responsible and duly authorized partner (including general and limited partners), or
- An authorized third party.
Note:
Tax returns and return information can only be released to individuals as outlined in IRM 11.3.2.4.2, Partnerships.
- EINs must not be disclosed to a third party without a valid Form 2848, Form 8821, or a signed Form SS-4. See IRM 21.7.13.3.5.4, Taking an EIN Telephone Application, (1) step 7 for more information on third party disclosure.
Form 1065, U.S. Return of Partnership Income is filed:
- To report the income, deductions, gains, losses, etc. from the operation of a partnership
- By all domestic partnerships and all foreign partnerships that either engage in a trade or business effectively connected with the United States, or derive income from sources in the United States, and
- By religious and apostolic organizations that are exempt from income tax under IRC Section 501(d).
Use the table below to determine the filing requirement for a partnership.
Use the table below to determine the need for an EIN for partnerships.
A bankrupt partnership that establishes an escrow account, settlement fund, or similar fund to liquidate or distribute assets must obtain a new EIN for that entity.
Note:
Correspondence may be needed for bankrupt partnerships that establish an escrow account, settlement fund, or similar fund to liquidate or distribute assets.
- Use the IAT EIN Assignment Tool to research an EIN request before assigning a number. The tool accesses all the CC’s shown in paragraph 2 below when performing research.
When the tool is unavailable, follow the steps in the table below to research an EIN request before assigning a number.
Step Action 1 Validate the partner's SSN/ITIN using:
- CC INOLE
- CC NAMEI
- CC NAMES
If the partner is an entity and not an individual, validate its EIN using:
- CC INOLE
- CC NAMEB
- CC NAMEE
2 Research the partnership's name using:
- CC NAMEB, and
- CC NAMEE
Examples:3 Did you find an EIN?
- If yes, verify that the EIN is a valid number. See IRM 21.7.13.4.2.4, If an EIN is Found/Not Found.
- If no, proceed to CC ESIGN to assign an EIN.
The table below describes the fields and the entries for partnerships. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3, CC ESIGN Input Screen, for general input instructions.
- This subsection contains information on assigning EINs for limited liability companies (LLCs).
A limited liability company (LLC) is an entity organized under the laws of a state or foreign country that:
- Has the limited liability feature of the C corporation
- Is formed by filing articles of organization with the individual state’s Secretary of State office, and
Can have two or more members or a single member
Note:
For federal income tax purposes, an LLC is not recognized as an entity type, instead, a LLC may be treated as a partnership or corporation, or be disregarded as an entity separate from its owner.
A single-member domestic LLC that accepts the default classification of disregarded entity, and wants an EIN for filing employment tax returns or Form 5472 or for non-federal purposes, should:
- Check the Other box on Line 9a of Form SS-4, and
- Write "Disregarded Entity" , "Disregarded Entity-Sole Proprietorship" , or "Foreign-owned U.S. disregarded entity - Form 5472" in the space provided on Line 9a.
- A multi-member domestic LLC, that accepts the default classification, should check the "partnership" box. A multi-member domestic LLC, that will be filing Form 8832 or Form 2553, should check the "corporation" box.
- There cannot be more than one active LLC with the same name in the same state. If the taxpayer wishes to use the name of an existing entity, obtain documentation from the taxpayer verifying that the name is registered with the state.
For federal income tax purposes:
- An LLC can be taxed as a corporation, partnership, or be disregarded as an entity separate from its owner, and
- The number or type of members and existing characteristics determines the correct filing requirement
- It is the taxpayer’s responsibility to determine the correct entity classification.
- Line 8 of Form SS-4 has three questions specifically for LLCs. This allows EIN assignment employees to correctly assign the default filing requirements of Disregarded Entity or Partnership and populate the LLC>IND field on CC ESIGN.
- A domestic LLC with two or more members is treated as a partnership by default. A domestic LLC can file Form 8832, Entity Classification Election, to avoid the default classification and elect to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation.
- An LLC can also elect to be treated as an S corporation. For the S corporation status to be approved, Form 2553 must be received in the BMF Entity function according to the BMF Entity State Mapping chart. See IRM 21.7.13.7.2.2, Cases Forwarded to Submission Processing BMF Entity, (Form 8832 does not have to be filed if the LLC only wants to become an S corporation.)
Per Rev. Proc. 2002-69 and 2002 C.B. 831, spouses who are the sole owners of an LLC and reside in a community property state can choose whether they are treated as a partnership or disregarded entity. In either case, since these spouses are joint owners of the LLC, tax information related to the LLC can be discussed with either spouse.
Note:
Community property states include: Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, New Mexico, Nevada, Texas, Washington, and Wisconsin. Publication 555, Community Property, and IRM 21.8.1.16, Community Property, both contain additional information on community property laws.
If the taxpayer has indicated Corporation on Line 9a, advise the taxpayer they must file Form 8832 to elect to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation, or Form 2553 under Rev. Proc. 2004–48 to elect S corporation status. If the taxpayer has a valid Power of Attorney, Taxpayer Information Authorization, or Third Party Designee, it is not necessary to provide this information.
Note:
For EIN phones, advise taxpayer during the application process. Do not send Letter 147C to taxpayers applying by paper or fax since the CP 575 notice provides this information.
- Final regulations changing the treatment of single-member LLCs (who have not filed an election to be taxed as a corporation) for employment and excise tax liabilities were issued on August 16, 2007. For certain excise tax liabilities (reported on Form 730, Form 2290, Form 11-C, and some Form 720 liabilities) incurred after January 1, 2008, the single-member LLC is treated as a separate entity and is required to report excise taxes in the name and EIN of the LLC. For federal income tax purposes, the LLC is still disregarded. For employment tax liabilities incurred after January 1, 2009, the LLC will be treated as a separate entity and must report employment taxes in the name and EIN of the LLC. Again, the LLC will still be disregarded for federal income tax purposes.
- The changes effective January 1, 2008 required limited changes to procedures for EIN assignment. However, single-member LLCs without employees will not be discouraged from applying for an EIN, as they may require one for the reporting and payment of excise taxes.
- Single-member LLCs who began paying employees before January 1, 2009 will need two EINs assigned to them. Assign one EIN to the owner (if they do not have one previously assigned) and assign another EIN to the LLC.
- Single-member LLCs who will begin paying employees after January 1, 2009 will no longer require two EINs (one for the owner and one for the LLC). One EIN will be assigned to the LLC with the single-member's TIN in the SSN-ITIN-EIN> field.
Two EINs were assigned to single-member LLCs with employees during tax periods ended prior to January 1, 2009 because:
- A single member LLC that is a disregarded entity (i.e., it has not filed an election to be taxed as a corporation) cannot be an employer. The owner is the employer of record. The employment tax regulations require that an employer must have an EIN.
- Notice 99-6 allows a single member LLC that is a disregarded entity to calculate, report and pay employment taxes under the name and EIN of the LLC or the name and EIN of the owner. It was published at the request of practitioner groups who complained that without the option, disregarded entities would have to run parallel accounting systems for state and federal employment taxes. The state never disregarded the entity for tax purposes.
Note:
For tax periods beginning on or after January 1, 2009, Notice 99-6 is obsolete and employment taxes must be reported in the name and EIN of the LLC.
- If the taxpayer chooses to calculate, report, and pay their employment taxes under the LLC name for tax periods ended prior to January 1, 2009, assign two EINs (one for the owner and one for the disregarded entity). The taxpayer/preparer must make a concerted effort not to get the two confused. The two EINs will generate separate CP 575 notices. When processing fax, paper, or internet fallout applications, issue Letter 147C, advising that the owner EIN is just for cross-referencing purposes.
- If the taxpayer chooses to calculate, report and pay their employment tax liabilities for tax periods ended prior to January 1, 2009 under the owner's name, and they are filing Form SS-4 to get an EIN for an LLC (for banking purposes or because their state requires an EIN for the LLC), they should not check "hired employees" in box 10. Instead, they should check banking purposes, or whatever is appropriate.
- See IRM 21.7.13.5.4.2.2, LLC - Regulations Effective 1/1/2008 and 1/1/2009, for changes effective January 1, 2009.
By default, a domestic LLC with only one member is:
- Disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for federal income tax purposes except that it is subject to information reporting on Form 5472 for taxable years beginning after 12/31/2016, and
- Must include all of its income and expenses on the owner’s tax return
- Disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for all other federal tax purposes except for employment taxes on wages paid on or after 1/1/2009 and certain excise taxes for periods beginning on or after 1/1/2008.
- Research NAMEB and NAMEE to determine if the LLC had a previous EIN.
Use the table below to assign the EIN(s) and filing requirements:
Tax information must be disclosed in conformance with the Federal tax treatment of the LLC. See IRM 11.3.2.4, Persons Who May Have Access to Returns and Return Information Pursuant to IRC 6103(e). For AM EIN assignment purposes, default classification rules for LLCs apply. See the table below for additional information.
If the LLC is a The Default Tax Classification is Then 1) Multi-Member Partnership Any of the LLC members (who are treated as partners for Federal tax purposes) can receive the EIN. 2) Single Member (Owned by an individual) Disregarded Entity for Federal Income Tax Purposes The individual owner is authorized to receive the EIN. 3) Single Member (Owned by a business entity) Disregarded Entity for Federal Income Tax Purposes The EIN can be disclosed to a person who is authorized to receive tax information for that business entity.
The table below describes the fields and the entries for LLCs. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3, CC ESIGN Input Screen, for general input instructions.
Field Description of Input Data 1) Master File Ind. MFI is O if no filing requirements; B if filing requirements. 2) Loc-Cd Input the valid two-digit EIN prefix for the campus. See IRM 21.7.13.2.4, How an EIN is Assigned.
3) Name-Ctrl The Name Control is the first four characters of the LLC name. Follow corporate name control rules if "the" is the first word in the LLC name. See IRM 21.7.13.5.2.6, CC ESIGN Input: Corporations. 4) Primary Name The Primary Name is the name of the LLC as it appears on the articles of organization by the state.
- Delete the word "the" , unless it is followed by only one word.
- Otherwise, do not modify the LLC's name.
- Do not abbreviate, change symbols, or change "and" to "&"
- The ampersand (&) and the hyphen (-) are considered valid characters in the Primary Name line.
Suffixes such as LLC, LC, and PLLC (or LLP for a limited liability partnership) indicate a limited liability company and are input with the LLC’s name.
5) Sort Name The Sort Name is the doing business as (DBA) name, if it is different from the true or legal name.
6) In-Care-of- Name The In-Care of Name is the name of the member or single member if it is provided and was not used as the Sort Name.
- If another entity is listed as a member (e.g., a trust, a corporation, another LLC or a partnership), enter it as the In-Care-of-Name followed by mbr or single (or sole) mbr.
- If the Primary Name is identical to the In-Care-of-Name, this field is not required.
7) Mail-Street-Or-Foreign-City/Zip See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.2, Mail Street or Foreign City/ZIP Field. 8) Mail-City/State/Zip Or-Foreign Country See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.3, Mail Street or Foreign City/ZIP or Foreign Country Field. 9) Location-Street- Address See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.4, Location Street Address Field 10) Location-City/State/Zip See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.5., Location City/State/ZIP Input. 11) LLC>IND Information from Line 8b is used to populate the LLC>IND field on CC ESIGN. Valid entries are:
S - Single Member LLC or
M - Multi Member LLC.12) Filing Requirements See IRM 21.7.13.5.4.2, Determining Tax Classification and Filing Requirements: LLC. 13) FYM The fiscal year month (FYM) is the month in which the fiscal year ends for the multi-member LLC. If there is no FYM indicated, default to "12"
14) XREF-TIN-Type The cross reference TIN type is used to identify if the number is an EIN, a SSN or an ITIN.
Enter the number:
• 0 for SSN/ITIN, or
• 2 for EIN15) SSN/ITIN/EIN The SSN/ITIN or EIN is located on Line 7b of the Form SS-4.
See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7, Foreign Entities - Definitions and Instructions, for important information on foreign entities/persons.16) Notice-Information-Cd If a notice other than a CP 575 is required, input the correct code.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.13, Notice Information Code Input, for a complete list of codes.17) Business-Operational-Date The date the entity began doing business.
See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.3, Business Operational Date (Form SS-4, Line 11).18) Wages-Paid- Date If the business has employees, the date the business began paying its employees.
See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.4 , Wages Paid Date (Form SS-4, Line 15).19) Number and Type of Employees The number of employees (if any). If "other" employees and Line 14 are "yes" , assign Form 944 filing requirements. 20) Reason Applied The reason applied (Form SS-4, Line 10) is used when the MFI is B or O.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.20, Reason Applied Input, for a complete list of Reason Applied Codes.21) Phone The 10 digit telephone number of the business owner, if provided. 22) Prior-EIN If the MFI is B and the taxpayer applied for an EIN for either this or another business, enter Y in this field. 23) Business Location County and State County and State where business is located
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.24, Business Location Input.24) Type of Entity
Type of Entity RemarksForm SS-4, Line 9a
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.25, Type of Entity and Type of Entity Remarks (Form SS-4, Line 9a).25) Reason for Applying Message Form SS-4, Line 10
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.26, Reason for Applying Message.26) Principal Business Activity Checkbox Form SS-4, Line 16
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.27, Principal Business Activity Checkbox Input and Examples/Descriptions.27) Principal Business Activity Remarks Form SS-4, Line 16
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.28, Principal Business Activity Remarks Input.28) Principal Merchandise Sold or Service Form SS-4, Line 17
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.29, Principal Merchandise Sold/Service Input.29) Prior EIN Form SS-4, Line 18
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.30, Prior EIN.30) Remarks See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.23, Remarks Field Input, for required input information.
- This subsection contains information on assigning EINs for non-profit and exempt organizations.
- Non-profit status is a state law concept. Non-profit status may make an organization eligible for certain benefits, such as state sales, property, and income tax exemptions. Although most federal tax-exempt organizations are non-profit organizations, organizing as a non-profit organization at the state level does not automatically grant the organization exemption from federal income tax. To qualify as exempt from federal income taxes, an organization must meet requirements set forth in the Internal Revenue Code.
Non-profit organizations include both tax exempt organizations and government entities. The following list is an example of some of these entities. This list is not all-inclusive:
- Business leagues
- Charitable organizations
- Educational organizations
- Employee associations
- Farmers’ cooperative
- Federal government/military
- Indian tribal governments/enterprises
- Private foundations
- Religious organizations
- Social clubs
- State-chartered credit unions
- State/local government
- Teachers' retirement fund associations
- Veterans organizations
- For more information on non-profit and exempt organizations, see IRM 3.13.12, Exempt Organization Account Numbers.
- The EIN of a tax exempt organization which is not publicly available under IRC 6104 may be disclosed to any person legally authorized to act for the organization.
- Organizations can have varying names for titles of officers. The key is to establish that the person with whom you are in contact is legally authorized to act on behalf of the organization.
- Ask the caller for their name, SSN/ITIN, address and DOB. Also ask the following question: "Are you a current officer or director legally authorized to act on behalf of the organization/plan?"
- EINs must not be disclosed to a third party without a valid Form 2848, Form 8821, or taxpayer signed Form SS-4. See IRM 21.7.13.3.5.4, Taking an EIN Telephone Application, step 7 for more information on third party disclosure.
- Use the IAT EIN Assignment Tool to research an EIN request before assigning a number. The tool accesses all the CC’s shown in paragraph 2 below when performing research.
When the tool is unavailable, follow the steps in the table below to research an EIN request before assigning a number:
Step Action 1 Research the primary name to ensure an EIN does not already exist for that organization using:
- CC NAMEB and
- CC NAMEE
See IRM 21.7.13.4.2, Researching Taxpayer Information.
2 Were you able to locate the non-profit/exempt organization's EIN?
- If yes, go to Step 3.
- If no, research the sort or trade name if available.
3 Did you find an EIN?
- If yes, verify that the EIN is a valid number. See IRM 21.7.13.4.2.4, If an EIN is Found/Not Found.
- If no, proceed with assigning an EIN.
- Most incorporated exempt organizations file one of the Form 990 series returns and should always be established on the "O" file. Do not assign 990 filing requirements.
Non-profit organizations include corporations, trusts, limited liability companies, and unincorporated associations that qualify for tax-exempt status under IRC 501(a) as described in Publication 557, Tax-Exempt Status for Your Organization. Sole proprietors and partnerships cannot be considered for tax exempt status.
Note:
If any of the entity types listed in paragraph (2) select "Other nonprofit organization" as their type of entity, establish the entity on the "O" file.
Exception:
If a political organization indicates on Form SS-4 that it is requesting an EIN under Section 527 or filing Form 8871, Political Organization Notice of Section 527 Status, enter the Master File Indicator of B, input a "1" in the POL-ORG field, and establish a Form 1120-09 filing requirement on CC ESIGN.
Use the table below to determine the correct employment code. See IRM 21.7.13.7.4, BMF Employment Codes for Non-Profit/Exempt Entities, for detailed descriptions of Employment Codes and IRM 21.7.13.7.3.11, Employment Code Input, for Employment Code input instructions.
Organization Employment Code 1) United States Government agencies F 2) State and local government agencies G 3) Non-profit organizations as described in Sections 501(c)(3), 501(e), 501(f), and 501(k) of the IRC
Note: Input a 941, 943, or 944 filing requirement, if appropriate.W
The table below describes the fields and the entries for non-profit or exempt organizations. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3, CC ESIGN Input Screen, for general input instructions.
Use the table below to identify the correct employment tax filing requirement for a non-profit or exempt organization.
If the Then enter 941 or 944 filing requirement 1) Employment code is G or W 01 2) Employment code is F 02 3)
- Location is the Virgin Islands or Puerto Rico, and
- Employment code is G
01 4)
- Location is the Virgin Islands or Puerto Rico, and
- Employment code is F
02
- When a non-profit organization indicates a Group Exemption Number (GEN) on Line 9a of Form SS-4, assign the EIN on the "O" file but do not establish the EO submodule or add the GEN, unless the Form SS-4 is either submitted by the parent organization or a group exemption letter is attached to the application listing the new entity as a subordinate.
- The parent or central organization must request the subordinate be added to its group exemption. The parent organization can do this at any time during the year by providing the required information to the EO Entity group at the Ogden campus. See IRM 21.3.8.12.14.5, Adding Subordinates to a Group Exemption and Modifying Subordinate Information, for additional information.
- Central organizations, with the exception of churches, are required annually to provide a current listing of information on themselves and their subordinate units. See IRM 25.7.1.9.1, Supplemental Group Ruling Information (SGRI), for additional information.
- If one of the conditions in paragraph (1) is met, follow the instructions in IRM 3.13.12.12.10.4.5, Adding a Subordinate.
- This subsection contains information on assigning EINs for Estates.
An estate is a legal entity created as a result of a person's death. The estate consists of the real property and other assets of the deceased person.
Caution:
Do not assign an EIN if the named (deceased person) is not deceased and is applying for a decedent estate. A decedent estate does not exist until the person for whom the estate EIN is being requested is deceased.
- The estate pays any debts owed by the decedent and distributes the balance of the estate's assets to the beneficiaries of the estate.
Established EINs can be disclosed to a fiduciary of the estate (administrator, executor, or personal representative) or to an authorized third party.
- Do not disclose an EIN to a third party without a valid Form 2848, Form 8821, or taxpayer signed Form SS-4. See IRM 21.7.13.3.5.4, Taking an EIN Telephone Application, step 7 for more information on third party disclosure.
Use the table below to determine the need for an EIN for estates.
If an EIN is requested Then a new EIN is 1)
- As a result of a person's death
- Create a trust with estate funds (not simply a continuation of the estate). The new EIN will be for the trust.
- Represent an estate that operates a business that is not a legal entity separate from its owner (sole proprietorship) after the owner’s death. The new EIN will be for the business.
Needed. 2) The beneficiaries or the executor of an estate change Not needed.
Form SS-4 should include the following:
- The name of the decedent followed by the word "estate" on Line 1.
- The estate box checked on Line 9a and decedent's SSN or ITIN.
Based on the Master File indicator (MFI) and filing requirement input, the EIN Research and Assignment System (ERAS) generates a 6/7 million series EIN for estates (the filing requirement is a 1041 with no other filing requirements).
- The 6/7 million series is used for MFI of B with a 1041 FR and for accounts under the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA).
An appropriate EIN is selected from the EIN Assignment Control File (EACF).
Exception:
If employment tax filing requirements are present, a regular series EIN will be assigned to the estate.
- Use the IAT EIN Assignment Tool to research an EIN request before assigning a number. The tool researches all the CC’s shown in paragraph 2 below when performing research.
When the tool is unavailable, follow the steps in the table below to research an EIN request before assigning a number.
Step Action 1 Verify decedent's SSN or ITIN using:
- CC INOLE
- CC NAMEI
- CC NAMES
2 Research the estate's primary name and executor or representative's name, if available, using:
- CC NAMEB
- CC NAMEE
See IRM 21.7.13.4.2, Researching Taxpayer Information.
3 Did you find an EIN?
- If yes, verify that the EIN is a valid number
See IRM 21.7.13.4.2.3, Research Using CC ENMOD (Taxpayer Information File). - If no, proceed to ESIGN to assign an EIN.
The table below describes the fields and the entries for estates. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3, CC ESIGN Input Screen, for general input instructions.
- The taxpayer can report and pay Federal Insurance Contribution Act (FICA), Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA), and any income tax withholding for household employees on Form 1041, by attaching Form 1040, Schedule H.
- If the taxpayer owns their own company, and previously reported household employees on Form 940 and/or Form 941, other employees plus household employees can be reported on Form 940 and/or Form 941.
- This subsection contains information on assigning EINs for plans.
The table below describes some of the different types of plans.
Plan Type Definition 1) SIMPLE IRA A SIMPLE IRA plan is a Savings Incentive Match PLan for Employees. Under a SIMPLE IRA plan, employees and employers make contributions to traditional Individual Retirement Arrangements (IRAs) set up for employees (including self-employed individuals), subject to certain limits. A SIMPLE IRA Plan is funded both by employer and employee contributions. 2) 401(k) A SIMPLE 401(k) plan is a Savings Incentive Match PLan for Employees. A SIMPLE plan can be adopted as part of a 401(k) plan if the employer has 100 or fewer employees. A SIMPLE 401(k) plan is funded both by employer and employee contributions 3) SEP A SEP is a Simplified Employee Pension plan. Under a SEP, employers make contributions to traditional Individual Retirement Arrangements (IRAs) set up for employees (including self-employed individuals), subject to certain limits. A SEP is funded solely by employer contributions. 4) Keogh (HR 10) A Keogh plan refers to a qualified pension plan maintained by self-employed individuals that may be designed as either a defined benefit or a defined contribution plan. A sole proprietor or a partnership can set up one of these plans. A common law employee or a partner cannot set up one of these plans. 5) Profit-Sharing Plan A qualified defined contribution plan under which the plan may provide or the employer may determine annually how much will be contributed to the plan (out of profits or otherwise). 6) Pension Plan A type of qualified retirement plan through which the employer contributes to a fund to provide employees with definitely determinable benefits over a period of years (usually for life) after retirement. 7) Money Purchase Pension Plan A defined contribution plan under which an employer makes fixed contributions to separate accounts for the plan participants. 8) 401(k) Plan A qualified defined contribution plan established by employers to which eligible employees may make salary deferral (salary reduction) contributions on a post-tax and/or pretax basis. Employers may make matching or nonelective contributions to the plan on behalf of eligible employees and may also add a profit-sharing feature to the plan. Note:
A traditional Individual Retirement Arrangement or IRA is not an Employee Plan. A traditional IRA is a personal savings plan which allows individuals to set aside money for retirement, while offering tax advantages. Some or all contributions to the IRA may be deductible. Amounts in the IRA, including earnings, generally are not taxed until distributed. IRA's cannot be owned jointly. An individual does not need an EIN to establish a traditional IRA.
- For more information on employee plans account numbers, see IRM 3.13.36, EPMF Account Numbers.
IRA or Keogh established EINs can only be disclosed to:
- The individual person, or
- An authorized third party representative
Pension, profit sharing, 401(k), or welfare benefit plan established EINs can only be disclosed to:
- The Trustee of the plan
- Plan administrator
- Grantor, or
- Authorized third party representative
- EINs must not be disclosed to a third party without a valid Form 2848, Form 8821, or taxpayer signed Form SS-4. See IRM 21.7.13.3.5.4, Taking an EIN Telephone Application, step 7 for more information on third party disclosure.
An EIN is needed if the:
- Plan is a permanent arrangement under which an employer provides benefits for employees, or
- Employer/sponsor and/or the plan file the applicable returns
An IRA trust does not require an EIN, unless it has to file Form 990-T or Form 1041.
Note:
A sole proprietor, who has not previously applied for an EIN, may attempt to open a retirement account that is available to self-employed persons, such as a Keogh plan. The bank or financial institution will advise the taxpayer they must have an EIN to do this. The taxpayer may say they are applying for a Keogh, or IRA EIN, when in fact, all they need is a sole proprietor EIN. Be alert to this situation and explain to the taxpayer that you will be assigning them an EIN as a sole proprietor and they should use this EIN for all their business needs, including opening retirement accounts that are available to self-employed persons.
- Use the IAT EIN Assignment Tool to research an EIN request before assigning a number. The tool accesses all the CC’s shown in paragraph 2 below when performing research.
When the tool is unavailable, follow the steps in the table below to research an EIN request before assigning a number.
Step Action 1 Determine whether the plan already has an EIN by using:
- CC NAMEB, and
- CC NAMEE.
See IRM 21.7.13.4.2, Researching Taxpayer Information.
2 Did you find an EIN?
- If yes, verify that the EIN is a valid number. See IRM 21.7.13.4.2.4, If an EIN is Found/Not Found.
- If no, proceed to ESIGN to assign an EIN.
Research the plan name if the taxpayer, on Form SS-4:
- Indicates a pension plan on Line 1
- Checks the trust box on Line 9a, or
- Checks the plan administrator box on Line 9a, and
- Checks the Created a pension plan box on Line 10
- If a financial institution requests an EIN for the purpose of reporting withholding from Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs), IRA Rollover Trusts, or Keogh plans (HR10), research to determine if an EIN has been assigned previously for the purpose of reporting for pension trusts under their authority.
This number will be a six million series number and the account may or may not have the second name line annotated "Account Under TEFRA" . If a number has been assigned previously, correspond with the applicant informing them that only one EIN will be assigned for the purpose of reporting withholding under TEFRA for multiple plans. They may report withholding for the plans which they administer, or act as payer under this number, or IRA accounts can be reported under the EIN of the financial institution and aggregated on their Form 945. Inform them of the correct number to use.
The table below describes the fields and the entries for plans. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3, CC ESIGN Input Screen, for general input instructions.
Field Description of Input Data 1) Master-File Ind. The Master File Indicator (MFI) is B or O
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.3, Master File Indicator Input, for information on determining the correct MFI.2) Loc-Cd Input the valid two-digit EIN prefix for the campus. See IRM 21.7.13.2.4, How an EIN is Assigned .
3) Name-Ctrl The Name Control is the first four characters of the individual's name.
- If the plan belongs to an individual, use sole proprietor Name Control rules (that is, the first four characters of the individual's last name).
- If the plan belongs to a partnership, LLC, or corporation, use corporation Name Control rules.
For more information on inputting Name Control, see Document 7071-A, Name Control Job Aid - For Use Outside of the Entity Area, and Document 7071, Name Control Job Aid for Individual Master File (IMF) Taxpayers.
4) Primary-Name See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.6.2, Primary Name Input, for input requirements. 5) Sort-Name The Sort Name is the name of the plan administrator or trustee. (Line 7a)
Example: Enter John Smith Administrator as JOHN SMITH ADM. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.6.4.2, Sort Name Input Field Requirements, for input information.6) Care-of-Name The In-Care of Name is the trustee's name, if the trustee is a business. (Line 7a)
Otherwise, enter the information from Form SS-4, Line 3, if present.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.6.5, Care of Name Input.7) Mail-Street-Or-Foreign-City/Zip See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.2, Mail Street or Foreign City/ZIP Field, for input requirements. 8) Mail-City/State/Zip Or-Foreign-Country See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.3, Mail Street or Foreign City/ZIP or Foreign Country Field, for input requirements. 9) Location-Street-Address See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.4, Location Street Address Field, for input requirements. 10) Location-City/State/Zip See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.5, Location City/State/ZIP Input, for input requirements. 11) Filing-Requirement The filing requirement is the tax return that needs to be filed for a plan.
Enter a Form 945 filing requirement of 1 for distribution, if applicable.
See IRM 21.7.13.5.7.6.1, Master File Indicator and Filing Requirements: Plans, for additional information on filing requirements for plans.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.9, Filing Requirements Input, for more information on general filing requirements.12) Notice-Information-Cd See IRM 21.7.13.5.7.6.2, Notice Information Code: Employer Plans, for the correct code to input. 13) XREF-TIN-Type The cross reference TIN type is used to identify if the number is an EIN, a SSN or an ITIN.
Enter the number:
• 0 for SSN/ITIN, or
• 2 for EIN14) SSN/ITIN/EIN The SSN, ITIN or EIN is located on Line 7b of Form SS-4.
See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7, Foreign Entities - Definitions and Instructions, for important information on foreign entities/persons.15) Business-Operational-Date Input the plan start date. 16) Reason-Applied The reason applied (Form SS-4, Line 10) is used when the MFI is B or O.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.20, Reason Applied Input, for a complete list of Reason Applied Codes.17) Phone The 10 digit telephone number of the plan administrator, if provided. 18) Prior-EIN If the MFI is B and the taxpayer applied for an EIN for either this or another business, enter Y in this field. 19) Business Location County and State County and State where business is located
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.24, Business Location Input.20) Type of Entity
Type of Entity RemarksForm SS-4, Line 9a
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.25, Type of Entity and Type of Entity Remarks (Form SS-4, Line 9a).21) Reason for Applying Message Form SS-4, Line 10
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.26, Reason for Applying Message.22) Principal Business Activity Checkbox Input "06" . 23) Principal Business Activity Remarks Leave blank. 24) Principal Merchandise Sold or Service Enter "Employer Plan." See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.5 Line (16 and 17) PRIN-CKBX, PRIN-MDSE-SOLD-SERVICE. 25) Prior EIN If present
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.30, Prior EIN.26) Remarks See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.23, Remarks Field Input, for required input information.
Use the table below to determine the correct Master File indicator (MFI) and filing requirements.
If the entity type is Then the MFI is 1) For a plan administrator or plan administrative committee O with no filing requirements. 2) For an employee benefit funds/trust without employees O with no filing requirements. 3) For an employee benefit funds/trust that
- expects to have employees in the next 12 months, and
- is not liable for non-payroll income tax withholding
B with a Form 941 or Form 944 (if appropriate) filing requirement of 01 and a 940-1. 4) For an employee benefit funds/trust, and the taxpayer indicates that the application is being submitted to comply with the requirements of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) B with a Form 945 filing requirement of 1.
Use the table below to determine the correct notice information code.
If the Then enter notice information code 1) Administrator Identification Number (AIN) is being issued from Form SS-4 G. 2) Employee benefit funds/trust is issued from Form SS-4 H.
3) AIN is assigned as a result of a phone call to the EIN toll-free telephone service program L. 4) Employee benefit funds/trust is issued as a result of a phone call to the EIN toll free telephone service program M.
5) Employee Plan Master File (EPMF) is established as a result of a phone call to the EIN toll free telephone service program K.
- This subsection contains information on assigning EINs for trusts.
A trust is a legal entity that:
- Is created under State law
- Is taxed under federal law in which one party holds assets for the benefit of another, and
- Can be created to do one act or a series of acts.
The table below describes associated terms and types of trusts.
Established EINs can be disclosed to:
- A grantor (only when the trust is a grantor trust. See IRM 21.7.4.4.1.1.3, Types of Trusts, for more information on a grantor trust.)
- A trustee
- A beneficiary having a material interest (must be submitted in writing with proof of material interest, such as a copy of the will), or
- An authorized representative
- EINs must not be disclosed to a third party without a valid Form 2848, Form 8821, or taxpayer signed Form SS-4. See IRM 21.7.13.3.5.4, Taking an EIN Telephone Application, step 7 for more information on third party disclosure.
Use the table below to determine if an EIN is needed.
If Then 1) A new trust entity is created Assign an EIN. 2) The grantor/trustee for a grantor trust
- Was created in a tax year beginning on or after January 1, 1981, and
- Meets specific criteria (see Form 1041 instructions)
An EIN is not required but may be assigned. Inform the grantor/trustee that they must:
- Furnish their Social Security Number (SSN) to payers of income, and
- Report all items of income, deduction, and credit from the trust on their Form 1040.
3) A grantor trust is located in the U.S. and has all assets located in the U.S. and either:
- The same individual is both grantor and trustee (or co-trustee) of the trust, or
- The individual is treated as the owner of all trust assets under IRC 676 (power to revoke) for the tax year
An EIN is not required but may be assigned. Inform the grantor/trustee that they:
- Must furnish their SSN to payers of income, and
- Report all items of income, deduction, and credit from the trust on their Form 1040.
4) A revocable trust has:
- Spouses listed as the sole grantors
- One spouse as trustee or co-trustee with a third party
- Both spouses as trustee/co-trustee with a third party
- One or both spouses treated as the owners of all trust assets under IRC 676 for the tax year, or
- Spouses filing a joint income tax return for the tax year
Do not assign an EIN.
Instead, inform the trustee that they must:- Furnish their SSN to payers of income, and
- Report all items of income, deduction, and credit from the trust on their Form 1040.
5) The trust is a Miller type trust Do not assign an EIN. Instead, inform the trustee that they must:
- Use the SSN of the beneficiary or trustee to report trust activities, and
- Provide information such as the SSN, BOD, closing month of accounting year, principal activity, and the market to which they sell their product or services, if not already provided on Form SS-4 under Treasury Regulation 301.6109-1(d)(2).
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ Use the table below to determine if a new EIN is needed.
If Then a new EIN is 1)
- A trust changes to an estate. The new EIN will be for the estate.
- An estate changes to a testamentary trust.
- A living trust (inter vivos) changes to a testamentary trust.
- A living trust is terminated by distributing its property to a residual trust.
- The trust becomes irrevocable following the grantor’s death.
Needed. 2)
- The trustee changes.
- The grantor or beneficiary changes their name or address.
Not needed.
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
Note:
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡"≡" ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡"≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡"
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
≡ - ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
- Use the IAT EIN Assignment Tool to research an EIN request before assigning a number. The tool accesses all the CC’s shown in paragraph 2 below when performing research.
When the tool is unavailable, follow the steps in the table below to research a trust before assigning an EIN.
If the entity type selected on Form SS-4 is trust or estate, establish the entity on BMF with a filing requirement of Form 1041.
- The trust must have filing as an estate under IRC 645 entered in the Primary Name field on ESIGN.
- Trusts can file as estates under Treas. Reg. 1.645-1.
This subsection contains information about completing fields specific to a trust. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3, CC ESIGN Input Screen, for general input instructions.
Use the table below to enter Name Control for exceptions to the trust Name Control rules.
If the trust Then 1) Is an entity other than an individual Use the first four characters of the entity's name.
Example: Daisy Corp. Employee Benefit Trust, enter DAIS.2) Is a GNMA Pool Use the first four digits/alphas of the trust number, disregarding any leading zeroes or trailing alphas. If there are fewer than four digits in the trust number, use the letters GNMA or FNMA.
Example: GNMA Pool 0001, enter 1GNM and GNMA Pool 0100B, enter 100G.3) Is a split interest trust, and files Form 5227, Split Interest Information Return Use trust Name Control rules, even if the fund or foundation is part of the organization’s name. 4) Does not provide specific trust information such as corporate name, grantor, etc. Use the first four characters of the beneficiary's last name.
Example: Irrevocable Trust FBO Laura Chatfield, enter CHAT.5) Organization’s name contains both Trust/Fund and an individual’s name Use trust Name Control rules.
The following list contains mandatory abbreviations to be used when assigning an EIN to a trust:
- Administrator – ADM
Dated Jan. 16, 1987 – 01161987
- Executor/Executrix – EX
- Family – FAM
- Fiduciary – FID
- For the Benefit of, F/B/O, or F B O – FBO
- Funeral – FNRL
- Insurance – INS
- Inter vivos – INTRVS
- Irrevocable – IRRV
- Marital – MRTL
- Non-Exempt Charitable – NECT
- Personal Representative – PER REP
- Revocable – RVOC
- Successor - SUCC
- Testamentary – TEST
- Trust – TR
- Trustee – TTEE
- Under agreement –Under agreement with - U/A - UA
- Under the will of – Under will - U/W - UW
- Under Trust Agreement – UTA
- Voluntary Employee Benefit Association – VEBA
- This subsection contains information on assigning EINs for bankruptcy estates.
- A bankruptcy estate is a separate and distinct taxable entity from the individual debtor, created when an individual debtor files for bankruptcy under Chapter 7 or 11. When an individual files for bankruptcy under these chapters of the bankruptcy code, a separate estate is created consisting of property held by the debtor as of the beginning of the case. Under some circumstances, this estate also consists of property acquired by the debtor and the estate after commencement of the case.
The table below describes associated terms and types of bankruptcy estates:
Term Definition 1) Chapter 7 A liquidating bankruptcy case in which the debtor turns over all non-exempt property to the bankruptcy trustee, who then converts it to cash for distribution to the creditors. 2) Chapter 11 A reorganization bankruptcy case in which debtors (individuals, corporations, or partnerships) are allowed to restructure (reorganize) their debts rather than liquidating their business. The debtor usually remains in possession of the assets (called a debtor-in-possession or DIP) and has all the fiduciary duties and responsibilities of a trustee. A trustee can be appointed by the bankruptcy court if the creditor can show cause. A debtor may also choose to liquidate assets in a Chapter 11 case. 3) Chapter 12 Adjustments of Debts of a Family Farmer with Regular Annual Income. This is a chapter designed to enable a debtor who is a family farmer to reorganize rather than liquidate his or her farming operation. A family farm can be a sole proprietor, a partnership, or a closely held corporation. Under Chapter 12, a trustee is appointed by the U.S. Trustee to act in each case. The debtor proposes a plan of reorganization to repay the creditors. The bankruptcy code limits the amount and percentage of debt allowed under this plan, as well as the income derived from farming operations. 4) Chapter 13 Adjustment of Debts of an Individual with Regular Income. Only individuals, including self-employed individuals, with regular income may file for bankruptcy under this chapter. There are specific limits as to the kind and amount of debt that an individual may have to qualify. In Chapter 13, the debtor makes regular payments to creditors through the trustee under this plan. The debtor has three to five years in which to execute the plan and pay off creditors, after which they will be discharged of the debt. Chapter 13 petitions must be voluntary.
Established EINs can be disclosed to:
- The bankrupt individual
- The trustee, or
- An authorized representative
- EINs must not be disclosed to a third party without a valid Form 2848, Form 8821, or a taxpayer signed Form SS-4. See IRM 21.7.13.3.5.4, Taking an EIN Telephone Application, step 7 for more information on third party disclosure.
Use the table below to determine if an EIN is needed.
If Then 1) A new bankruptcy estate has been created under Chapter 7 or Chapter 11 Assign an EIN. 2) A new bankruptcy estate has been created under Chapter 12 or Chapter 13 Do not assign an EIN. A bankruptcy estate created under Chapter 12 or Chapter 13 is not treated as a separate entity for tax purposes. 3) A new bankruptcy estate has been created and more than one individual's name is listed on Line 1 of the Form SS-4 Assign an EIN to each bankrupt individual. 4) A corporation is in bankruptcy, or a fiduciary is appointed in a state insolvency proceeding. Do not assign an EIN. Change or add a Sort Name to show the receiver's, trustee's or debtor in possession's name. 5) A partnership files bankruptcy Do not assign an EIN. Add a Care of Name to show the receiver's, trustee's or debtor in possession's name. 6) A sole proprietor files bankruptcy Assign an EIN for a bankruptcy estate. Do not assign another sole proprietor EIN to the taxpayer in bankruptcy.
- Use the IAT EIN Assignment Tool to research an EIN request before assigning a number. The tool accesses all the CC’s shown in paragraph 2 below when performing research.
When the tool is unavailable, follow the steps in the table below to research an EIN request before assigning a number.
Step Action 1 Validate the grantor (bankrupt individual), SSN, or ITIN using:
- CC INOLE
- CC NAMEI
- CC NAMES
- CC NAMEE
See IRM 21.7.13.4.2, Researching Taxpayer Information.
2 Research the bankruptcy estate name using:
- CC NAMEB
- CC NAMEE
- CC ENMOD, and
- CC INOLE
See IRM 21.7.13.4.2, Researching Taxpayer Information.
3 Did you find an EIN?
- If yes, verify that the EIN is a valid number. See IRM 21.7.13.4.2.4, If an EIN is Found/Not Found.
- If no, proceed to ESIGN to assign an EIN.
This subsection contains information about completing fields specific to a bankruptcy estate. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3, CC ESIGN Input Screen, for general input instructions
Field Description of Input Data 1) Master-File Ind. The Master File indicator is always B. 2) Loc-Cd Input the valid two-digit EIN prefix for the campus. See IRM 21.7.13.2.4, How an EIN is Assigned .
3) Name-Ctrl The Name Control is the first four characters of the bankrupt individual's last name. For more information on inputting Name Control, see Document 7071-A, Name Control Job Aid - For Use Outside of the Entity Area. 4) Primary -Name The Primary Name must include the name of the bankrupt individual's name followed by "Bankruptcy Estate" . Example: Michael Alabaster Bankruptcy Estate.
5) Sort-Name If the case number is provided on Line 3 of the Form SS-4, input the case number on the sort name line. If the case number is not provided, place the trustee's (if an individual) name on the sort name line followed by TTEE. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.6.4.1, Basic Information on the Sort Name Input. 6) Care-of-Name If a case number has been input on the sort name line, input the trustee's (if an individual) name on the care of name line followed by TTEE. If the trustee is a company, input the trustee's name on the care of name line followed by TTEE. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.6.5, Care of Name Input, for input information. 7) Mail-Street-Or-Foreign-City/Zip See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.2, Mail Street or Foreign City/ZIP Field, for input requirements. 8) Mail-City/State/Zip Or-Foreign-Country See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.3, Mail Street or Foreign City/ZIP or Foreign Country Field, for input requirements. 9) Location-Street-Address See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.4, Location Street Address Field, for input requirements. 10) Location-City/State/Zip See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.5, Location City/State/ZIP Input, for input requirements. 11) Filing Requirements Input filing requirements as follows:
- Enter a 1041 filing requirement of 1.
12) FYM - A fiscal year month (FYM) must be entered for bankruptcy estates.
- For filing requirement 1041, enter 12 (December) as the FYM.
13) XREF-TIN-Type The cross reference TIN type for an SSN/ITIN is "0" . 14) SSN/ITIN The SSN/ITIN is located on Line 7b of Form SS-4.
See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7, Foreign Entities - Definitions and Instructions, for important information on foreign entities/persons.15) Business-Operational-Date The business operation date (BOD) is the date the taxpayer has entered on line 11 of the Form SS-4. When taking an EIN application over the phone, and the taxpayer does not know what their BOD is, ask for the date when the petition was filed for the bankrupt individual.
- If Line 11 of Form SS-4 is blank (when working paper cases), use the signature line date or the current month and year.
16) Reason-Applied Form SS-4, Line 10.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.20, Reason Applied Input, for a complete list of Reason Applied Codes.17) Phone The 10 digit telephone number of the fiduciary, if provided. 18) Prior-EIN If the taxpayer applied for an EIN for either this or another business, and has marked the "yes" box, enter Y in this field. 19) Business Location County and State County and State where business is located
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.24, Business Location Input.20) Type of Entity
Type of Entity RemarksInput "07" as the type of entity and enter "Bankruptcy" as the type of entity remarks. 21) Reason for Applying Message Form SS-4, Line 10
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.26, Reason for Applying Message.22) Principal Business Activity Checkbox Input "09" 23) Principal Business Activity Remarks Input "Trust Admin" 24) Principal Merchandise Sold or Service Input "Trust Administration"
See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.5, Line (16 and 17) PRIN-CKBX, PRIN-REMARKS and PRIN-MDSE-SOLD-SERVICE.25) Prior EIN If present
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.30, Prior EIN.26) Remarks See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.23, Remarks Field Input, for required input information.
- This subsection contains information on assigning EINs for a real estate mortgage investment conduit (REMIC).
- A REMIC is a real estate mortgage investment conduit.
Some associated terms for REMIC are:
- Mortgage trusts
- Mortgage securities
- Asset investors trusts
Use the table below to determine the individuals authorized to receive an EIN.
If the REMIC… Then disclose the EIN to… 1) Is a corporation A corporate officer or an authorized representative. 2) Is a trust The trustee or an authorized representative. 3) Has only segregated pools of assets Any person who signs Form 1066 of the entity owning the assets of the REMIC under applicable state law or an authorized representative. - EINs must not be disclosed to a third party without a valid Form 2848, Form 8821, or a signed Form SS-4. See IRM 21.7.13.3.5.4, Taking an EIN Telephone Application, step 7 for more information on third party disclosure.
- Each REMIC must have its own EIN.
- A corporation, partnership, trust, etc. cannot use its EIN. A new EIN must be issued.
- A new EIN must be assigned if the account found during research has a filing requirement of Form 1041, Form 1065, Form 1120, etc.
- Use the IAT EIN Assignment Tool to research an EIN request before assigning a number. The tool accesses all the CC’s shown in paragraph 2 below when performing research.
When the tool is unavailable, follow the steps in the table below to research a REMIC before assigning an EIN.
Step Action 1 Determine whether the REMIC has an EIN, using:
- CC NAMEB, and
- CC NAMEE.
See IRM 21.7.13.4.2, Researching Taxpayer Information.
2 Did you find an EIN?
- If yes, verify that the EIN is a valid number. See IRM 21.7.13.4.2.4, If an EIN is Found/Not Found.
- If no, proceed to ESIGN to assign an EIN.
Form 1066, U.S. Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit Income Tax Return, is filed to:
- Report the income, deductions, and gains/losses from the operation of a REMIC, and
- Report and pay tax on net income from prohibited transactions
- An entity that elects to be treated as a REMIC for its first tax year and meets the requirements of IRC 860D(a) must file Form 1066.
The table below describes the fields and the entries for REMICs. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3, CC ESIGN Input Screen, for general input instructions.
Field Description of Input Data 1) Master-File Ind. The Master File indicator (MFI) is B. 2) Loc-Cd Input the valid two-digit EIN prefix for the campus. See IRM 21.7.13.2.4, How an EIN is Assigned .
3) Name-Ctrl Name Control is the first four characters of the REMIC name.
Examples:- STRIped Tree Mortgage Pass-Through Certificate Series
- DAISy Asset Investors TR 1 Rose TR 1, Series A
For more information on inputting Name Control, see Document 7071-A, Name Control Job Aid - For Use Outside of the Entity Area.
4) Primary-Name Always enter the word REMIC at the end of the Primary Name. Obtain the information for entering the REMIC name from Form SS-4, Line 1. Use corporation Name Control rules for entering name lines and establishing the entity. See IRM 21.7.13.5.2.6, CC ESIGN Input: Corporations. 5) Sort-Name The Sort Name is the REMIC’s series or trust number, if provided. Using this number as a Sort Name makes researching these entities easier. 6) Care-of-Name The In-Care of Name is the business name, if it is listed as a trustee. If the trustee is a company, input the trustee's name on the care of name line followed by TTEE. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.6.5, Care of Name Input, for input information. 7) Mail-Street-Or-Foreign-City/Zip See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.2, Mail Street or Foreign City/ZIP Field, for input requirements. 8) Mail-City/State/Zip Or-Foreign-Country See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.3, Mail Street or Foreign City/ZIP or Foreign Country Field, for input requirements. 9) Location-Street-Address See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.4, Location Street Address Field, for input requirements. 10) Location-City/State/Zip See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.5, Location City/State/ZIP Input, for input requirements. 11) Filing-Requirements Enter a Form 1066 filing requirement of 1.
12) FYM The fiscal year month (FYM) is always 12 (December) for a REMIC. This information will automatically be generated. 13) XREF-TIN-Type The cross reference TIN type is used to identify if the number is an EIN or a SSN/ITIN. Enter the number:
- 0 for SSN/ITIN
- 2 for EIN
14) SSN/ITIN/EIN The SSN/ITIN or EIN is located on Line 7b of Form SS-4. If SSN/ITIN/EIN is present, pick it up. Otherwise, it is not required.
15) Business-Operational-Date The business operational date is the start date for the REMIC. If Line 11 of Form SS-4 is blank, enter the current month and year. 16) Reason-Applied Form SS-4, Line 10
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.20, Reason Applied Input, for a complete list of Reason Applied Codes.17) Phone The 10 digit telephone number of the business owner, if provided. 18) Prior-EIN If the taxpayer applied for an EIN for either this or another business (taxpayer has checked the "yes" box on Line 18), enter Y in this field. 19) Business Location County and State County and State where business is located
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.24, Business Location Input.20) Type of Entity Enter "13." 21) Principal Business Activity Checkbox Enter "06."
See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.5, Line (16 and 17) PRIN-CKBX, PRIN-REMARKS and PRIN-MDSE-SOLD-SERVICE.22) Principal Business Activity Remarks Leave blank. 23) Principal Merchandise Sold or Service Enter "REMIC." 24) Prior EIN If present.
See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.30, Prior EIN.25) Remarks See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.23, Remarks Field Input, for required input information.
- This subsection contains information on assigning EINs for Unincorporated Business Organizations (UBO) and Business Trust Organizations (BTO).
- A UBO is an unincorporated business organization.
- A BTO is a business trust organization. This term and the terms "Massachusetts Business Trust" , pure trust, and constitutional trust are often used interchangeably. The term "business trust" is not used in the Internal Revenue Code. The regulations require that trusts operating a trade or business be treated as a corporation, partnership, or sole proprietorship, if the grantor, beneficiary, or fiduciary materially participates in the operations or daily management of the business. If the grantor maintains control of the trust, then grantor trust rules will apply. Otherwise, the trust would be treated as a simple or complex trust, depending on the trust instrument.
- This subsection contains information on tax classifications and filing requirements for UBOs and BTOs.
A filing requirement assigned based on a Form SS-4 is not a binding legal determination for the proper tax classification for the entity requesting an EIN. Pursuant to IRC 6109, the IRS is only:
- Processing the Form SS-4
- Assigning an EIN, and
- Informing the taxpayer of the filing requirement.
Note:
Whether the entity has the correct designation under the Code and regulation is an issue that is best resolved in the audit process. However, if the taxpayer wants to resolve the issue before filing their tax return for the first taxable year, the taxpayer may be able to request a private letter ruling.
The CP575 Notice is generated and sent to the taxpayer assigning the EIN and informing them of the filing requirement assigned and also includes:
- Caveat informing them that the tax classification assigned to the entity is based on information furnished from them or a representative and is not legally binding on the IRS; and
- Informs the taxpayer that if they want a determination as to its tax classification, then they may be able to seek a private letter ruling from the IRS.
If the taxpayer wants a determination as to its tax classification, they may seek a determination by requesting a private letter ruling from the IRS under the procedures set forth in Rev. Proc. 2017-1 (or superseding Rev. Proc. for the year at issue) using the address in the table below:
Sent via US Postal Service Sent via Private Delivery Service (e.g., UPS, FedEx, etc.) Internal Revenue Service
Attn: CC:PA:LPD:DRU
P.O. Box 7604
Ben Franklin Station
Washington, DC 20044
Internal Revenue Service
Attn: CC:PA:LPD:DRU
Room 5336
1111 Constitution Ave NW
Washington, DC 20224- The default classification for an unincorporated business organization (UBO) with two or more members is a partnership per check-the-box regulations (Form 8832) effective January 1, 1997. For more information on these regulations, see 301.7701-3(b) of the Procedure and Administration Regulations.
Follow taxpayer intent when assigning filing requirements. If taxpayer intent cannot be determined, use the table below to assign filing requirements.
- Normal disclosure rules based on the entity type should be followed in determining individuals authorized to receive an EIN.
- EINs must not be disclosed to a third party without a valid Form 2848, Form 8821, or taxpayer signed Form SS-4. See IRM 21.7.13.3.5.4, Taking an EIN Telephone Application, step 7 for more information on third party disclosure.
Follow the steps in the table below to determine if an EIN is needed for a UBO/BTO.
Note:
Ensure all required information is provided including the SSN/ITIN of the trustee, grantor, or manager of the entity.
Step Action 1 Verify that the SSN/ITIN provided is valid for the person specified on the application using:
- CC INOLE
- CC NAMEI
- CC NAMES
See IRM 21.7.13.4.2, Researching Taxpayer Information.
2 Is the SSN/ITIN valid and is all other required data provided, including type of entity being established?
- If yes, assign an EIN.
- If no, notify the taxpayer that an EIN cannot be issued because Treas. Reg. 301.6109-1(a)(l) states that an EIN is required for business purposes only. Inform the taxpayer that information on Form SS-4, such as SSN/ITIN, business operational date, fiscal year month (FYM), and principal activity is required under 301.6109-1(d)(2).
- This subsection contains information on assigning EINs for other or undetermined entity types.
- EINs may only be disclosed to parties legally authorized to act for the entity.
- EINs must not be disclosed to third parties without a valid Form 2848, Form 8821, or taxpayer signed Form SS-4.
After EIN assignment, if the taxpayer wants a determination to change its tax classification, they may seek a determination by requesting a private letter ruling from the IRS under the procedures set forth in Rev. Proc. 2017-1, at the following address:
Internal Revenue Service
Attn.: CC:PA:LPD:DRU
P.O. Box 7604
Ben Franklin Station
Washington, DC 20044
- A financial institution can request an EIN for the purpose of reporting withholding from IRA, IRA Rollover Trusts, or KEOGH plans (HR 10). See IRM 21.7.13.5.7.5.2, Additional Research for Financial Institutions: Employee Plans, for more information on researching a financial institution before assigning an EIN.
- If the organization on Form SS-4 is an association and does not indicate that it is a non-profit, correspond with the taxpayer to determine the type of association.
The table below describes the fields and the entries that are unique to other or undetermined entities. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3, CC ESIGN Input Screen, for general input instructions.
Field Description of Input Data 1) Master-File Ind. The Master File Indicator (MFI) is B or O. Enter a MFI of O when the taxpayer:
- Is requesting an EIN for information returns or a bank account (e.g., an investment club for dividend and interest reporting, a bowling league for depositing dues, disregarded entity, etc.), and
- Has no BMF filing requirements.
2) Filing-Requirements The filing requirement is the tax return that needs to be filed:
- If employees are indicated, enter filing requirement 941 or 944 (as appropriate) and 940. If agricultural employees are indicated, enter filing requirement 943 and 940.
- If it can be determined that the entity is liable for excise taxes, enter a filing requirement of 720.
This subsection contains information on foreign entities, including:
- Master File indicator and filing requirements for foreign entities
- Special processing requirements for Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
- The Cincinnati campus EIN International operation processes paper requests from Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, Northern Mariana Islands and Palau.
International applicants can fax a completed Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, to (855)215-1627 (within the U.S.) or (304) 707-9471 (outside the U.S.), or mail the completed form to:
IRS
Attn: EIN International Operation
Cincinnati, OH 45999Note:
If you receive a paper Form SS-4 from an international entity or one of the U.S. Territories, fax to Cincinnati (855) 215-1627. See IRM 21.7.13.7.2.1, Processing Timeframes.
- International applicants who formed an entity outside the U.S. (not a U.S. Territory) may call (267) 941-1099 (not toll-free). Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.5.2, EIN Non-Toll-Free Telephone Service-Foreign Entities, and IRM 21.7.13.3.5.4(3) Step 2, Taking an EIN Telephone Application, for additional information.
Assign a filing requirement for Form 1042, Annual Withholding Tax Return for U.S. Source Income for Foreign Persons, and Form 945, Annual Withheld Income Tax for Foreign Persons, when required for a foreign corporation. These are required when a foreign corporation is:
- Filing under Treas. Reg. 1.1442-1, and
- Requesting an EIN as a Qualified Intermediary (QI).
Note:
The Large Business & International Office requests a one-time block of EINs for QIs. The Form SS-4 is examined by the Large Business & International Office before it is sent to the Cincinnati Customer Service Site.
A foreign corporation, although not required to file a U.S. tax return under IRC 1442, may still request an EIN.
- The taxpayer should enter "N/A" on Lines 11 through 16 of Form SS-4.
- See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7, Foreign Entities - Definitions and Instructions, for a list of explanations that may be entered on Line 10 and, if present, assign an EIN using MFI O.
- Do not correspond for documentation (e.g., passport, driver's license, national ID card, etc.).
- If the foreign entity later is required to file a U. S. tax return, it should not apply for a new EIN, but should use the EIN that was first assigned.
- A fideicomiso (Mexican Land Trust), as described in Rev. Rul. 2013-14, 2013-26 I.R.B. (2013), is not treated as a trust for U.S. tax purposes and thus is not required to file a Form 3520, Annual Return to Report Transactions with Foreign Trusts and Receipt of Certain Foreign Gifts, a Form 3520A, Annual Return of Foreign Trust with a U.S. Owner, or a Form 1040NR, U.S. Nonresident Alien Income Tax Return. If the fidelcomiso at issue is not one that is described in Rev. Rul. 2013–14, then, depending on the facts and circumstances, it may be treated as a trust for U.S. tax purposes and may have information filing requirements as well as income tax filing requirements. They are not required to file a Form 1041, U.S. Income Tax Return for Estates & Trusts. Assign the EIN using MFI O.
- An EIN is not required for transfers to, ownership of, and distributions to Canadian registered retirement savings plans (RRSP), Canadian registered retirement income funds (RRIF), or any other Canadian retirement plan that is within the meaning of section 3 of Rev. Proc. 2014-55 and certain tax-favored foreign retirement trusts and certain tax-favored foreign nonretirement savings trusts, as described in sections 5.03 and 5.04 of Rev. Proc. 2020-17 since they are not required to be reported on Form 3520, Annual Return to Report Transactions with Foreign Trusts and Receipt of Certain Foreign Gifts, or a Form 3520A, Annual Return of Foreign Trust with a U.S. Owner.
- See IRM 21.7.13.7.3, CC ESIGN Input Screen, for general ESIGN input requirements.
Employers in the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI) required to file Forms 941 must have EINs issued by the IRS. These procedures are for use by the Cincinnati Campus (CAMC) only.
Step Who is Responsible Action 1 CNMI Request a block of EINs. 2 CAMC Obtain a block of EINs. (See IRM 21.7.13.3.3.3, Assigning an EIN Block (CC BSIGN), for procedures.) 3 CAMC Forward the listing to CNMI. Maintain one copy of the list and mark CNMI. 4 CNMI - Use each EIN indicating the taxpayer's name, address, and type of return filed or to be filed beside the appropriate number.
- When all numbers are used, send a copy of the completed list back to CAMC.
5 CAMC File the completed list with the other bulk EIN assignment lists. The address of CNMI is
Internal Revenue Service
Drop Box - IRS
Saipan, CM 96950
An employer may request that the IRS authorize an agent under Internal Revenue Code (IRC) 3504 to withhold, report, and pay federal employment taxes on its behalf. Section 3504 agents may refer to themselves as:
- Household employer agents
- Fiscal agents
- Employer agents, or
- Fiscal intermediaries
- The employer mentioned above may be an individual receiving home-care services through a state or local government program and is one type of household employer. These individuals are referred to as Home Care Service Recipients (HCSRs).
A Section 3504 Agent may:
- Represent many HCSRs. These individuals may be referred to as "clients" by the agent.
- Be a government entity or a non-government entity (a non-government entity is a third party that contracts with a state or local government agency to be an IRC 3504 agent for Home Care Service Recipients).
- Already have an EIN that is used to file employment taxes for the entity's own employees.
Note:
A government entity acting as Section 3504 agent for HCSRs must request a second EIN to be used exclusively for acting on behalf of HCSRs. Non-government agents are not encouraged to obtain a second EIN to file employment taxes on behalf of HCSRs. The Section 3504 Agent should file aggregate employment tax returns that include taxes for all of their own employees and for the employees of the HCSRs. However, if requested, non-governmental agents may obtain a second EIN to file employment taxes on behalf of HCSRs.
- In an effort to correctly identify these agents, the Form SS-4 instructions advise Section 3504 agents for HCSRs to check the "Other" box and enter "Household Employer Agent" . If the agent is a government entity, the SS-4 instructions require the agent also to check the box for State/local government.
Take the following steps to assign an EIN to a government entity acting as Section 3504 agent on behalf of HCSRs:
Caution:
There are very few government entities that act as agents. An entity that has contracted with a government entity to act as an agent is not a government entity. Do not assign employment code A to individuals and non-governmental entities.
- Establish the account with Employment Code "A" , with 941 and 940 filing requirements only.
- Add "AS FISCAL AGENT" on the Primary Name Line.
If a non-governmental agent insists on receiving a second EIN to represent these HCSRs:
- Establish the account with Form 941 and Form 940 filing requirements only.
- Add "AS FISCAL AGENT" to the end of the company name on the Primary Name Line.
- Do not use employment code A.
- Forms SS-4 are submitted requesting EINs for Home Care Service Recipients (HCSRs). These accounts may be difficult to recognize. Be alert to phrases such as "Household Employer Using Employer Agent" or "Home Care Service Recipient" .
- HCSRs are often unable to handle their own affairs and these requests must be handled with sensitivity. Many times, the SS-4 is submitted by the fiscal agent and they may list them as a third party designee (TPD). The fiscal agent for a HCSR must have an EIN for the HCSR before they can file Form 2678, Employer/Payer Appointment of Agent, and begin paying employment and FUTA taxes and filing those returns on behalf of the HCSR.
- Do not reject the application if the address, phone number, or care-of name line of the HCSR matches the TPD's or if the signature on Form SS-4 is that of the agent or another individual.
Using the information provided on Form SS-4 establish the account:
- As a sole proprietor with no filing requirements.
Add "HCSR" to the primary name line.
Caution:
Do not treat them as you would normally treat household employers (do not input Return ID Code ZZ on CC ESIGN), even if box 13 is checked indicating they have household employees. The agent will file employment and FUTA tax returns on behalf of these HCSRs.
If a previously established sole proprietorship EIN is located:
- Do not update the primary name line.
- Do update IDRS using the following information from Form SS-4:
In care of name (Home care agent/provider)
Mailing address (Lines 4a/b)
Location address (Lines 5a/b) - Notate the existing EIN on Form SS-4 followed by PA (previously assigned)
- Prepare 147C letter and send to new mailing address
- All account information, with the exception of some filing requirement codes, can be changed on the BMF using CC BNCHG.
- To add or change information on a newly established EIN displayed on CC ENMOD as a "Dummy Entity" , overlay CC ENMOD with CC ENREQ. Enter a “1” in position 20 of line 1 and transmit to access CC BNCHG. Input the additional or corrected information and use a posting delay code as appropriate. See IRM 21.5.2.4.17, Posting Delay Code (PDC), for additional information.
- To change account information on CC BNCHG, first access the account using CC ENMOD. Overlay ENMOD with ENREQ. CC BNCHG is used to make all account changes that are permissible by the EIN teams.
Enter the entity's EIN to display the account. You must have a source document (letter from taxpayer, returned CP 575, or signed Form SS-4 with correspondence) before making any account changes. Work account changes under OFP 710-10000. No account changes can be worked by phone in EIN, unless we made the error establishing or updating the account and there is no account activity (e.g., for corrections to the primary name line, IRM 21.7.13.6.5.6, Authority for Making Primary Name Line Changes). If account activity is present, including the presence of any tax modules, the case must be referred to the correct BMF Entity function. See IRM 21.7.13.7.2.2, Cases Forwarded to Submission Processing BMF Entity.
Note:
Always perform complete research (including CC INOLE, if necessary) before making changes to an account. Any transaction that needs to be cycled or held for later input can be held up to six cycles using a cycle delay code. See IRM 21.5.2.4.17, Posting Delay Code (PDC), for additional information.
- If a third party initiates a change to account information, research the CAF using CC CFINK to verify that the individual has proper authorization before processing the request. (If account has activity, transfer to BMF Entity. See IRM 21.7.13.7.2.2, Cases Forwarded to Submission Processing BMF Entity.)
If authorization cannot be found:
- Multiple EINs are generally discovered through research or contact with the taxpayer or third parties.
- Once you discover a taxpayer has been assigned more than one EIN, use the following subsections to resolve the condition.
If the caller indicates (or you discover from research performed in the normal course of the call) an entity has been assigned multiple EINs and no returns have been filed, follow the steps below:
Caution:
If the caller is an unauthorized third party, you may accept information to resolve this issue. However, do not provide any information to the caller per IRM 21.1.3.4,(5) Other Third Party Inquiries.
- Ask for and retain the EIN the caller prefers and skip Step 2. If there is no preference, proceed to next step.
Research to see if one of the EINs has Form 941 filing requirements. If so, then advise caller to use that EIN.
Note:
If neither EIN has Form 941 filing requirements or if both EINs have Form 941 filing requirements, advise the caller to use the earliest assigned EIN.
- Prepare and forward Form 4442/e-4442, Inquiry Referral, to the BMF Entity Function. See IRM 21.7.13.7.2.2, Cases Forwarded to Submission Processing BMF Entity, for BMF Entity state mapping.
- Advise the Entity function which EIN should be retained based on caller’s response in Step 1 or research in Step 2 above.
- If the problem is identified as a result of correspondence received (returned CP 575, taxpayer letter etc.), follow local procedures to route the correspondence to the BMF Entity function.
- In either case, forward these referrals to BMF Entity on a daily basis.
If the caller indicates (or you discover from research performed in the normal course of the call) an entity has been assigned multiple EINs and returns have been filed under one EIN only, follow the steps below:
Caution:
If the caller is an unauthorized third party, you may accept information to resolve this issue. However, do not provide any information to the caller per IRM 21.1.3.4,(5) Other Third Party Inquiries.
- Advise the caller to use the EIN under which returns have been filed.
- Prepare and forward Form 4442/e-4442, Inquiry Referral, to the BMF Entity Function. See IRM 21.7.13.7.2.2, Cases Forwarded to Submission Processing BMF Entity, for BMF Entity state mapping.
- Advise the Entity function which EIN should be retained based on research in Step 1 above.
- If the problem is identified as a result of correspondence received (returned CP 575, taxpayer letter etc.), follow local procedures to route the correspondence to the BMF Entity function.
- In either case, forward these referrals to BMF Entity on a daily basis.
If the caller indicates (or you discover from research performed in the normal course of the call) an entity has filed tax returns under multiple EINs, it may be necessary to consolidate the account.
Note:
See IRM 21.7.10.4.3, Determining if Accounts Can/Should Be Merged. to determine if an account can or should be merged (consolidated).
Consolidations of two or more EINs must be completed by the Entity function per IRM 3.13.2.14, Multiple EINs. Account consolidation requires an extensive knowledge of incompatible filing requirements, freeze codes, and many other factors that can cause a no-merge situation. The BMF Entity function, therefore, has the sole authority for merging BMF accounts.
Exception:
See IRM 21.3.8.9.6, Employer Identification Number (EIN) Consolidations, for Exempt Organization consolidations.
Caution:
If the caller is an unauthorized third party, you may accept information to resolve this issue. However, do not provide any information to the caller per IRM 21.1.3.4,(5) Other Third Party Inquiries.
- Advise the caller that a consolidation of EINs is necessary and will be completed by the BMF Entity function.
Advise the BMF Entity function a consolidation is necessary by preparing and forwarding Form 4442/e-4442, Inquiry Referral, to the BMF Entity Function. See IRM 21.7.13.7.2.2, Cases Forwarded to Submission Processing BMF Entity, for BMF Entity state mapping.
Reminder:
You may accept information from an unauthorized third party to resolve this issue per IRM 21.1.3.4(6), Other Third Party Inquiries.
- If the problem is identified as a result of correspondence received (returned CP 575, taxpayer letter etc.), follow local procedures to route the correspondence to the BMF Entity function.
- In either case, forward these referrals to BMF Entity on a daily basis.
- All requests for EIN closings/cancellations are processed by the BMF Entity functions in Kansas City or Ogden.
Requests received in Accounts Management (AM), whether by phone or correspondence, must be routed to the correct BMF Entity function using the table in IRM 21.7.13.7.2.2, Cases Forwarded to Submission Processing BMF Entity.
Exception:
Correspondence received in Kansas City or Ogden Accounts Management should be routed to the BMF Entity Function in their directorate, regardless of the entity’s principal business location.
This subsection contains information on changing BMF accounts:
- Address
- Authority for Changing Filing Requirements
- Changing an Employment Code Assigned in Error (Employment Code "F" )
- Deleting an Employment Code
- Identifying EIN Account Information (Transaction Codes) and
- Authority for Primary Name Changes.
- A change of address can be accepted by telephone. See IRM 21.1.3.20(3), Oral Statement Authority.
When changing a taxpayer's address on CC BNCHG, remember to update all required fields (Street Address, City, ZIP, etc.).
Note:
It is not necessary to input a transaction code when changing an address. A TC 014 generates when the change is posted.
When a previously assigned EIN is found during EIN assignment, do not update the address from Form SS-4 unless there is a clear indication of a change from the taxpayer. Clear indication of a change is correspondence that specifically requests an address change, Form 8822, Change of Address, or Form 8822-B, Change of Address or Responsible Party - Business. The taxpayer must sign the correspondence or form. Refer to IRM 3.13.2.4.6, Change of Address, and IRM 3.13.2.10.26, Correspondence requesting an Address Change, for additional information.
Exception:
See IRM 21.7.13.5.15, Home Care Service Recipients (HCSRs), for guidance for Home Care Service Recipients (HCSRs).
Note:
If inputting a foreign address, leave State field blank. See IRM 3.13.2.4.5, Foreign International Mailing and Location Addresses (other than APO, FPO, MP, FM, MH, PW, PR, GU, AS, and VI), for input information.
- If tax related correspondence is received, fax it to the correct campus/operation using the SERP - Referral Fax Numbers guide.
If entity related correspondence is received, route to the correct BMF Entity function using the table in IRM 21.7.13.7.2.2, Cases Forwarded to Submission Processing BMF Entity, paragraph (2).
Exception:
Correspondence received in Kansas City or Ogden Accounts Management should be routed to the BMF Entity Function in their directorate, regardless of the entity’s principal business location.
- The BMF ENTITY function can add, change, or delete filing requirements on the Master File using CC BNCHG, including some that must be entered or changed after an account has been set up on the BMF (they cannot be input using CC ESIGN).
Accounts Management Customer Service Representatives (CSRs) and the EIN function can also change filing requirements, but only if there has been no activity on the account.
- You must have a source document (letter from the taxpayer, returned CP 575, or signed Form SS-4 with correspondence) before making any change to the account.
- The EIN function will work account changes under OFP 710-01323.
- Notate the remarks section of CC BNCHG screen with source document information ("CP 575" , "Letter from TP" , "Signed SS-4" ).
- Refer to IRM 21.7.2.4.7.2 Form 944 Program — Opt-In and Opt-Out Inquiries, when a request to change the employment tax filing requirement is received.
Use the information in the table below to determine the correct action to take if:
- A legitimate employment code "F" filer was assigned an incorrect employment code, or
- An entity was assigned employment code "F" in error
Note:
If there is any account activity, including the presence of any tax modules, forward the correspondence to the correct BMF Entity function for correction.
If the organization Then 1)
- Is a legitimate "F" code filer, and
- Another employment code was assigned in error
- Remove any erroneous filing requirements, such as 1120 or 1065, and
- Change the employment code to "F."
2)
- Is not a legitimate "F" code filer, and
- Was assigned employment code "F" in error
- Remove any erroneous filing requirements
- Remove the "F" code, and
- Establish the entity with the correct employment code and filing requirements.
After updating the entity's account, forward the information to Adjustments so that the entity can be assessed penalty and interest under the correct filing requirements.
- ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡≡ ≡≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡
If EIN account information has been added or changed on the BMF, a system-generated transaction code, identifying the nature of the change can be viewed on:
- CC ENMOD (for approximately two weeks), and
- CC BMFOL (indefinitely)
The table below provides a list of generated transaction codes and the changes that they indicate. For a complete list of entity related transaction codes, see Document 6209, Master File Codes, - Transaction Codes.
Transaction code Indicates 005 and 006 The account has successfully merged to the current EIN from another number. A TC 006 (preceded by a TC 005) with a cross-reference TIN indicates a successful merge from the cross-reference TIN. 011 Changes TIN of an Account on the Master File or consolidates two TINs. 013 The Primary Name has changed. 014 The account address has changed. 016 Information in one or more of the following fields has changed:
- Payer Master File indicator
- BMF filing requirements
- Railroad Retirement Board Numbers
- Form 8123 Code
- Fiscal Year Month
- Employment Code
- Date of Death
- Sole Proprietor
- SSN Magnetic Tape/FTD code
- Sort Name
- Location Street address
- In-Care of Name.
030 Location codes have been updated when a change in campus code is involved. 052 Reverses all previously posted TC 053, 054, or 055 transactions. 053 The accounting period has changed as a result of Form 1128. 054 An FYM has been approved under Rev. Proc. 87-32. 055 An FYM has been approved under 444. 058 Form 8716 has been rejected. 059 Form 1128 has been rejected. 061 An election to be a Foreign Sales Corporation (FSC) or small FSC has been revoked. 062 The last FSC-related transaction (TC 061, 063, 064, or 065) has been reversed. 063 An election to be an FSC or small FSC has been received. 064 An election to be an FSC or small FSC has been denied. 065 Notification of revocation of an FSC or small FSC has been received. 066 An election to be an FSC or small FSC has been terminated. 070 A church has been exempted from Social Security taxes. 071 A church's exemption from Social Security taxes has been revoked. 072 TC 070 input in error has been reversed. 073 TC 071 input in error has been reversed. 076 Form 8832 has been processed at OSC or CSC. 093 Form 2553 , Election by a Small Business Corporation, received. 090 Indicates that beginning with the transaction date, the corporation will be taxed as a small business corporation. 094 Sub-Chapter S election denied.
The authority for making changes to a primary name line is delegated to the BMF Entity function.
- Any correspondence received after an EIN has been assigned, requesting a change to the primary name line, must be routed to the correct BMF Entity function. See IRM 21.7.13.7.2.2 , Cases Forwarded to Submission Processing BMF Entity.
If a phone call is received asking for a change to the primary name line, advise the taxpayer the request must be made in writing and must be signed by an authorized person. Provide the caller with the correct BMF Entity function address based on the entity’s principal business address. All correspondence processed in BMF Entity has a 30-day turnaround. Refer to IRM 3.13.2.2.9, BMF Entity Turnaround Times.
Note:
For Limited Liability Companies (LLCs), partnerships, and corporations, advise the caller that the request must include a copy of the Articles of Amendment that were filed with the state that authorized the name change. Refer to IRM 3.13.2.10.24, Changes to Primary Name Line.
Accounts Management employees working EIN paper or phones cannot make changes to the primary name line but can make corrections. Corrections include misspellings, incomplete names, any missing or incorrect suffixes, finger errors, etc. These corrections can be made via correspondence or phone call. If the correction impacts the Name Control, refer the case to BMF Entity function. Perform all necessary research prior to making any corrections to ensure the name change does not require the assignment of a new EIN.
Reminder:
If a taxpayer (corporation, partnership, LLC) asks that the word "the" be added to their primary name line, explain that IRS generally does not include the word "the" in the name line. If the taxpayer is insistent, add the word "the" in the name line with a bracket so the name control remains unchanged i.e., THE]ABC CORP. Using the bracket, the name control will remain ABCC.
Note:
To add or change information on a newly established EIN displayed on CC ENMOD as a “Dummy Entity”, overlay CC ENMOD with CC ENREQ. Enter a “1” in position 20 of line 1 and transmit to access CC BNCHG. Input the additional or corrected information and use a posting delay code as appropriate. See IRM 21.5.2.4.17 , Posting Delay Code (PDC), for additional information.
Accounts Management employees working EIN paper or phones can make changes to the second name line (Sort Name line field) on sole proprietor accounts only.
Note:
Sole proprietors generally have their business name, trade name, or doing business as name (DBA) in the Sort Name line field.
Exception:
Employees working EIN paper: If the sole proprietor’s mailing address on Form SS-4 differs from the address of record, do not update the DBA. See IRM 21.7.13.4.2.4(1) row 5, If an EIN is Found/Not Found.
- Requests for updates to the second name line (Sort Name line field) for all other entity types must be sent to the appropriate BMF Entity mailing address in IRM 21.7.13.7.2.2, Cases Forwarded to Submission Processing BMF Entity.
- See IRM 21.1.3.20(3), Oral Statement Authority, for additional information about change requests that can be accepted during a phone call.
- This subsection contains information that is referenced throughout this IRM as well as supplemental information that can be used for occasional reference, or when additional detail is needed when performing the EIN job function.
The table below identifies the correct campus to which taxpayers should apply for an EIN (fax and mail), based on the entity's location.
If the principal business, office or agency, or legal residence in the case of an individual, is located in: File or fax to: One of the 50 states or the District of Columbia Internal Revenue Service
ATTN: EIN Operation
Cincinnati, OH 45999
Fax: (855) 641-6935If no legal residence, principal office or principal agency in any state or the District of Columbia (International/US Possessions) Internal Revenue Service
ATTN: EIN International Operation
Cincinnati, OH 45999
Fax: (855) 215-1627 (within the U.S.)
Fax: (304) 707-9471 (outside the U.S.)
- This subsection contains information on processing timeframes and batching requirements.
All EIN cases must be worked within a timeframe based on the IRS received date, unless otherwise noted. Work must be batched by the end of the day or the time designated as the end of the day.
Note:
Faxed applications received in EIN operations after 1 PM Eastern Time are considered received the next business day.
Reminder:
Faxed application are worked in PEGA. See IRM 21.7.13.8, Introduction to Enterprise File Storage (EFS) PEGA.
Use the table below to determine appropriate processing timeframes.
Work type Required timeframe (from IRS received date) SS-4 (Fax) 4 business days
SS-4 (Mail) 30 days
Banklist (fax receipts) 10 business days Banklist (mail receipts) 10 business days from receipt in Accounts Management Banklist unit EIN CP Notice Responses 30 days General EIN Correspondence 30 days - Responses to CP Notices and general EIN correspondence are subject to Policy Statement P-21-3 requirements, per IRM 21.3.3.4.2, Policy Statement P-21-3 Procedures. If cases cannot be closed before the 30th day, the taxpayer must be contacted by telephone and advised when it will be resolved, or Letter 2645C, Interim Letter, must be issued.
Forward correspondence concerning the following issues to BMF Entity:
- Form 8716 and Form 1128 FYM changes
Removing filing requirements in an account that has account activity
Note:
See IRM 21.7.13.6.5.2, Authority for Changing Filing Requirements, for filing requirement changes on an account with no activity.
Reminder:
Refer to IRM 21.7.2.4.7.2, Form 944 Program — Opt-In and Opt-Out Inquiries, when a request to change the employment tax filing requirement is received.
- All Account Merges (TC 011) regardless of account activity
- Closing an account (regardless of account activity)
- Transferring filing extensions between accounts
- Estates claiming Form 1041 filing requirements not required due to the amount of income interest received
- Changes in corporate officers, general partners, or members, for example, after the account has been established
- Verification of EIN for Backup Withholding (Fiscal Agents)
- FYM changes with account activity
Change in BOD with account activity
Reminder:
BOD changes can be made on an account with no activity. Supporting documentation from the taxpayer (e.g., proof of when the business began) is not required.
- Change in WPD with account activity
Changes to the Primary Name Line
Note:
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.6.5.6(1), Authority for Making Primary Name Line Changes, when a phone call is received asking for a change to the primary name line.
Changes to the Second Name Line/Sort Name Line
Exception:
Accounts Management employees working EIN paper or phones can make changes to the second name line (Sort Name Line field) on sole proprietor accounts only Refer to IRM 21.7.13.6.5.7, Authority for Making Second Name Line/Sort Name Line Changes.
When correspondence described in paragraph 1 above is received in either Kansas City or Ogden Accounts Management, forward to the BMF Entity function in your directorate. All other locations follow the table below:
IF the entity’s principal business, office or agency is located in: THEN send BMF correspondence to BMF Entity: Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Tennessee, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia or Wisconsin
Internal Revenue Service
333 W. Pershing Rd
Mail Stop 6055 S-2
Kansas City, MO 64108Alabama, Alaska, Arizona, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oklahoma, Oregon, South Dakota, Texas, Utah, Washington, Wyoming, or any place outside of the United States
Internal Revenue Service
Stop 6273
Ogden, UT 84201- Processing timeline for BMF entity cases see IRM 3.13.2.2.9, BMF Entity Turnaround Times.
- Incoming mail is delivered to the AM EIN function clerical support area, or is picked up at least daily by an EIN function designee from the correct area(s).
The mail is categorized when it is sorted. Items that belong in a different category are sorted, as appropriate.
- The sorter must have a working knowledge of EIN cases.
- Each category may be sub-sorted at the option of each campus.
Certain types of cases cannot be delivered to EIN function through mail, but are hand carried to the manager or designee. It is the responsibility of the manager or designee to batch these cases within the proper working timeframes.
- If work has been batched under an incorrect category, it can only be re-batched during the initial week.
If work is batched under a given category, and it is necessary to suspense any of the items in the batch or even the entire batch, do not move the batch/work to a category with a longer aging criteria.
Caution:
If you receive information that allows a suspended case to be processed (such as correspondence, research or documents), do not close the case and reopen it with a new received date.
This subsection contains:
- An overview of the CC ESIGN screen
- Information on how to complete the fields
The ESIGN command code is used to enter taxpayer information. The taxpayer information can be entered:
- Without an EIN, if one is not found
- With an EIN, if one is found but is not established on the appropriate Master File
If a specific EIN is not entered on the ESIGN screen, one is generated from the EIN Assignment Control File (EACF).
Note:
The new EIN is validated using the National Account Profile (NAP) to ensure that the EIN does not already exist on the Master File.
- The first two digits of the EIN indicate the prefix for the campus that assigns the EIN.
- The third digit of the EIN indicates whether the account is a regular series, or an estate/trust 6/7 million series.
Validation checks are performed to assure that the input data is as accurate and consistent as possible.
- If all fields are valid, an EIN is assigned to the taxpayer's account.
- If invalid conditions are present, the input data is re-displayed and errors are identified with an asterisk (*) next to the item.
After an EIN is assigned, the taxpayer's information is immediately stored on the following databases:
- Name Search Facility (NSF), and
- BMF Taxpayer Information File (BTIF) or EPMF Taxpayer Information File (ZTIF)
The table below describes the information contained in each of these databases and the command code used to access it.
Database Description Command Code 1) Name Search Facility Contains the taxpayer name and address Use CC NAMEE. 2) EPMF Taxpayer Information File Contains the taxpayer's account information Use CC ENMOD.
- EIN is not a required field.
- If a valid EIN is available, enter it in this field. If not, a new EIN is assigned.
- The first two characters of the EIN must be a valid EIN prefix. See IRM 21.7.13.2.4, How an EIN is Assigned.
- The Master File indicator (MFI) is a required field. It identifies where an EIN will be established or assigned.
- The valid entries for this field are B, O, and P.
The table below describes when to use each MFI code.
MFI Code When to Use Examples B Use this indicator code to:
- Send the record to BMF with a TC 000, and
- Establish BMF filing requirements
Taxpayer
- Is filing any BMF tax return
- Is a trust, estate, or multi-member LLC
- Is a partnership
- Is a corporation
- Has employees
- Accepts wagering
- Owns a heavy vehicle for hauling
- Is a withholding agent (TEFRA)
- Is a pension/profit sharing/retirement plan and filing a BMF return
- Is a REMIC
- Is an unincorporated business organization trust and is filing a BMF return.
- Is a political organization under Section 527 or Form 8871 will be filed.
O Use this indicator code to
- Send the record to the BMF with a TC 000, and
- Establish the entity with no filing requirements
- Exempt organizations
- Social clubs
- Pension/profit sharing/retirement plan not filing a BMF return
- Mutual fund investment companies with Form 1096 filing requirements
- Lottery clubs
- Administrator of a pension plan
- Individuals with household employees
- Disregarded entities under Check the Box rule (Form 8832)
P Use this indicator code only to:
- Assign a new EIN to a sponsor or employer of a plan
- Send the record to BMF and EPMF with a TC 000, and
- Establish the entity with no filing requirements
Sponsor or employer of a plan.
- The location code is a required field.
The table below describes criteria for location code.
Location Code Input Criteria 1) Number and type of characters This field must contain four numeric characters. 2) First two characters Must be a valid EIN prefix code. 3) Last two characters The entry of 00 for the Area Office Code is already displayed in the field.
- The application case identifier is not a required field.
- This field is used to enter an EACS (EP/EO Application Control System) (IDRS) application case identifier. It is an 11 character field with 9 numerics and 2 alpha characters. Otherwise, this field will be blank.
- This subsection contains information for name fields.
- Name Control is a required field.
- The Name Control must match the Name Control indicated in the Primary Name line.
The table below describes field requirements for the Name Control field.
Name Control Input Field Requirements 1) Number of characters allowed Four alpha and/or numeric characters 2) First character Must be alpha or numeric 3) Last three characters Can be:
- Alpha
- Numeric
- Blank
- The special characters, hyphen (-) or ampersand (&)
- Do not alter the Name Control displayed on the Plan Case Control File (PCCF), if the Master File Indicator is "B" or "O" and the EACS (EP/EO Application Control System (IDRS) case number is present. See IRM 2.4.8.4, EACS Employee Plan/Exempt Organization (EP/EO) Processing, for more information.
- For examples of BMF Name Control, see Document 7071-A, Name Control Job Aid - For Use Outside of the Entity Area.
This subsection contains information on Primary Name input, including:
- Basic information on Primary Name input
- Primary Name input field requirements
- Information on names of Spanish extraction.
- Primary name is a required field.
The table below describes field requirements for the Primary Name field.
Primary Name Input Field Requirements 1) Number of characters allowed 35 characters per line 2) First character Must be alpha or numeric 3) Subsequent characters Can be:
- Alpha
- Numeric
- Blank, or
- The special characters, hyphen (-), ampersand (&), or bracket (]).
Use the table below to handle special circumstances when making field entries for Primary Name.
Primary Name - Special Circumstances Instruction 1) Invalid characters, such as a period (.) or a plus sign (+) The special characters plus (+) and dot (.) will be spelled out in the primary and sort name fields. For example Tires + Mufflers Inc will be entered as TIRES PLUS MUFFLERS INC, Taxpayer.org will be entered as TAXPAYER DOT ORG as we know the period is pronounced dot in the name.
2) Backward (\) and forward (/) slashes Substitute a hyphen (-). 3) Apostrophe (') Drop the apostrophe and do not leave a space. 4) "The" used in a primary name Delete "the" in the primary name, unless it is followed by only one word. In this case, do not delete "the" (THE FLAMINGO).
Many names of Spanish extraction include two surnames. The name control is derived from the first surname. In these cases, the mother's surname (Matronymic) is the last name and must be part of the Primary Name input.
- The phrase "DEL" , "DE" , or "DE LA" , before a Hispanic name is part of the last name. If the phrase appears before a non-Hispanic name, do not delete it, but do not consider it part of the taxpayer's last name.
- Senor (Mr.), Senora (Mrs.), Hijos (sons), and Hermanos (brothers) can appear in business names.
Delete the following titles:
- ESP
- EST DE
- ESPOSA DE (wife of VDA)
- VDA
- DE VIUD (widow of)
- Senor
- Senora
- Hijos
- Hermanos
- See Document 7071-A, Name Control Job Aid - For Use Outside of the Entity Area for additional information and examples.
- The Continuation of Primary Name field is not a required field and information can be entered in this field only if information has been entered in the Primary Name field. The first position is a bracket (]). Subsequent positions may be alphabetic, numeric, hyphen (-), ampersand (&), or blank.
- Do not split a word between the Primary Name line and the Continuation of Primary Name line.
The table below describes field requirements for the Continuation of Primary Name field.
Continuation of Primary Name Input Field Requirements 1) Number of characters allowed 35 characters per line 2) Characters Can be:
- Alpha
- Numeric
- Blank, or
- The special characters, hyphen (-) or ampersand (&)
This subsection contains information on Sort name input, including:
- Basic information on Sort Name input and
- Sort Name field requirements.
- Sort Name is not a required field.
- The Sort Name is another way to locate the taxpayer. When a Sort Name is identified on input, Master File also identifies the Sort Name. This allows the Sort Name to be used on the EIN Key Index File (CC NAMEB) and the Names Search Facility (CC NAMES and NAMEE) to locate the taxpayer.
- CC ESIGN will not allow the Primary Name line and the Sort Name line to be identical or match more than 15 characters.
Use the Sort Name for:
- A business/trade name, if it is different from the primary name on line 1 of the Form SS-4
- A trustee of a trust, if the trustee is an individual
An administrator/executor (or other title) of an estate, if it is an individual
A general partner (if an individual), if the partnership does not have both a legal name and a business/trade name. (Do not put another business entity as a general partner in the Sort Name line).
Note:
The IAT EIN Assignment Tool and ESIGN will allow for 35 characters of input to be input on the Sort Name line. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.6.4.2, Sort Name Input Field Requirements, for input information.
- Specific information for identification, such as the local number, district number, unit number, school name, or government division.
Do not identify the following as a Sort Name:
- An In-Care of Name, unless it is an individual trustee or personal representative
- A financial or banking institution
- A location address, or
- A corporation's officer's name, such as president or vice-president
The table below describes field requirements for Sort Name.
Sort Name Input Field Requirements 1) Number of characters allowed 35 characters per line 2) First character Must be alpha or numeric 3) Subsequent characters Can be:
- Alpha
- Numeric
- Blank, or
- The special characters, hyphen (-) or ampersand (&)
Use the table below to handle special circumstances when inputting the Sort Name.
- Care of Name field is not a required field.
Do not input a Care of Name:
- If the Primary Name or the Sort Name line is identical to the Care of Name, or
- If it is determined that the Care of Name is that of a third party and there is no valid Form 2848, Form 8821, or taxpayer signed Form SS-4 that addresses other tax matters in addition to the Form SS-4.
The table below describes field requirements for Care of Name.
In-Care of Name Input Field Requirements 1) Number of characters allowed 35 characters per line 2) Characters Can be:
- Alpha
- Numeric
- Blank, or
- The special characters, hyphen (-) or ampersand (&)
- Any characters following two or more sequential blanks are invalid.
Use the information in the table below to handle special circumstances when inputting field entries for the Care of Name.
- This subsection contains information on domestic and foreign addresses.
- Foreign Street Address is not a required field.
The table below describes a Foreign Street Address.
Foreign Street Address Input Field Requirements 1) Number of characters allowed 35 characters per line 2) First character Must be alpha or numeric 3) Subsequent characters Can be:
- Alpha
- Numeric
- Blank, or
- The special characters, hyphen (-) or slash (/)
- The Mail Street or Foreign City/ZIP is either a foreign city or the mailing street address.
The table below describes the field requirements for Mail Street or Foreign City/ZIP. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.8, Address Formatting Guidelines, for address formatting guidelines.
Mail Street or Foreign City/ZIP Input Field Requirements 1) Number of characters allowed 35 characters per line 2) Characters Can be:
- Alpha
- Numeric
- Blank, or
- The special characters, hyphen (-) or slash (/)
- This subsection contains information on the Mail City/State/ZIP or Foreign Country Field.
- The Mail City/State/ZIP or Foreign Country field is a required field.
The correct entry for the Mail City/State/ZIP or Foreign Country field is either a:
- Foreign country
- City/State/ZIP or Major City Code/ZIP
When inputting a foreign country:
- Check to be sure information is entered in the Foreign Address line.
- Do not abbreviate the country name.
Input the country in the city field followed by a comma (,) period (.).
- Leave the ZIP Code blank.
- See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.8.4, ESIGN Entity Input for Foreign Addresses, for examples of Foreign Address input.
The table below describes the field requirements for Mail Street or Foreign City/ZIP. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.8, Address Formatting Guidelines, for address formatting guidelines.
City Name Input Field Requirements 1) Number of characters allowed 3 to 22 characters 2) Characters (except the last character) Can be:
- Alpha, or
- Blank
3) Last character Last character must be a comma (,) followed immediately by the State Code. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.8.3, Domestic Foreign Addresses, for Army Post Office (APO)/ Fleet Post Office (FPO)and US Territories State Codes. - Never abbreviate a city, unless using a Major City Code. A valid Major City Code can be used in place of the City and State names, and can be used by any campus. See Document 7475, State and Address Abbreviations, Major City Codes (MCCs), ZIP Codes and Countries for a listing of MCCs.
When inputting a Major City Code
- Follow the code with two commas (,,).
- Input a ZIP Code.
If not using an MCC, input a valid two-character State Code after the comma following the city. Input a space after the State Code and input the ZIP Code.
A ZIP Code must be five to nine numeric characters. A valid range for the first five characters is 00601 to 99999. Both the fourth and fifth digits cannot be 00. See Document 7475, State and Address Abbreviations, Major City Codes (MCCs), ZIP Codes and Countries for a list of valid State Codes and ZIP Codes.
- Do not enter a ZIP Code for a foreign address.
- The ZIP Code entered must be valid for the State Code entered.
- The computer automatically expands the nine digit mailing ZIP Code to 12 digits for TC 000, TC 014, and TC 019.
- The Finalist Program expands the rest of the ZIP Codes to 12 digits.
- The Location Street Address is the physical location of a business. A business may have two addresses: the mailing address and the location address.
- Formatting requirements are the same as those for the Mail Street or Foreign City ZIP line. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.8, Address Formatting Guidelines.
Use the table below to input a City/State/ZIP Location address.
If inputting a Then 1) Domestic City/State/ZIP Location address Follow instructions for input of Mail City/State/ZIP or Foreign Country line input. (See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.3, Mail Street or Foreign City/ZIP or Foreign Country Field.) Input a comma between the State field and the ZIP Code field.
2) Foreign City/State/ZIP Location address - Ensure that the location street address has been input
- Input a location city of at least three alpha characters
- Input a location country of at least three alpha characters followed by a comma (,) in the location state field, and
- Input a period (.) in the location Zip Code field.
- This subsection contains information on address formatting guidelines.
- This subsection contains information on handling domestic mailing and location addresses.
- Mail is delivered to the last street address immediately preceding the city, state and ZIP Code.
If both a location address and a mailing address are present, input the:
- Location address on the location address line, and
- Location City, State and ZIP Code on the location City/State/ZIP line. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.7.5, Location City/State/ZIP Input, for information on inputting the location City/State/ZIP line.
- To delete a location address, input two dollar signs ($$) in the first two positions of the Location Street Address using CC BNCHG.
Observe the guidelines below when inputting the mailing or location street address information:
Do not leave a blank space between the house or building number and a suffix.
- Always input a house or building number. Do not accept a building name in place of a numeric. Contact the taxpayer, if necessary.
- Always input items such as the suite, apartment number, or room number at the end of the street address line.
- Always input the street suffix such as street, drive, lane, or terrace, if present.
- Always include the street directional such as North (N), South (S), East (E), or West (W).
- Input fractions as a slash (/).
- If the address contains a hyphen (-) such as 289–01 MAIN ST, enter the hyphen as part of the address. When entering a hyphen in an address, do not leave a space before the hyphen.
- If the address contains a pound sign (#) such as 1532 MAIN ST #15, input as 1532 MAIN ST 15.
- If the address contains an abbreviation for "number" , such as No. 15 MAIN ST or Num 15 MAIN ST, input as 15 MAIN ST.
Abbreviate the first direction and leave the second direction spelled out if there are two directions in a street address.
- Change Rural Federal Delivery (RFD) and RD to RR. Delete any leading zeros.
- Substitute the word "and" for the ampersand (&).
Convert decimals to fractions.
- A Private Mailbox (PMB) must be entered at the end of the address, regardless of where it is shown. It should always be included with the street address. Example: Private Mailbox 3, 102 S. 38 should be entered as 102 S 38 PMB 3.
- A Post Office (PO) Box is always the mailing address, if present.
- When changing the mailing address from a street address to a PO box number, retain the street address as a location address as an audit trail for locating taxpayers.
- For trusts and estates only, if the taxpayer indicates the street address is the mailing address and the PO Box is the location address, leave the PO Box as the location address.
If no street address or PO Box is provided by the taxpayer, input the word "Local" on the street address line.
- If the city or state is missing or incomplete and the ZIP Code is present, research the ZIP Code Directory, numeric section, to determine the city and state. If the city or state cannot be determined from the available information, make one attempt to contact the taxpayer by phone. If contact cannot be made, destroy the EIN application using proper security guidelines.
- If the ZIP Code is missing, research the ZIP Code Directory and enter the ZIP Code.
- If the city is listed as a major city, the Major City Code can be input in place of the city and state information on the mailing address and location address.
- For information on State Abbreviations, Major City Codes and Address Abbreviations, see Document 7475, State and Address Abbreviations, Major City Codes (MCCs), ZIP Codes and Countries.
Always use the following street address abbreviations.
Exception:
Abbreviate East, North, South, and West only when it is used as a direction of a street, avenue, etc. Also, never abbreviate street names such as "222 Second St.," "22 Third St." , or "1110 Boulevard Ln." that are spelled out by the taxpayer.
Word Abbreviation Word Abbreviation Air Force Base AFB Northeast NE Apartment APT Northwest NW Avenue AVE One-fourth, one-half etc. 1/1, 1/1, etc. Boulevard BLVD Parkway PKY/PKWY Building BLDG Place PL Care of % Post Office Box PO BOX In care of % Road RD Circle CIR Room RM Court CT Rural Route RR Department DEPT Route RT Drive DR Rural Delivery RR East E South S Floor FL Southeast SE General Delivery GEN DEL Southwest SW Highway HWY Street ST Highway Contract HC Suite STE Lane LN Terrace TER North N West W - Plurals for street, road, avenue, etc., will be entered as STS, RDS, AVES, etc.
- If additional address abbreviations are needed to fit the 35 character limit, see USPS Acceptable Address Abbreviations in Section 4 of Document 7475, State and Address Abbreviations, Major City Codes (MCCs), ZIP Codes and Countries
This subsection contains information on domestic foreign addresses, including:
- APO/FPO State Codes and
- Territories and possessions State Codes.
The table below lists the state codes that must be used in place of the city and state.
Geographic Location State Code Zip Code Americas AA 340nn Europe AE 090nn - 098nn Pacific AP 962nn - 966nn Always enter "APO" and "FPO" in the address. The APO/FPO addresses are not considered foreign addresses and cannot be assigned the EIN prefix "66" , which is used for domestic foreign addresses. APO or FPO addresses must be transcribed with the correct two-character state code followed by the corresponding unique five-digit ZIP code. When APO or FPO is used, do not enter any other data in the city field. See the table below for instructions on entering these addresses on CC ESIGN:
If the address is Enter on CC ESIGN as APO New York NY, 091nn APO AE 091nn FPO San Francisco, CA 962nn FPO AP 962nn
The table below lists the territories and possessions that are not entered as foreign addresses and require a valid State Code and Zip Code. If an EIN request (mail or fax) is received from one of the territories listed below, refer the case to the Cincinnati campus for processing. The EIN prefix is "66" .
Note:
EIN international phone calls from foreign entities are worked by Cincinnati and Ogden. If a call is received in a location other than Cincinnati or Ogden, provide the caller with the:
EIN International phone number (267) 941-1099 (not a toll-free number) and hours of operation 6:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. Eastern Time Monday through Friday and/or
Fax number (855) 215-1627 if faxing within the U.S. or (304) 707-9471 if faxing from outside the U.S.Country State Code Zip Code American Samoa AS 96799 Federated States of Micronesia FM 969nn Guam GU 969nn Northern Mariana Islands MP 969nn Palau PW 969nn Puerto Rico PR 006nn, 007nn, 009nn U.S. Virgin Islands VI 008nn
- The examples below show ESIGN input for foreign addresses.
Example 1:
ESIGN INPUT SCREEN NAME AND ADDRESS Foreign - Street - Address PO BOX 00100 Mail - Street - or - Foreign - City/ZIP ABCWINNIPEG Mail - City/State/ZIP - or - Foreign Country CANADA,. Location - Street - Address 0060 ABCEAGLE DR Location - City/State/ZIP BOWIE, MD, 000249 Example 2
ESIGN INPUT SCREEN NAME AND ADDRESS Foreign-Street-Address 00102 ABCHANOVER SQUARE Mail-Street-or-Foreign-City/ZIP LONDON WIADP Mail-City/State/ZIP-or-Foreign Country ENGLAND,. Location-Street-Address 002 ABCLOUVRE Location-City/State/ZIP PARIS, FRANCE,. Example 3
ESIGN INPUT SCREEN NAME AND ADDRESS Foreign-Street-Address ST COME LINIERE Mail-Street-or-Foreign-City/ZIP BEAUCE QUEBEC Mail-City/State/ZIP-or-Foreign Country CANADA,. Location-Street-Address Location-City/State/ZIP
- A filing requirement is used to identify the type of return required to be filed by the taxpayer. If a taxpayer is required to file a return and does not, this input is used to perform a delinquency check.
- Whenever an account is established on the BMF (that is, when the Master File Indicator is "B" ), it must have a filing requirement established.
- This subsection contains input requirements for the various filing requirement fields on the CC ESIGN screen.
- A Form 941, Employers QUARTERLY Federal Tax Return (Withholding and FICA Taxes) filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file this tax return.
The table below identifies valid codes for a Form 941 filing requirement, as well as any additional requirements:
Filing Requirement Code Other Requirements 1) Form 941 (other than Employment Code "F" ) 01 - Form 940 filing requirement must be 1.
- Wages Paid Date must be input.
2) Form 941 (Employment Code "F" ) 02 - Employment Code must be "F."
- Form 940 and Form 943 filing requirements must be blank.
- Wages Paid Date must be input.
3) Form 941 (Taxpayers located in the Virgin Islands, Guam, and American Samoa)
01 - Location Code must be 6600.
- Form 940 must be blank.
- Wages Paid Date must be input.
4) Form 941 (Taxpayers located in Puerto Rico)
01 - Location Code must be 6600.
- Form 940 filing requirement must be 1.
- Wages Paid Date must be input.
- A Form 940 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file an Employers Annual Federal Unemployment Tax Return.
The table below identifies valid codes for a Form 940 filing requirement, as well as any additional requirements:
- A Form 943 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file an Employer’s Annual Federal Tax Return for Agricultural Employees.
The table below identifies valid codes for a Form 943 filing requirement, as well as any additional requirements:
Filing Requirement Code Other Requirements 1) Form 943 1 - Wages Paid Date must be input.
- Employment code must not be "F."
2) Form 943 (Taxpayers located in Puerto Rico)
1 - Location Code must be 6600.
- Wages Paid Date must be input.
- A Form 945 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file an Annual Withheld Income Tax return.
- Input a 1 on the ESIGN screen to establish a filing requirement for Form 945 only if it can be determined or the taxpayer indicates that they are liable to file a Form 945.
- A 2290 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file a Heavy Vehicle Use Tax return.
- Input 1 to establish a filing requirement for Form 2290.
- A 1041 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file a U.S. Income Tax Return for Trusts and Estates.
The table below identifies valid codes for a 1041 filing requirement, as well as any additional requirements:
Filing Requirement Code Other Requirements 1) Form 1041, U.S. Income Tax Return for Estates and Trusts required 1 - Fiscal Year Month must be input, and
- A filing requirement for Form 1065, 1066, or 1120 must not be input.
2) Form 1041-QFT , U.S. Income Tax Return for Qualified Funeral Trusts filer 9 - Fiscal Year Month must be input, and
- A filing requirement for Form 1065, 1066, or 1120 must not be input.
- A 1065 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file a U.S. Return of Partnership Income.
- Input 1 on the ESIGN screen to establish a filing requirement for Form 1065.
Other Requirements:
- A Fiscal Year Month must be input.
- A filing requirement for Form 1041, 1066, or 1120 must not be input.
- A 3520 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file an Annual Return To Report Transactions With Foreign Trusts .
- Input 1 on the ESIGN screen to establish a filing requirement for Form 3520.
A Form 1120 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file a U.S. corporate tax return.
Note:
Do not assign a Form 1120 filing requirement to a company that incorporates in Puerto Rico and operates in Puerto Rico, with no income effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. The EIN function should only be assigning employment tax filing requirements (e.g., Form 940, Form 941 Form 943), if applicable.
Other Requirements:
- A Fiscal Year Month must be input.
- A filing requirement for Form 1065, Form 1066, or Form 1041 must not be input.
The table below identifies valid codes for an 1120 filing requirement.
Filing Requirement Code 1) Form 1120, U.S. Corporation Income Tax Return 01 or 07
07 is not assigned during Form SS-4 processing.2) Form 1120-S, U.S. Income Tax Return for an S Corporation 02
This filing requirement is not assigned during Form SS-4 processing.3) Form 1120-L, U.S. Life Insurance Company Income Tax Return 03
This filing requirement generally is not assigned during Form SS-4 processing.4) Form 1120-PC, U. S. Property and Casualty Insurance Company Income Tax Return 04
This filing requirement generally is not assigned during Form SS-4 processing.5) Form 1120-F, Income Tax Return of a Foreign Corporation 06 Form 1120-POL, U.S. Income Tax Return for Certain Political Organizations 09 6) Form 1120-H, U. S. Income Tax Return for Homeowners Associations 10 7) Form 1120-ND, Return for Nuclear Decommissioning Funds and Certain Related Persons 11
This filing requirement is not assigned during Form SS-4 processing.8) Form 1120-SF , U.S. Tax Income Tax Return for Settlement Funds (under 468B) 16
9) Form 1120-RIC , U.S. Tax Return for Regulated Investment Companies, required 17 10) Form 1120-REIT , U.S. Income Tax Return for Real Estate Investment Trusts, required 18 11) Form 1120 required for a Personal Service Corp. 19
- A Form 720 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file a Quarterly Federal Excise Tax Return.
- Excise taxes are taxes paid when purchases are made on a specific good, such as gasoline or tanning bed services. Excise taxes are often included in the price of the product. There are also excise taxes on activities, such as on wagering or on highway usage by trucks.
The table below identifies valid codes for a Form 720 filing requirement.
Filing Requirement Code 1) Form 720 required quarterly. 1 2) Form 720 casual filer. Return not required quarterly. 4
This filing requirement is not assigned during Form SS-4 processing.
- A Form 730 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file a Monthly Tax Return for Wagers.
- Input 1 on the ESIGN screen to establish a filing requirement for Form 730.
- Other Requirements: The filing requirement for Form 11-C must also be 1.
- A Form 11-C filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file an Occupational Tax and Registration Return for Wagering.
- Input 1 on the ESIGN screen to establish a filing requirement for Form 11-C.
- Other Requirements: The filing requirement for Form 730 must also be 1, unless the box "Other" is checked and remarks on the line also indicate filing requirement of 11-C.
- A CT-1 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file an Employer’s Annual Railroad Retirement Tax Return.
- A CT-1 filing requirement is not assigned by the EIN Assignment teams. The following is for information only.
The table below identifies valid codes for a CT-1 filing requirement.
Filing Requirement Code 1) Form CT-1 required for a local lodge or subordinate unit of a parent railway company. 1 2) Form CT-1 required for a parent railway organization. 2 Other Requirements:
- Form 940 must be blank.
- Form 941 must be 01.
- A Railroad Retirement Number must be input.
- A Form 1066 filing requirement indicates that the taxpayer is required to file a U.S. Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (REMIC) Income Tax Return.
- Input 1 to establish a filing requirement for Form 1066.
- Other Requirements: A filing requirement for Form 1120, Form 1065, or Form 1041 must not be input.
- A Form 1042 filing requirement indicates that the taxpayer is required to file an Annual Withholding Tax Return for U.S. Source Income of Foreign Persons.
- Input 1 to establish a filing requirement for Form 1042.
Nonresident Alien date must also be input (MMYYYY) and must be later than 121984. (Form SS-4, Line 15).
- A Form 944 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file Form 944, Employers ANNUAL Federal Tax Return.
The table below identifies valid codes for a 944 filing requirement, as well as any additional requirements:
Filing Requirement Code Other Requirements 1) Form 944 (other than employment code "F" ) 01 - Employment code must be "G" , "M" , "W" , or blank.
- Form 940 filing requirement must be 1 (except employment code W).
- Wages Paid Date must be input.
2) Form 944 (Employment code F) 02 - Employment Code must be "F," and
- Form 940 and Form 943 filing requirements must be blank.
- Wages Paid Date must be input.
3) Form 944 (Taxpayers located in the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa)
01 - Location code must be 6600.
- Employment code must be blank.
- Form 940 filing requirement must be blank.
- Wages Paid Date must be input.
4) Form 944 (Taxpayers located in Puerto Rico)
01 - Location Code must be 6600.
- Form 940 filing requirement must be 1.
- Wages Paid Date must be input.
Note:
Additional filing requirement code 11 is for seasonal or intermittent filers, but is not input during Form SS-4 processing.
- The fiscal year month (FYM) is a required field only for filing requirements 1041, 1065, or 1120.
- The FYM is the month in which the fiscal year of the entity ends.
The values for this field are 01 – 12, with each number corresponding to a month.
- The employment code is not a required field.
Use the table below to determine which employment code to enter.
If the entity is Enter employment code IRM Reference 1) A government agency acting as an Employer (Fiscal) Agent under IRC 3504 A See IRM 21.7.13.5.14, Section 3504 Agent. 2) A United States Government agency F See IRM 21.7.13.7.4.3, Employment Code “F” : Federal Government Agencies. 3) A state or local government agency G See IRM 21.7.13.7.4.4, Employment Code “G” : State and Local Government Agencies. 4) An Indian Tribal Government I See IRM 21.7.13.7.4.6, Employment Code “I” : Indian Tribal Entities. 5) A maritime industry M See IRM 21.7.13.7.4.5, Employment Code “M” : Maritime Industry Entities. 6) A Form 2032, Contract Coverage Under Title II of the Social Security Act, filer S 7) Non-profit organization under IRC 501(c)(3), IRC 501(e), IRC 501(f), and IRC 501(k). W See IRM 21.7.13.7.4.2, Employment Code “W” : Section 501 Organizations.
- This subsection contains information about the input of miscellaneous fields on ESIGN.
- The Federal Tax Deposit (FTD) suppression indicator is not an input field. It is generated based on the type of form the taxpayer is required to file.
- The Master File indicator must be B.
In cross reference (XREF) TIN type, enter:
- 0 if a SSN/ITIN has been provided
- 2 if an EIN has been provided
- 9 if no SSN/ITIN/EIN will be entered into the SSN/ITIN/EIN field or no SSN will be entered into the Sole Proprietor SSN field when establishing a Sole Proprietorship. Continue to follow established guidance throughout this IRM to determine if a cross reference TIN is needed.
- The SSN/ITIN/EIN is required if a XREF TIN type is entered.
Enter the nine digit cross reference SSN/ITIN or EIN.
Exception:
If the applicant has indicated they are Amish, a cross reference SSN or ITIN is not required.
Lines 7a and 7b of Form SS-4 must contain the name and TIN of the responsible party for all entity types.
Exception:
Sole Proprietors may provide their SSN/ITIN on line 9a. Responsible parties who do not have or are ineligible to obtain an SSN or ITIN must write "N/A" or "Foreign." An entry is required.
The responsible party is the person who ultimately owns or controls the entity or who exercises ultimate effective control over the entity. The person identified as the responsible party should have a level of control over, or entitlement to, the funds or assets in the entity that, as a practical matter, enables the person, directly or indirectly, to control, manage, or direct the entity and disposition of its funds and assets. Unless the applicant is a government entity the responsible party must be an individual (i.e., a natural person), not an entity.
- For entities with shares or interests traded on a public exchange, or which are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, "responsible party" is (a) the principal officer, if the entity is a corporation; or (b) a general partner, if a partnership. The general requirement that the responsible party be an individual applies to these entities. For example, if a corporation is the general partner of a public traded partnership for which Form SS-4 is filed, then the responsible party for the partnership is the principle officer of the corporation.
- For tax-exempt organizations, the responsible party is generally the same as the principal officer as defined in the Form 990 instructions.
- For government entities, the responsible party is generally the agency or agency representatives in a position to legally bind the particular government entity.
- For trusts, the responsible party is a grantor, owner, or trustor.
- The IRS became aware of the use of nominees in the EIN application process. A nominee is temporarily authorized to act on behalf of entities during the business formation process in an effort to conceal the true responsible party of the newly created entity. The use of nominees in the EIN application process prevents us from gathering appropriate information on entity ownership and has been found to facilitate tax non-compliance by entities and their owners.
- The term responsible party will only be used when assigning an EIN by phone, fax or mail programs. It will not be used for disclosure purposes. You must follow normal disclosure procedures.
- If you discover during a phone call that the taxpayer does not know what a responsible party means, ask the caller for the individual that controls, manages, or directs the applicant entity and the disposition of its funds and assets. Enter the SSN or ITIN of that owner into the SSN/ITIN/EIN field. If the taxpayer still does not know who that person will be, advise the caller to call back once they have determined who the responsible party is. You can also refer the caller to the instructions to the Form SS-4 which provide a definition of responsible party that is specific to different types (corporations, partnerships, trusts, etc.)
The sole proprietor SSN/ITIN is a required field if:
- The entity is a Sole Proprietor
- The MFI is B or O, and
1041, 1065, 1120 and CT-1 filing requirements are not present
Note:
To delete an erroneously input Sole Proprietor SSN, input 000-00-0001 in this field using CC BNCHG.
Exception:
If the applicant has indicated they are Amish, a cross reference SSN or ITIN is not required.
- You must check for a date of death prior to assigning an EIN. See IRM 21.7.13.2.2.3 Date of Death Check - Requirement for Responsible Party for Certain Entity Types - Online/Phone/Fax/Mail.
- An entry in the non-resident alien field is only a required field when a Form 1042 filing requirement is present.
The table below describes field requirements for non-resident alien.
Non-resident Alien Input Field Requirements Number and type of characters - Entry must be six numerics in MMYYYY format.
- MM must equal 01-12.
- The YYYY must be greater than 1913 but not greater than current year plus one.
- The Railroad Retirement Board Number is only a required field when CT-1 filing requirement is a 1 or a 2.
- The entry for this field must be 8 numerics.
- Generally, the EIN Assignment function will not have the information available for this input.
The notice information code (NIC) is a required field only if a notice other than CP 575 is desired.
- See IRM 3.13.2.8.2, Processing BMF Returns, for additional information about NIC codes and the notices generated from their input.
The Return Identity Code (RIC) is only required for accounts with Notice Information Codes A, B, J, P, and R. This information is recorded on the taxpayer notice.
Note:
Generally, Accounts Management only assigns EINs based on submission of Form SS-4 or an EIN application received over the phone. BMF Entity, EO Entity, and EPMF Entity use the RIC when EIN assignment is required to process a tax return or information document.
- The RIC field identifies the return or document causing the new EIN to be assigned. See IRM 3.13.2.8.2, Processing BMF Returns, for additional information about RIC codes.
The table below describes field input requirements for valid return identity codes for specific notice and Master File indicators:
If the notice information code is And the Master File indicator is Then enter Return Identity Code must be 1) A or B B 00, 01, 02, 03, 05, 06, 08, 09-12, 14, 42, 46, 53, 60, 63, 64, 66, 68, 82, 83, 87, 88, A1, E1, E2, E5, E8, F1, H2, L1, M1, N1, P1, P3, PL, R1, R2, S1, S3, Z1, or ZN. 2) A, B, or J O 00, 07, 18, 33. 34, 37, 44, 46, 50, 52-59, 61, 62, 67, 68, 72, 74, 82, 83, D6, E2, E5, E8, N2, T6, Z6, 7C, 7E, 7R, or SG. 3) D B or O PC, NA, or not present. 4) E B, O, or P PC, NA, or not present. 5) F or K P Blank. 6) G or L O Blank. 7) H or M B or O Blank. 8) P P 00, 35, 74, 7C, 7E, or 7R. 9) R B, O, or P Same as A, B, or P. 10) T B or O Blank. 11) R or T O ZZ.
- The return identity tax period is required if the notice information code is A, B, P, or R. This field indicates the tax period of the return or document that is causing the new EIN to be issued.
The table below describes field input requirements for return identity tax period.
Return Identity Tax Period Input Field Input Requirements Number and type of characters - This field must contain six numeric characters.
- The date must be entered in YYYYMM format.
- YYYY must be greater than 1913 but not greater than current year plus one
- MM must be 01-12
Use the table below to determine the required "month" entry for return identity tax period:
If the RIC is And the MFI is Then the "MM" of Tax Period must be 1) 00, 02, 05, 06, 08, 12, 46, 53, 60, 63, 64, 66, 68, 82, 83, 87, 88, A1, E2, E5, E8, F1, H2, L1, M1, N1, P1, P3, PL, R1, R2, or Z1 B Between 01 and 12. 2) 01, 03, or E1 B 03, 06, 09, or 12. 3) 09, 10, 11, 14, 42, S1, or JN B 12. 4) 00, 07, 18, 33. 34, 37, 44, 46, 50, 52-59, 61, 62, 67, 68, 72, 74, 82, 83, D6, E2, E5, E8, N2, T6, Z6, 7C, 7E, 7R, or SG O Between 01 and 12. 5) 00, 35, 74, 7C, 7E, or 7R P Between 01 and 12.
- The business operational date is a required field when specific filing requirements are present but is input in all cases. See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.3, Business Operational Date (Form SS-4, Line 11).
Use the table below for field input requirements for business operational date:
Business Operational Date Input Field Input Requirements Number and type of characters - This field must contain six numeric characters.
- The date must be in MMYYYY format.
- MM must equal 01-12
- YYYY must be greater than 1913, but not greater than current year plus one.
- The wages paid date is a required field if an employment tax filing requirement ( Form 940, Form 941, Form 943, Form 944, or Form 945) has been entered.
The table below describes field input requirements for wages paid date.
Wages Paid Date Input Field Input Requirements 1) Number and type of characters - This field must contain six numeric characters.
- The date must be in MMYYYY format.
- MM must equal 01-12
- YYYY must be greater than 1913, but not greater than current year plus one.
2) Additional considerations Must not be prior to the business operational date.
- The duplicate address is not a required field.
- An "N" in this position indicates the In Care of Name Line, the Mailing Street Address and the Mailing City, State and Zip Code on the current screen should be saved to a temporary file. Input of a "Y" indicates the information saved to the temporary file from the previous screen should be used for the current screen.
Employees is a required field only if the taxpayer indicates employees on Form SS-4, Line 13.
Exception:
If a taxpayer, other than a trust, indicates a Wages Paid Date on line 15, but leaves Line 13 blank, assign Form 941 and Form 940 filing requirements.
- This field is a five digit number indicating the number of employees that are employed by the business.
- The reason applied is a required field when the MFI is B or O. A code is entered into this field to indicate the reason the taxpayer is applying for an EIN.
- The Reason for Applying box must be completed by the taxpayer (for a paper or fax application) and entered by the assistor.
- If the Reason for Applying box is not completed, contact the taxpayer or return the form as incomplete.
Use the table below to determine the correct input for reason applied.
Reason for Applying Field Entry Started a new business 1 Hired employees 2 Compliance with IRS withholding regulations 3 Other 4 Banking purpose 5 Changed type of organization 6 Purchased going business 7 Created a trust 8 Created a pension plan 9
- If it has been provided, enter the 10 digit telephone number of the business owner in this field.
- Remarks is a required field.
Enter remarks using the table below:
- For special requests other than the methods mentioned above, enter any useful information concerning the circumstances causing an EIN to be issued in this field.
- All keyboard characters are valid except =, >, <, [, and ].
Business location is a required entry for all domestic entities and has two fields of input:
- Business location county
- Business location state
Exception:
For domestic entities (formed or organized in the U.S. or U.S. territories) that only list a foreign mailing and/or location address, input the State, if provided, from line 9b of Form SS-4 in the business location state and leave the business location county blank. If nothing is provided on line 9b, leave both fields blank.
Information taken from Form SS-4, Line 9a is used to populate CC ESIGN fields for TYPE-OF-ENTITY and TYPE-OF-ENTITY-REMARKS. This is a required field.
Exception:
Limited Liability Companies (LLCs): Continue processing if Form SS-4 Line 1 includes the LLC suffix and Line 8b is 1 or more. Follow the guidance in the table below.
If Line 8a is And Line 8b is Then 1) Missing "1" or more Line 9a - Use the default tax classification based on the number of members on Line 8b. 2) Marked "Yes" "1" or more Line 9a - Use the default tax classification based on the number of members on Line 8b. See IRM 21.7.13.5.4.2, Determining Tax Classification and Filing Requirements: LLC, for additional information.
Use the table below to determine the correct field entries for Type of Entity.
Type of Entity Field Entry Sole Proprietor 01 Partnership 02 Corporation 03 Personal Service Corporation 04 Church or Church Controlled Organization 05 Other non-profit organization 06 Other 07 Single member LLC/Disregarded entity 07 Multi-member LLC 07 Estate 08 Plan Administrator 09 Trust 10 Farmer’s Cooperative 12 REMIC 13 State and Local Government 14 Federal Government and Military 15 Indian Tribe 16 Make an entry in the Type of Entity Remarks field only in the following situations:
- Form SS-4, Line 9a "other" box is checked, and the taxpayer has provided remarks, or
- Form SS-4 is completed in Spanish. In this case, enter an asterisk (*) in the first position of the field.
- Enter the remarks from the "Other" box on Line 10 of Form SS-4 in this field. Otherwise, leave this field blank.
- The principal business activity checkbox is a required field. If no box is checked, enter Field Entry "09" .
Use the table below to determine the correct field entries for principal business activity checkbox.
Principal Business Activity Field Entry Examples/Descriptions Construction 01 - Building houses, buildings, industrial, or commercial buildings
- Specialty trade contractors
- Remodeling
- Land subdivision
- Site preparation
Real Estate 02 - Renting or leasing real estate
- Managing real estate
- Real estate agent
- Broker
- Selling, buying, or renting real estate for others
Rental & Leasing 03 Rent or lease:
- Automobiles
- Consumer goods
- Commercial goods
- Industrial goods
Manufacturing 04 Mechanical, physical, or chemical transformation of materials, substances or components into new products, including the assembly of components Transportation & Warehousing 05 - Air transportation
- Rail transportation
- Water transportation
- Trucking
- Passenger transportation
- Support activity for transportation
- Warehousing
- Delivery / courier service
Finance & Insurance 06 - Banks
- Financing
- Credit card issuing
- Mortgage company/broker
- Securities broker
- Investment advice
- Trust administration
- Insurance company/broker
- Estate Administration
Health Care & Social Assistance 07 - Doctor
- Mental health specialist
- Hospital
- Outpatient care center
- Youth services
- Residential care facilities
- Services for the disabled
- Community food/housing/relief services
- Child day care centers
Accommodation & Food Service 08 - Casino
- Hotel/Motel
- Boarding houses
- Bed and Breakfasts
- Retail fast food
- Restaurant
- Bar
- Coffee shop
- Catering
- Mobile food service
Other (specify) 09 N/A Wholesale (agent or broker) 10 Wholesale agents and brokers distribute or arrange for the distribution of any type of goods for a commission or fee. Manufacturers’ sales representatives and business-to-business electronic markets are included. Wholesale (other) 11 Wholesalers sell or arrange the purchase or sale of goods for resale. They are typically known as distributors, jobbers, importers, and exporters. Retail 12 - Retail Store
- Internet sales (exclusively)
- Direct sales (catalog, mail order, door to door)
- Auction house
- Selling goods on auction sites
- The principal business activity remarks is a required field only if checkbox 09 "Other" is entered. See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.5, Line (16 and 17) PRIN-CKBX, PRIN-REMARKS and PRIN-MDSE-SOLD-SERVICE.
- The principal merchandise sold/service is a required field. See IRM 21.7.13.3.2.5, Line (16 and 17) PRIN-CKBX, PRIN-REMARKS and PRIN-MDSE-SOLD-SERVICE.
This subsection provides detailed requirements for ensuring that the correct BMF employment code is assigned to the following non-profit/exempt entities when processing an EIN application:
Note:
Input Employment Codes F and G via CC ESIGN, whether the entity has employees or not. This allows government entities to be correctly placed in the TEGE BOD.
Caution:
ESIGN programming requires the following: To input Employment Code F to an entity with no employees, the Type of Entity must be "15" , and the Master File Indicator (MFI) must be "B" .
To input Employment Code G to an entity with no employees, the Type of Entity must be "14" and the Master File Indicator (MFI) must be "B" .- Economic Opportunity Act (EOA) employers
- Non-profit organizations of the type described in Sections 501 (c)(3) and 501 (e) and (f) of the Internal Revenue Code
- Federal Government Agencies
- Local Government Agencies
- Maritime Industry Entities
Indian Tribal Entities.
Note:
Employment Codes (S) and (T) are assigned by the BMF Entity function. For additional information on these and other employment codes, see IRM 3.13.2.6, BMF Employment Codes (ECs).
- Exercise care when assigning employment codes to groups known as Economic Opportunity Act (EOA) employers, which are carried out by state and local government entities or private nonprofit organizations through grants from, or contracts with, the federal government. Although financed in part by federal money, they are not federal employers.
Generally, EOA employers are considered state or local government entities or nonprofit organizations.
Exception:
Job Corps (administered by the Department of Labor) and Volunteers in Service to America (VISTA, now known as AmeriCorps) are classified as federal government agencies (employment code "F" ).
Examples of EOA employers that should be classified as state/local (employment code "G" ) or non-profit organizations (employment code "W" ) are:
- Anti-Poverty Programs
- Community Action Programs
- Head Start Programs
- Neighborhood Youth Corps
- Economic Opportunity Act (Office or Program)
- Work Study or Work Training Program
- Youth Conservation Corps (YCC).
- If you cannot determine whether an organization is an EOA employer, contact the organization to clarify its status (either by telephone or by sending Letter 45C, EIN Application Requested/Received), before assigning an employment code.
Input employment code "W" to non-profit organizations of the type described in IRC 501(c)(3), 501(e), 501(f), and which meet the following criteria:
Are operated exclusively for religious, charitable, scientific, literary, educational, or humane purposes or for the purposes of testing for public safety
Exception:
If primary name includes the word "Ministry" , or "Ministries" , do not input Employment Code "W."
Are not subject to the Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA)
Note:
An organization is accorded an exemption from FUTA until its application for exempt status is ruled out, or it is determined that an application for exempt status has not been submitted.
Do not assign Employment Code "W" to Puerto Rico or Virgin Island employers.
Assign employment code "F" to the U.S. Government executive departments, or their components listed below, whether the entity has employees or not.
Caution:
ESIGN programming requires the following: To input Employment Code F to a Federal government entity with no employees, the Type of Entity must be "15" , and the Master File Indicator (MFI) must be "B" .
- Department of Agriculture
- Department of the Commerce
- Department of Defense (Air Force, Army, Coast Guard, Marines, Navy, National Guard)
- Department of Education
- Department of Energy
- Department of Health and Human Services
- Department of Homeland Security
- Department of Housing and Urban Development
- Department of the Interior
- Department of Justice
- Department of Labor
- Department of State
- Department of Transportation
- Department of the Treasury
- Department of Veteran’s Affairs
Agencies of the U.S. Government that are not part of any executive department or its components, including:
- Federal Power Commission
- Federal Trade Commission
- General Accounting Office
- General Services Administration
- Interstate Commerce Commission
- Library of Congress
- National Aeronautics and Space Administration
- National Guard
- Office of Economic Opportunity
- Securities and Exchange Commission
- Smithsonian Institution
- U.S. Atomic Energy Commission
- U.S. Court of Appeals
- U.S. District Court
- U.S. Small Business Administration
- U.S. Tax Court
- Veterans Administration
Corporations wholly or principally owned by the U.S. Government which have been created by law and which perform a government function, such as:
- Federal Deposit Insurance Company
- U.S. Postal Service
- Tennessee Valley Authority
Federal Home Loan Bank
Federal Reserve Board
Federal instrumentalities, such as:
- Army and Air Force Post Exchanges
- Navy or Coast Guard Ship Stores
- Army and Air Force Motion Picture Services and Navy counterpart
Under strict standards, organizations that are closely connected to, but not an official part of the U.S. government establishment, which conduct financial, social, morale, or housekeeping activities, such as:
- Officer's Clubs
- Enlisted Men's Clubs
- NCO Clubs
- Officer's Open Mess
- Billeting Funds
Before assigning employment code "F" to one of the entities in paragraph (5), obtain a statement from the Post, Camp, Station, or Base Commander that states the following:
- The activity exists to promote morale, comfort, and well-being of members of the Armed Forces or authorized civilians.
- The activity is supported by an authorized non-appropriated fund as prescribed by the applicable regulations of the services concerned.
- The activity is authorized by the Post, Camp, Station, Base, or Major Commander, and is supervised by them.
- That the above referenced commander's supervision includes the periodic audit of the activity's financial record, or that such audit is regularly performed by a higher authority, as the appropriate service regulations prescribed.
Do not assign employment code "F" to any of the following:
- Religious, fraternal, or benevolent organization
- Ethnic or tribal organization (such as Indian tribe or tribal council)
Private corporation or business entity that has in its name the words "U.S.," "United States," "Federal," or "Government. "
- If you cannot determine whether an organization is a legitimate employment code "F" filer, contact the organization to clarify its status (either by telephone or by sending Letter 45C, EIN Application Requested/Received).
Assign employment code "G" to all state and local government agencies (as listed below) and as shown in IRM 3.13.12.6.28.7, Employment Code G, whether the entity has employees or not.
Caution:
ESIGN programming requires the following: To input Employment Code G to an entity with no employees, the Type of Entity must be "14" and the Master File Indicator (MFI) must be "B" .
- A state or commonwealth
- An agency, bureau, or department of any state or commonwealth
- A county
- An agency, bureau, board, or department of any such county
- A municipality (city, town, village, ownership or any like unit of local government)
- Special districts (schools, fire protection, water, etc.)
- An agency of a local government, such as a school district, board of education, public school, sanitation district, transit authority, welfare department, housing authority, cemetery, soil or water conservation district, water district, community service district health department, etc.
- An instrumentality controlled by a local government, such as city or county hospitals, recreation centers, etc.
Note:
A state or local government agency is always assigned employment code "G" , even if it has requested and received an exemption under IRC 501(c)(3).
- If you cannot determine whether an entity is an agency of the state or local government or is a privately owned organization, contact the entity to clarify its status (either by telephone or by sending Letter 45C, EIN Application Requested/Received) before assigning an employment code.
- If the entity has employees, establish a Form 941 filing requirement, because these entities are responsible for income tax withholding even if they are not responsible for social security and Medicare taxes.
Assign employment code "M" to Maritime Industry entities which have made payments for employment taxes not yet reported, which occurs when a shipping company:
- Estimates liabilities and makes payments currently
- Reports the actual liability on a supplemental Form 941 filed at the termination of the voyage
Employment code "I" is assigned to Indian Tribal Entities. If the taxpayer indicates they are an Indian Tribal Government/Enterprise:
- Input employment code "I" .
- Establish the correct employment tax filing requirement (941, 943 or 944).
The unemployment tax filing requirement must be input as 940-3.
A filing requirement identifies the types of returns that a taxpayer must file. This subsection contains descriptions of:
- Tax forms and general filing requirements that may be required to be filed for a business entity and
- Tax forms and filing requirements specific to various types of corporations.
- This subsection describes the various tax forms that may be assigned to an entity applying for an EIN.
A Form 940 is filed by employers that are subject to Federal Unemployment Tax (that is, meet one or more of the following criteria):
- During the current or previous year, either paid wages of $1,500 or more in any calendar quarter, or
- Had more than one employee for at least some part of a day in any 20 or more different calendar weeks, or
- Is an agricultural employer who, during the current or previous year, paid cash wages of $20,000 or more in any calendar quarter, or
- Employed 10 or more farm workers during some part of a day during any 20 different weeks
Note:
Household employers are not required to file unemployment taxes on Form 940. They are reported on Form 1040, Schedule H.
Filing Requirement:
- When establishing a Form 940 filing requirement, you must also input a Wages Paid Date.
- A filing requirement for Form 941, Form 943, or Form 944 is also required.
- A Form 941 is filed by employers who withhold income tax on wages, or who must pay social security or Medicare tax.
Filing Requirement: When establishing a Form 941 filing requirement, you must also:
- Form 943 is filed for social security and Medicare (FICA) taxes withheld by employers who have paid wages to farm workers (agricultural employees). Additionally, income tax must be withheld by an employer from employees for whom they withhold FICA tax. An agreement between the employer and the employee may be made to withhold income tax for employees not subject to FICA.
A farm includes stock, dairy, poultry, fruit, fur-bearing, animal and truck farms, orchards, plantations, ranches, nurseries, ranges and green houses, and other similar structures used mainly for raising agricultural or horticultural commodities.
Note:
Forestry and lumbering are not "farm work" , unless the products are for use in the employer's farming operations.
A farm worker is defined as an employee of the operator of a farm who:
- Raises or harvests agricultural or horticultural products, or cares for the farm and equipment
- Handles, processes, or packages any agricultural or horticultural commodity, if over half is produced on the farm
- Does work related to cotton ginning, turpentine, or gum resin products
- Does housework in the private home on a farm operated for profit
- Filing Requirement: When establishing a Form 943 filing requirement, you must also input a Wages Paid date. A Form 940 filing requirement will also be established.
- Beginning with tax year 2006, approximately 1 million Form 941 filers were placed into a new simpler employment tax filing program. Eligible filers file Form 944, Employers ANNUAL Federal Tax Return, instead of quarterly Form 941. Additional information on Form 944 can be found in IRM 21.7.2.4.7, Form 944, Employer’s ANNUAL Federal Tax Return. Changes were made to this program effective January 1, 2010. Taxpayers now have the option to file Form 941 or Form 944 when they expect their employment tax liability to be $1,000 or less.
- Form SS-4, Line 14 asks the question: "If you expect your employment tax liability to be $1,000 or less in a full calendar year and want to file Form 944 annually instead of Form 941 quarterly, check here. (Your employment tax liability generally will be $1,000 or less if you expect to pay $5,000 or less in total wages). If you do not check this box, you must file Form 941 for every quarter."
If the taxpayer checks the box, establish Form 944 and Form 940 filing requirements. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.9.16, Form 944 Filing Requirement Input, for input instructions on CC ESIGN. If the taxpayer does not check the box on line 14, establish Form 941 and Form 940 filing requirements. See IRM 21.7.13.7.3.9.1, Form 941 Filing Requirement Input, for input instructions on CC ESIGN
- If processing fax or mail applications, and the taxpayer otherwise indicates there will be an employment tax filing requirement but does not answer the question on Line 14 or uses a prior revision of Form SS-4, establish a Form 941 filing requirement by default. Do not contact the taxpayer for additional information if this is the only issue.
- If processing an application over the telephone, ask the taxpayer if he expects to pay $5,000 or less in total wages during the next full calendar year. If the answer is yes, then ask the taxpayer which tax return they would like to file (Form 941 or Form 944). Enter the correct filing requirement based on the taxpayer's response.
Caution:
If the taxpayer enters a Wages Paid Date (Form SS-4, Line 15) of 2005 or prior, do not establish Form 944 filing requirements. Form 944 filing requirements can only be established when the Wages Paid Date is January 2006 or later. Establish Form 941 filing requirements.
A Form 945 is filed for reporting non-payroll income tax, which includes:
- Backup withholding
- Withholding for pensions, annuities, and IRAs, and
- Withholding for Indian gaming and gambling winnings
- Filing Requirement: Do not establish a Form 945 filing requirement, unless you can determine, or the taxpayer indicates, that are liable to file a Form 945.
- The processing of Form 720, Quarterly Federal Excise Tax Return, is centralized at the Cincinnati campus.
- Form 720 is filed to report liability for certain excise taxes identified in Publication 510, Excise Taxes.
- The processing of Form 2290, Heavy Vehicle Use Tax Return, is centralized at the Ogden campus. All Excise tax claims and adjustment requests are worked by the Cincinnati campus. Refer to IRM 21.7.1.4.4.4(3), Excise Taxes.
Form 2290 is used to:
- Figure and pay the tax due on highway motor vehicles used during the period with a taxable gross weight of 55,000 pounds or more.
- Figure and pay the tax due on a vehicle for which you completed the suspension statement on another Form 2290 if that vehicle later exceeded the mileage use limit during the period.
- Figure and pay the tax due if, during the period, the taxable gross weight of a vehicle increases and the vehicle falls into a new category.
- Claim suspension from the tax when a vehicle is expected to be used 5,000 miles or less (7,500 miles or less for agricultural vehicles) during the period.
- Claim a credit for tax paid on vehicles that were destroyed, stolen, sold, or used 5,000 miles or less (7,500 miles or less for agricultural vehicles).
- Report acquisition of a used taxable vehicle for which the tax has been suspended.
- Figure and pay the tax due on a used taxable vehicle acquired and used during the period.
Exception:
Vehicles used and actually operated by the following entities are exempt from this requirement.
- The Federal Government
- A state or local government
- An Indian tribal government, if the vehicle involves the exercise of an essential tribal government function
- The District of Columbia
- The American National Red Cross
- A nonprofit volunteer fire department, ambulance association, or rescue squad
- Certain mass transportation authorities per 4484(c) and 41.4483-2.
- Certain qualified blood collection vehicles [4483(h)] (Not required to file Form 2290)
- Certain mobile machinery [4483(g)] (Not required to file Form 2290)
- The processing of Form 11-C, Occupational Tax and Registration Return on Wagering, is centralized at the Ogden campus.
- Form 11-C is filed by entities which accept taxable wagers to register certain information and pay occupational tax imposed under IRC 4411.
- Anyone engaged in the business of receiving taxable wagers on their own behalf or on behalf of a principal operator is required to file Form 11-C before accepting taxable wagers.
Filing Requirement: When establishing a Form 11-C filing requirement, you must also:
- Input a Business Operational Date
- Establish a Form 730 filing requirement
- The processing of Form 730, Monthly Tax for Wagers, is centralized at the Ogden campus.
Form 730 is filed by entities under IRC 4401(a) that:
- Are in the business of accepting wagers
- Conduct a wagering pool or lottery, or
- Are required to be registered (using Form 11-C) to receive wagers on behalf of another person but did not register properly
Filing Requirement: When establishing a Form 730 filing requirement, you must also:
- Input a Business Operational date
- Establish a Form 11-C filing requirement
- Entities that are incorporated with a state are also incorporated for federal tax purposes. When an entity is incorporated, it must file the correct Form 1120, unless it is a non-profit/exempt organization. If a corporation indicates on Form SS-4 that it is a non-profit organization (IRC 501(a) or other similar statement), establish the entity on the "O" file.
Exempt organizations that are incorporated must file the correct Form 990.
Exception:
Those that are a church or are affiliated with a church or with a governmental entity are exempted from filing.
- Form 990, Return or Organization Exempt from Income Tax
- Form 990-T, Exempt Organization Business Income Tax Return
- Form 990-PF, Return of Private Foundation
- This subsection describes Form 1120 filing requirements for various types of corporations.
Form 1120, U.S. Corporation Income Tax Return, is filed by domestic corporations which are not exempt under IRC 501.
Note:
These corporations can be a member of a controlled group and can be included in a consolidated return.
- Filing Requirement: To establish a Form 1120 filing requirement, input 01 in the 1120 field.
- Form 1120-C, U.S. Income Tax Return for Cooperative Associations, is filed by any corporation operating on a cooperative basis under IRC 1381 (including farmers' cooperatives under section 521 whether or not it has taxable income) and allocating amounts to patrons on the basis of business done with or for such patrons.
- Filing Requirement: To establish a Form 1120-C filing requirement, input 20 into the 1120 field.
- Form 1120-SF, U.S. Income Tax Return for Settlement Funds, is filed by a corporation which establishes a fund for the principal purpose of settling and paying claims against the electing taxpayer under IRC 468B.
- Filing Requirement: To establish a Form 1120-SF filing requirement, input 16 in the 1120 field.
- Form 1120-H, U.S. Income Tax Return for Homeowners Associations, is filed by a Homeowners Association as an election under IRC 528.
The election to file a Form 1120-H must be made separately for each tax year and generally must be made by the due date of the return, including extensions.
Note:
If the Homeowners Association does not elect to file Form 1120-H, it can file either Form 1120, or file for tax exemption under IRC 501(c)(4), Form 990.
- Filing Requirement: To establish a Form 1120-H filing requirement, input 10 in the 1120 field.
- Form 1120-IC-DISC, Interest Charge Domestic International Sales - Corporation Return, is an information return filed by Interest Charge Domestic International Sales Corporations (IC-DISCs), former DISCs, and former IC-DISCs who make an election to be an 1120-IC-DISC. A Form 1120 filing requirement is established for these taxpayers during initial EIN assignment. To establish a Form 1120 filing requirement, input 01 in the 1120 field.
- The election is made by filing Form 4876-A, Election to Be Treated as an Interest Charge DISC. Once the taxpayer files Form 4876-A and it is approved, BMF Entity will update the filing requirement to Form 1120-IC-DISC.
- Processing of Form 1120-F, U.S. Income Tax of a Foreign Corporation, is centralized at the Ogden campus.
It is filed by a foreign corporation doing business in the United States.
Exception:
Certain foreign corporations are required to file one of the following returns, instead of Form 1120-F:
Form 1120-FSC, U.S. Tax Return of a Foreign Sales Corporation, if filing as a foreign sales company under former IRC 922(a).
- Form 1120-L, U.S. Life Insurance Company Income Tax Return, (if filing as a foreign life insurance company), or
- Form 1120-PC, U.S. Property and Casualty Insurance Company Income Tax Return, (if filing as a foreign property and casualty insurance company).
- To establish a Form 1120-F filing requirement, input 06 in the 1120 field.
- Processing of Form 1120-FSC is centralized at the Ogden campus. See IRM 21.7.13.7.5.2.6, Form 1120-FSC (Foreign Sales Corporations).
- To establish this filing requirement, input 06 in the 1120 field.
Form 1120-L is filed by:
- Domestic life insurance companies, and
Foreign corporations carrying on an insurance business within the United States that would qualify as life insurance companies if they were U.S. corporations
Exception:
If a company qualifies for an exemption as a benevolent life insurance company under IRC 501(c), it must file Form 990.
- Filing Requirement: To establish a Form 1120-L filing requirement, input 03 in the 1120 field.
- Form 1120-ND, Return for Nuclear Decommissioning Funds and Certain Related Persons, is filed by nuclear decommissioning funds under IRC 468A to report contributions received, income earned, the administrative expenses of operating the fund, and the tax on the income earned.
- The tax year must be the same as that of the creating public utility.
- Filing Requirement: To establish this filing requirement, input 11 in the 1120 field.
Form 1120-PC is filed by domestic property and casualty (non-life insurance) companies and any foreign corporation that would qualify as a non-life insurance company under IRC 831 if it were a U.S. Corporation.
Note:
These companies can be members of a controlled group and can be included in a consolidated return.
Exception:
Certain small mutual and stock non-life insurance companies that qualify for an exemption under IRC 501(c)(15) must file Form 990 instead.
- Filing Requirement: To establish this filing requirement, input 04 in the 1120 field.
- Processing of Form 1120-POL, U.S. Income Tax Return for Certain Political Organizations, is centralized at the Ogden campus.
- Political parties, campaign committees for candidates for federal, state or local office, and political action committees are all political organizations subject to tax under IRC 527. These organizations use Form 1120-POL to report their political organization taxable income and income tax liability. Additionally, many of these organizations are tax-exempt and also file one of the Form 990 series information returns.
- Filing Requirement: To establish this filing requirement, input 09 in the 1120 field.
Form 1120-RIC, U.S. Income Tax Return For Regulated Investment Companies, is filed by a Regulated Investment Company (RIC).
- The Tax Reform Act of 1986 requires that a RIC having more than one fund (defined for this purpose as a segregated portfolio of assets) have a separate EIN and file a separate return for each fund.
- Filing Requirement: To establish this filing requirement, input 17 in the 1120 field.
Form 1120-REIT, U.S. Income Tax Return for Real Estate Investment Trusts, is filed by an entity that elects to be treated as (and meets the requirements to be taxed as) a Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) or has made a valid election for a prior tax year.
- Once the election is made, it remains in effect until it is terminated or revoked.
A REIT election:
- Automatically terminates for any year the entity is not a qualified REIT, or
- Must be revoked by a taxpayer upon filing a statement on or before the 90th day after the first day of the tax year for which the revocation is to be effective
- Filing Requirement: To establish this filing requirement, input 18 in the 1120 field.
Form 1120-S, U.S. Income Tax Return for an S Corporation, is filed by a corporation that has elected to be taxed as a Small Business (S) Corporation by filing Form 2553, Election by a Small Business Corporation, or an LLC partnership requesting to be taxed as an S-Corp.
Once an election is made, it stays in effect until it is terminated or revoked. An S Corporation terminates automatically if:
- The corporation is no longer a small business corporation under IRC 1362(d)(2)
- For three consecutive tax years the corporation has both subchapter C earnings and profits and gross receipts, more than 25 percent which are derived from passive investment income, or
- It is revoked by the shareholders who own a majority of the stock in the corporation, and consent to a revocation
Note:
If an S Corporation election terminates or has been revoked, the entity cannot re-elect to be taxed as an S Corporation until the fifth taxable year after the termination or revocation is effective, unless the commissioner consents in less than five years.
- This subsection contains valid input for the various filing requirements fields on the BNCHG screen.
- A 941 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file Employers Quarterly Federal Tax Return (Withholding and FICA Taxes).
The table below identifies valid BNCHG input codes for a Form 941 filing requirement input, as well as any additional BNCHG input requirements.
Filing Requirement BNCHG Input Code Other BNCHG Input Requirements 1) Delete existing Form 941 filing requirement 00 N/A 2) Form 941 (other than employment code "F" ) 01 Form 940 filing requirement must be 1, 3, or 4.
3) Form 941 for (employment code "F)" 02 Employment code must be "F." 4) Form 941 Seasonal or intermittent filer 11 - If an employment code is present, it must be "T," "S," "M," "W," or
- If an employment code is not present, Form 940 filing requirement must be 1.
- A Form 940 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file an Employers Annual Federal Unemployment Tax Return.
The table below identifies valid BNCHG input codes for a Form 940 filing requirement, as well as any additional BNCHG input requirements.
Filing Requirement BNCHG Input Code Other BNCHG Input Requirements 1) Delete existing Form 940 filing requirement 0 N/A 2) Form 940 1 - Form 941 or Form 944 filing requirement must be 01, or
- Form 943 filing requirement must be 1.
3) Indian Tribal Government State Compliant (Not Required to File Form 940) 3 - Employment code must be "I."
- A Form 941 or Form 943 filing requirement must be input.
4) Indian Tribal Government Non-Compliant (Required to File Form 940) 4 - Employment code must be "I."
- A Form 941 or Form 943 filing requirement must be input.
- A Form 943 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file an Employer’s Annual Federal Tax Return for Agricultural Employees.
The table below identifies valid BNCHG input codes for a Form 943 filing requirement, as well as any additional BNCHG input requirements.
Filing Requirement BNCHG Input Code Other BNCHG Input Requirements 1) Delete existing Form 943 filing requirement 0 N/A 2) Form 943 required 1 Form 940 filing requirement must be 1, 3, or 4.
- A Form 944 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file an Employer's Annual Federal Tax Return.
The table below identifies valid BNCHG input codes for a Form 944 filing requirement. See IRM 3.13.2.7.3.2, CC ENREQ/BNCHG, for additional information.
Filing Requirement BNCHG Input Code Other BNCHG Input Requirements 1) Delete Form 944 existing filing requirement 00 N/A 2) Form 944 (other than employment code F) 01 Form 940 filing requirement must be 1, 3, or 4.
3) Form 944 (employment code F 02 Employment code must be F. 4) Form 944 Seasonal or intermittent filer 11 - If an employment code is present, it must be "T," "S," "M," "W," or
- If an employment code is not present, Form 940 filing requirement must be 1.
- A Form 945 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file an Annual Withheld Income Tax return.
The table below identifies valid BNCHG input codes for a Form 945 filing requirement.
Filing Requirement BNCHG Input Code 1) Delete Form 945 existing filing requirement 0 2) Form 945 required 1
- A Form 1041 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file a U.S. Income Tax Return for Trusts and Estates.
The table below identifies valid BNCHG input codes for a Form 1041 filing requirement, as well as any additional BNCHG input requirements.
Filing Requirement BNCHG Input Code Other BNCHG Input Requirements 1) Delete existing Form 1041 filing requirement 0 N/A 2) Form 1041 required 1 - Fiscal Year Month must be present.
- A filing requirement for Form 1065 or Form 1120 must not be present.
- A Form 1065 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file a U.S. Return of Partnership Income.
The table below identifies valid BNCHG input codes for a Form 1065 filing requirement, as well as any additional BNCHG input requirements.
Filing Requirement BNCHG Input Code Other BNCHG Input Requirements 1) Delete existing Form 1065 filing requirement 0 N/A 2) Form 1065 required 1 - Fiscal Year Month must be present.
- A filing requirement for Form 1041 or Form 1120 must not be present.
- An Form 1120 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file a U.S. corporate tax return.
Other BNCHG Requirements:
- A Fiscal Year Month must be present.
- A filing requirement for Form 1065, Form 1066, or Form 1041 must not be present.
The table below identifies valid BNCHG input codes for an Form 1120 filing requirement.
Filing Requirement BNCHG Input Code 1) Delete existing Form 1120 filing requirement 00 2) Form 1120, U.S. Corporation Income Tax Return, required 01 or 07 3) Form 1120-L, U.S. Life Insurance Company Income Tax Return, required 03 4) Form 1120-PC, U. S. Property and Casualty Insurance Company Income Tax Return Form, required 04 5) Form 1120-F, Income Tax Return of a Foreign Corporation Employer, required 06 6) Form 1120-POL, U.S. Income Tax Return for Certain Political Organizations, required 09 7) Form 1120-H, U. S. Income Tax Return for Homeowners Associations, required 10 8) Form 1120-ND, Return for Nuclear Decommissioning Funds and Certain Related Persons, required 11 9) Form 1120-FSC, U. S. Income Tax Return of a Foreign Sales Corporation, required 06
10) Form 1120-SF, U. S. Income Tax Return for Settlement Funds (under 468B) 16 11) Form 1120-RIC, U.S. Tax Return for Regulated Investment Companies, required 17 12) Form 1120-REIT, U. S. Income Tax Return for Real Estate Investment Trusts, required 18
- A Form 720 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file a Quarterly Federal Excise Tax Return.
The table below identifies valid BNCHG input codes for a Form 720 filing requirement.
Filing Requirement BNCHG Input Code 1) Delete existing Form 720 filing requirement 0 2) Form 720 required quarterly. 1 3) Casual Form 720 filer. Return not required quarterly. 4 4) Payment on Form 720 required monthly. 9
Note: Transaction Code cannot be 000.
- A Form 730 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file a Monthly Tax Return for Wagers.
The table below identifies valid BNCHG input codes for Form 730 filing requirement input, as well as any additional BNCHG input requirements.
Filing Requirement BNCHG Input Code Other BNCHG Input Requirements 1) Delete existing Form 730 filing requirement 0 N/A 2) Form 730 required 1 An Form 11-C filing requirement must also be present.
Exception: An Form 11-C is not required for employment code "I."
- A Form 11-C filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file an Occupational Tax and Registration Return for Wagering.
The table below identifies valid BNCHG input codes for a Form 11-C filing requirement, as well as any additional BNCHG input requirements.
Filing Requirement BNCHG Input Code Other BNCHG Input Requirements 1) Delete existing Form 11-C filing requirement 0 N/A 2) Form 11-C required 1 N/A
- A Form CT-1 filing requirement indicates that a taxpayer is required to file an Employer’s Annual Railroad Retirement Tax Return.
The table below identifies valid BNCHG input codes for a Form CT-1 filing requirement.
Filing Requirement BNCHG Input Code Other BNCHG Input Requirements 1) Delete existing Form CT-1 filing requirement 0 N/A 2) Form CT-1 required for a local lodge or subordinate unit of a parent railway company. 1 A Railroad Retirement number must also be present. 3) Form CT-1 required for a parent railway organization. 2 A Railroad Retirement number must also be present.
- A Form 1066 filing requirement indicates that the taxpayer is required to file a U.S. Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (REMIC) Income Tax Return.
The table below identifies valid BNCHG input codes for a Form 1066 filing requirement, as well as any additional BNCHG input requirements.
Filing Requirement BNCHG Input Code Other BNCHG Input Requirements 1) Delete existing Form 1066 filing requirement 0 N/A 2) Form 1066 required 1 - Fiscal Year Month must be 12.
- A filing requirement for Form 1041 or Form 1120 must not be present.
- A Form 1042 filing requirement indicates that the taxpayer is required to file an Annual Withholding Tax Return for U.S. Source Income of Foreign Persons.
The table below identifies valid BNCHG input codes for a 1042 filing requirement.
Filing Requirement BNCHG Input Code 1) Delete existing Form 1042 filing requirement 0 2) Form 1042 required 1
- Form 1120-C, U.S. Income Tax Return for Cooperative Associations, is filed by any corporation operating on a cooperative basis under IRC 1381 (including farmers' cooperatives under section 521 whether or not it has taxable income) and allocating amounts to patrons on the basis of business done with or for such patrons. Form 1120-C replaced Form 990-C effective January 1, 2007.
- Input a 20 to establish a Form 1120-C filing requirement.
- A Form 706-GS(D) (Rev. June 2019) (irs.gov) filing requirement indicates that the taxpayer is required to file a Generation Skipping Transfer Tax Return for Distributions .
The table below identifies valid BNCHG input codes for a Form 706GS(D) filing requirement, as well as any additional BNCHG input requirements.
Filing Requirement BNCHG Input Code Other BNCHG Input Requirements 1) Delete existing Form 706GS(D) filing requirement 0 N/A 2) Form 706GS(D) required 1 If the input is to a BMF SSN account, the Master File Tax (MFT) code must be 78.
- A Form 706GS(T) filing requirement indicates that the taxpayer is required to file a Generation Skipping Transfer Tax Return for Terminations.
The table below identifies valid BNCHG input codes for a Form 706GS(T) filing requirement, as well as any additional BNCHG input requirements.
Filing Requirement BNCHG Input Code Other BNCHG Input Requirements 1) Delete existing Form 706GS(T) filing requirement 0 N/A 2) Form 706GS(T) required. 1 Only filing requirements Form 1041, Form 720, Form 940, Form 941, and/or Form 943 can be present.
The table below describes common situations that can require a letter to be sent to a taxpayer.
If Then send 1) A Form SS-4 is missing information necessary for processing. Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.10, Application for Employer Identification Number, Missing Information Necessary for Processing, for complete procedures. Letter 45C, EIN Application Requested/Received. 2) A third party requests information, or a change to an account without the proper authorization Letter 135C, POA Needed to Furnish Information. 3) Duplicate EINs are assigned to the same account Letter 139C, EIN Assigned in Error. 4)
- An EIN has already been assigned, and
- It is necessary to correspond with a taxpayer about the account
Letter 147C, EIN Previously Assigned. 5) An EIN consolidated list has been validated Letter 225C, EIN Block Assignment for Trusts and Estates. 6) Primary Name line has been changed
Letter 252C, Primary Name Line Changes. 7) An entity is no longer doing business and requests cancellation of an EIN Letter 696C, Final Return Requested.
8) An address needs to be changed but no formal request has been received (for example, mail to the taxpayer has been returned undeliverable) Letter 2475C, Address Change Request. 9) If a taxpayer request requires further research, or must be forwarded to another function for processing Letter 2645C, Interim Letter 10) Referring Taxpayer Inquiry Letter 86C, Referring Taxpayer Inquiry/Forms to Another Office. 11) Address change acknowledgement Letter 104C, Address Change Acknowledged.
The table below identifies EIN notices that are generated by the ERAS (EIN Research and Assignment System) when a new EIN is assigned. Conditions for issuance of the various CP 575 notices are listed in the table below:
CP# Description 1) CP 209 EIN Assigned in Error 2) CP 575A Notice of New Employer Identification Number Assigned for BMF/EPMF accounts that have one or two name lines and any of the following filing requirements are present: 940, 941, 943, 944, 945, CT-1, 1042, 720, or 1120. 3) CP 575B Notice of New Employer Identification Number Assigned for BMF accounts that have one or two name lines and have filing requirements other than 940, 941, 943, 944, 945, CT-1, 1042, 720, or 1120. 4) CP 575C Identical to the CP 575A. (Generated when the same conditions are present except the account has three or more name lines.) 5) CP 575D Identical to the CP 575B. (Generated when the same conditions are present except the account has three or more name lines.) 6) CP 575E
The CP 575E generates when no filing requirements are present, there are one or two name lines, and:- A foreign address is not present.
- The entity is not a sole proprietor, single member limited liability company, or household employer.
The notice contains language that is appropriate for non-profit organizations.
7) CP 575F This notice generates for non-profit organizations when there are three or more name lines. 8) CP 575G Notice of New Employer Identification Number Assigned. Generates when no filing requirements are present, there are one or two name lines, and any of the following are true:
- A foreign address is present
- The entity is a sole proprietor
- The entity is a single member limited liability company
9) CP 575H Identical to the CP 575G. (Generated when the same conditions are present, except the account has three or more name lines.) 10) CP 575I Notice of New Employer Identification Number Assigned to a Household Employer with one name line. 11) CP 575J Notice of New Employer Identification Number Assigned to a Household Employer with two or more name lines. 12) CP 576A Notice of New Employer Identification Number Assigned from form with no EIN on it 13) CP 577 Change in Organization for business, Notice of New Employer Identification Number Assigned 14) CP 580A Notice of Plan Sponsor on the Form 5500 series returns and business tax returns Employer Identification Number (EIN) Assigned 15) CP 580B Notice of Plan Sponsor on the Form 5500 series returns and business tax returns Employer Identification Number (EIN) Assigned 16) CP 581 Notice of Employer Identification Number (EIN) Assigned to the Plan Sponsor/Employer 17) CP 582A Notice of Plan Administrator Employer Identification Number (EIN) Assigned 18) CP 582B Notice of Plan Administrator Employer Identification Number (EIN) Assigned 19) CP 583A Notice of Employer Identification Number assigned for an Employee Benefit Trust 20) CP 583B Notice of Employer Identification Number assigned for an Employee Benefit Trust
- Publication 15, (Circular E), Employer's Tax Guide, is mailed to those taxpayers who have employment tax filing requirements.
- All businesses receiving a new EIN are pre-enrolled in the Electronic Federal Tax Payment System.
- Do not send out the above mentioned publication, unless the taxpayer claims they did not receive it and their EIN has posted to Master File.
- The Enterprise File Storage (EFS) PROD-SSO application for the Employer Identification Number (EIN) program, known as PEGA, was implemented October 7, 2024. Forms SS-4 received by fax (domestic and International) are automatically routed into the PEGA application.
- Work received in PEGA does not change the IRM procedures.
- Cases in PEGA are worked in priority order (earliest received date and earliest due out date).
- Guidance on how to use PEGA can be found in the subsections of this IRM. Additionally, the EFS EIN User Guide located on the EIN Resource Page illustrates the steps for each of the PEGA workflows. See your lead or manager if you still need assistance after reviewing these resources.
The following time codes are to be used when working in PEGA.
- 710-01322 Electronic SS-4
- 710-01323 Electronic Banklist
- 710-01326 Electronic International
- 790-01390 Clerks
General Functionality:
Login: User must first obtain access to the EFS/PEGA system by entering a BEARS request BEARS Access Request - EIN PROD. Once the bears request has been approved, you can access EFS by clicking the link: PROD-SSO. Click "Login with SSO."
Note:
Users will be disabled after 30 days of inactivity. After 90 days, permissions will be removed in the system. If a user is inactive for over a year, the account will be deleted, and the user must request access via BEARS.
- Switch user roles: Some users will have access to multiple roles. Click the user symbol at the bottom left of the main menu, hover over "Switch Apps" and select the desired role.
Main menu:
- Home page: The home page is the primary landing page. A user can return to the home page by clicking the "Home" icon in the main menu.
- My work: The user can access work assigned to them.
- Case search: Allows a user to search for a single Form SS-4 or banklist case using case information. Case search is not case sensitive.
Single SS-4: Search using the EIN, entity name, or responsible party name.
Banklist: Search using the organization name, state, or contact person. - Organization search: Allows a user to search for a banklist organization using the organization name, state, or contact person. Organization search is not case sensitive.
Home page:
- My worklist: Summary list of all work assigned to the user. Users can begin or continue work by selecting the case ID of a work item.
- Get next work: Pulls the case with the highest priority from the available work queue.
- Work queues: Count of unassigned work items available for processing. Users can select a work queue to view work within the selected queue. If there is no work to be pulled from an applicable work queue, the system displays a notification to the user.
- Following work item: Optional feature that allows a user to follow a case and easily access it throughout the lifecycle of the case. The case is visible in the "Items I follow" section at the bottom of the user’s home page. Unfollow the case by deselecting the "follow" icon from the home page or within the case.
Case menu:
- Details: Users can review general information and entity specific details for each case type (domestic and international single Form SS-4 and banklist).
- Outcomes: Provides a read-only view of the case outcome (assigned, previously assigned, rejected), the EIN (assigned, previously assigned, or validated), return method (fax number provided or no fax number provided), and the reroute form(s) included check box.
- Assignment attachments: View the EIN assigned fax cover sheet generated by PEGA (outcome = assigned-faxback), EIN problem fax cover sheet (outcome = rejected-faxback) or Letter 45C, EIN Application Requested/Received (Form SS-4) (outcome = rejected-mailed).
- Case history: Provides users with history of a case.
Case remarks: User can view, add, modify, or delete remarks on a case.
Note:
Remarks can be viewed by anyone; however, users cannot modify or delete the remarks of another user.
- Utility panel: Users can view and download documents included with a case or upload new files or documents to a case as needed.
- PEGA automatically generates a case for each fax received via the Enterprise eFax system. No user interaction is required.
- The workflow in PEGA is broken into different stages and steps based on the user’s role.
The following user roles process cases involving a single Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number.
User role: EIN Clerk
Stage or Step Action 1) Review and input Review the fax and mark the case as domestic, international, or provisional. 2) Manage misdirected Remove a case that was incorrectly sent to the EIN fax number. 3) Split file Split a fax received with two (2) or more Forms SS-4. 4) Post processing - Print and route case attachments to the appropriate area (e.g., BMF Entity).
- Print and mail the EIN problem cover sheet rejection notification when the initial and retry fax back attempts are unsuccessful.
User role: SS-4 Tax Examiner and International EIN
Stage or Step Action 1) SS-4 request (SR) Review the fax and input information from the Form SS-4 into the PEGA application. 2) Clerical rebatch Send a case back to the EIN Clerk to split a file containing two (2) or more Forms SS-4. 3) Classified waste Route a document determined to be classified waste to the lead or manager for review. 4) Duplicate check Review potential duplicate requests displayed by the PEGA application (legal name of entity or name of responsible party matches a request processed in the last 30 days). 5) SS-4 assignment (SA) Use current procedures and tools to validate the request for an EIN and record the outcome (assigned, previously assigned, or rejected). 6) Reclassify Route a misclassified case (domestic or international) to the appropriate work queue. 7) Route to manager Send a case to a lead or manager for assistance.
The following user roles process banklist program requests for blocks of EINs.
User role: Banklist Clerk
Stage or Step Action 1) Review and input Review the fax and mark the case as a banklist approval, banklist request, or banklist allocation. 2) Split file Split a fax received with two (2) or more consolidated reports. 3) Reclassify Route a misclassified case to the appropriate work queue. 4) Banklist processing request (BR) - Select an approved banklist organization.
- Validate a consolidated report before routing to a Banklist Tax Examiner for processing.
- Separate a large block consolidated report into multiple cases.
5) Reject consolidated report Route problem consolidated reports to a Banklist Lead for review. User role: Banklist Tax Examiner
Stage or Step Action 1) Banklist assignment (BA) Use current procedures and tools to validate the request for an EIN and record the outcome (assigned, previously assigned, or rejected). 2) Route to manager Send a case to a lead or manager for assistance. 3) Post processing Issue Letter 225C, EIN Block Assignments for Trusts and Estates, for completed small block requests. User role: Banklist Lead
Stage or Step Action 1) Banklist approval (AP) - Record information about the organization requesting entry into the banklist program.
- Send approval request to HQ Analyst to approve or deny.
- Add a new approved banklist organization.
2) Banklist allocation (AL) - Use CC BSIGN to assign a block of EINs and record the EINs assigned to the organization.
- Issue Letter 225C, EIN Block Assignments for Trusts and Estates, to notify the organization of the block assigned.
3) Reclassify Reclassify a case that is determined to be misclassified (e.g., banklist approval misclassified as a banklist processing request). 4) Banklist duplicate check Review case in the Duplicate Case work queue identified by PEGA as a possible duplicate based on the EIN numbers in the request. 5) Post processing Issue Letter 225C, EIN Block Assignments for Trusts and Estates, for completed large block requests.
The following stages or steps are performed by EIN leads and managers:
User role: EIN Manager/Lead
Stage or Step Action 1) Manager inquiry Review a case routed for manager assistance and respond to the employee within 24 hours. 2) Unassign/reassign Remove a case from a user’s worklist and return it to the appropriate work queue or reassign a case from one user to another. 3) Classified waste Review fax images referred by employees as classified waste and determine if the receipt should be processed or treated as classified waste. 4) Manager quality review Perform a minimum of two (2) evaluative reviews per employee per month for quality control. 5) Bulk faxback retry Extract data from reports and Outlook to determine case IDs for the bulk fax back retry when the initial attempt is unsuccessful.
PEGA includes the following User Roles:
- IRM 21.7.13.8.2.1, User Role: EIN Clerk
- IRM 21.7.13.8.2.2, User Role: EIN Banklist Clerk
- IRM 21.7.13.8.2.3, User Role: SS-4 Tax Examiner
- IRM 21.7.13.8.2.4, User Role: Banklist Tax Examiner
- IRM 21.7.13.8.2.5, User Role: International EIN
- IRM 21.7.13.8.2.6, User Role: Manager / Lead
- IRM 21.7.13.8.2.7, User Role: Banklist Lead
Initial intake processing: EIN Clerk users must review each incoming fax and determine if the EIN request is domestic or international following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Select the "Initial Intake" work queue and select a case ID or click the "Get Next Work" option on the home page.
PEGA pulls the case with the highest priority code.
2 Click the "Go" button.
PEGA displays the "Input Intake Data" user interface.3 Click the arrow in the top right corner of the page to expand the utility pane.
PEGA displays the file(s) attached to the case.4 Click on the attachment you want to view and open the file from the "downloads" drop-down.
5 Select the request type:
- Single SS-4
- Banklist Processing
- Banklist Approval
- BSIGN Allocation
6 For request type Single SS-4:
Review the fax and determine the case type (domestic or international).
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7(5), Foreign Entities - Definitions and Instructions.7 Select the radial button for the case type (domestic or international).
8 Click "Submit" at the bottom right to complete intake.
A case is created for the selected case type and routed to the appropriate work group for processing.Misdirected faxes: EIN Clerk users can remove misdirected faxes from processing and route them to appropriate area following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Clerk determines the fax is not related to an EIN application. 2 Click the "Misdirected" button at the top right corner of the case interface. 3 Click the "Submit" button to confirm the fax is misdirected.
PEGA assigns the case to the current user and removes the case from the "Initial Intake" work queue.4 Select a specific form from the "Form/Correspondence" drop-down list. 5 Select the appropriate "Reroute Bin" from the drop-down list.
6 Print the misdirected fax. 7 Click the check box to confirm the fax was printed and rerouted. 8 Click "Submit" at the bottom right to resolve the case as misdirected. Split case file: EIN Clerk users can split a single fax containing multiple Forms SS-4 into separate cases for processing following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Clerk determines the fax contains multiple Forms SS-4. 2 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 3 Select "Split File" to split the fax into separate cases for processing. 4 Select the attachment to be split. 5 Input the page range of the first Form SS-4 in the "Pages" field (e.g., 1-3). 6 Click "+Add Split" to add additional page ranges for each Form SS-4.
PEGA will determine the number of new cases to be created based on the page ranges input.
7 Select the "Split the Document" button at the bottom left.
Links to the newly created document(s) will appear beneath the "Split the Document" button.8 Open and review the document(s) to ensure proper page breaks. 9 Click "Submit" at the bottom right to complete the split file request.
PEGA will create a new intake case for each document. Split cases are routed to the "Initial Intake" work queue for processing.
Note:
Erroneous split file request: If the file should not be split and the request was routed to the "Clerical Rebatch" work queue by mistake, return the case following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 2 Select "Return to TE." 3 Click "Submit" to confirm the action.
Case will be returned to the "TE Processing" work queue.File split incorrectly: If the EIN Clerk identifies the file was split incorrectly (e.g., split at the wrong page break or missing pages in a range), follow the steps below.
Step Action 1 Start with the "Split" case that contains the file split incorrectly.
2 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 3 Select "Split File." 4 Select the full original document (not the split file). 5 Input the page number or range (only split into one (1) document). 6 Select the "Split the Document" button at the bottom left.
A link to the newly created document will appear beneath the "Split the Document" button.7 Open and review the document to ensure proper page breaks. 8 Click "Submit" at the bottom right to complete the split file request.
The incorrectly split case will be closed and the new case will have the correct split file and the full original document attached. The split case is routed to the "Initial Intake" queue for processing.Clerical post-processing: EIN Clerks will reroute documents to other functional areas (e.g., BMF Entity) and mail correspondence to the responsible party when the Form SS-4 is rejected for missing information and the initial and retry fax back attempts fail.
Follow the steps below to pull work from the "Clerical Post-Processing" work queue.
Step Action 1 Select the "Clerical Post-Processing" work queue. 2 Select an individual case ID. 3 Click "Go" and "Submit" to assign a case to your work list.
Case is removed from the "Clerical Post-Processing" work queue and placed in the user’s work list.Reroute form(s) included: Follow the steps below if the case includes documents that must be rerouted to another area.
Step Action 1 After clicking "Go" and "Submit" in the last step above, PEGA advances to "Enter Return Information." 2 Click the arrow in the top right corner of the page to expand the utility pane.
PEGA displays the file(s) attached to the case.3 Print the documents to be rerouted. 4 Route the documents to the appropriate functional area following local procedures. 5 Click the check box next to "Reroute(s) complete." 6 Click "Submit." Failed fax backs: As of March 30, 2025, the PEGA system automatically attempts all initial fax backs. Follow the steps below to mail the rejection letter to the responsible party when the Form SS-4 is rejected for missing information and the initial and retry fax back attempts fail.
Step Action 1 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 2 Select "Mail To Taxpayer." 3 Input the recipient mailing information and click "Generate Mailing Insert." 4 Print the rejection letter and mailing insert from the "Assignment Attachments" section of the case menu. 5 Prepare the documents for mailing following local procedures.
- Banklist Clerk users will confirm the requesting organization is approved for the bulk banklist program and validate the consolidated report for case type "Banklist Processing" before the case is routed to a tax examiner for processing.
Select banklist organization: Banklist Clerk users will locate and select the approved banklist organization following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Select the "Banklist Request" work queue. 2 Click the "Get Next Work" option on the home page.
PEGA pulls the case with the highest priority code.
3 Click the arrow in the top right corner of the page to expand the utility pane.
PEGA displays the file(s) attached to the case.4 Click on the attachment you want to view and open the file from the "downloads" drop-down.
5 Input the requesting organization’s name into the "Approved Banklist Organization" field.
A list of approved banklist organizations will auto-populate based on input allowing you to select the requesting organization.
Banklist organization not in PEGA but found in binders:- Select the "Banklist Organization is not found" check box and click "Continue."
- Select "Go."
- Add the approved banklist organization to PEGA following the steps in IRM 21.7.13.8.2.7(6) Steps 3-11, Banklist Lead.
6 Click "Continue" to select the approved banklist organization.
The requesting organization’s details are populated and displayed on screen.
Enter banklist request details: Banklist Clerk users will follow the steps below to validate the consolidated report(s) before routing to a tax examiner for processing.
Step Action 1 Click the "Go" button.
PEGA displays the following for the selected banklist organization:- Total EINs allocated
- Number of EINs available
2 Input the range of EINs in the block to be validated.
If the range is not sequential, click "+ Add EIN Block" to separate non-sequential ranges.
PEGA will calculate the total number of EINs that should be validated as part of the request.
3 CP 575 notices: Select the check box next to "Do not suppress" when the consolidated report indicates the CP 575 notice should be sent to the entity. 4 New block request: Select the check box next to "Request for new BSIGN Block included" when the documentation includes a request for a new block of EINs.
PEGA creates an allocation case and routes it to the Banklist Lead for processing.5 Click "Finish" at the bottom right. Separate EIN assignments for banklist processing: Consolidated reports for large blocks of EINs can be split into multiple assignment cases that can be processed by more than one Banklist Tax Examiner following the steps below.
Note:
This process does not split the file. The number of EINs to be validated in each case will be limited to the number of EINs included in the page range.
Step Action 1 Click the "Go" button. 2 Select "Yes" if the consolidated report should be separated into multiple assignments.
Select "No" and "Submit" to create a single "Banklist Assignment" case for processing.3 If "Yes" is selected:
- Input the beginning and ending page number
- Input the first and last EIN in the range to be validated
PEGA will calculate how many EINs are included in the page range.4 Click "Submit" at the bottom right.
PEGA will create a new "Banklist Assignment" case for each EIN range to be validated. The cases are routed to the "TE Processing" work queue for processing.Banklist case incorrectly classified: If after reviewing the fax, it’s found that the request was misclassified (e.g., request to join banklist program or request for a new block without a consolidated list), EIN Clerk users will follow the steps below to reclassify the case.
Step Action 1 Banklist Clerk determines the fax is not a consolidated list for validation. 2 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 3 Select "Reclassify." 4 Click "Submit" at the bottom right to resolve the case as reclassified.
The "Initial Intake" case is reopened and assigned to the Banklist Clerk’s work list for processing.Reject consolidated report: If after reviewing the fax, it’s found that the request should be rejected or denied (e.g., not an approved banklist organization or consolidated report is missing information), EIN Clerk users will follow the steps below to send the case to the Banklist Lead for review.
Note:
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.3.5(1), Processing a Consolidated List Returned by an Institution/Authorized Representative, to determine if the required information was supplied by the banklist customer.
Step Action 1 Banklist Clerk determines the consolidated list is not from an approved banklist organization or is missing information. 2 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 3 Select "Reject Consolidated Report." 4 Provide a summary of the issue(s). 4 Click "Continue" to confirm.
The case is routed to the Banklist Lead for review.Split case file: Banklist Clerk users can split a single fax containing multiple consolidated reports into individual cases for processing following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Clerk determines the fax contains multiple consolidated reports. 2 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 3 Select "Split File" to split the fax into separate cases for processing. 4 Select the attachment to be split. 5 Input the page range of the first consolidated report in the "Pages" field (e.g., 1-3). 6 Click "+Add Split" to add additional page ranges for each consolidated list.
PEGA will determine the number of new cases to be created based on the page ranges input.
7 Select the "Split the Document" button at the bottom left.
Links to the newly created document(s) will appear beneath the "Split the Document" button.8 Open and review the document(s) to ensure proper page breaks. 9 Click "Submit" at the bottom right to complete the split file request.
PEGA will create a new "Banklist Request" case for each document. Split cases are assigned to the Banklist Clerk’s work list for processing.File split incorrectly: If the Banklist Clerk identifies the file was split incorrectly (e.g., split at the wrong page break or missing pages in a range), follow the steps below.
Step Action 1 Start with the "Split" case that contains the file split incorrectly.
2 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 3 Select "Split File." 4 Select the full original document (not the split file). 5 Input the page number or range (only split into one (1) document). 6 Select the "Split the Document" button at the bottom left.
Links to the newly created document will appear beneath the "Split the Document" button.7 Open and review the document(s) to ensure proper page breaks. 8 Click "Submit" at the bottom right to complete the split file request.
The incorrectly split case will be closed and the new case will have the correct split file and the full original document attached. The split case is assigned to the Banklist Clerk’s work list for processing.
- Users assigned the role of SS-4 Tax Examiner process single Form SS-4 , Application for Employer Identification Number, requests for domestic entities and bulk banklist consolidated reports. This subsection contains processing instructions for single domestic Forms SS-4 received in EFS PEGA. Refer to IRM 21.7.13.8.2.4, User Role: Banklist Tax Examiner, for bulk banklist consolidated report processing instructions.
Initial input of information from Form SS-4: EIN Tax Examiners will input the entity information from Form SS-4 following the steps below.
Duplicate check: If the name of the entity or responsible party on the current case match a Form SS-4 processed in the last 30 days, a listing of the previous submissions the current case is a potential duplicate of is displayed for review.
Note:
The current case is the potential duplicate, not the cases in the listing displayed for review. Clicking the "Why is this shown here" button will display an explanation of why the case was flagged as a potential duplicate.
Compare the Form SS-4 on the current case to the previous submissions and follow the steps below.
SS-4 assignment: The Tax Examiner will use the IAT EIN Assignment tool to research IDRS to determine whether the entity needs a new EIN. See IRM 21.7.13.4.2, Researching Taxpayer Information, and IRM 21.7.13.4.3, Entity Classification and Ownership Changes.
Reminder:
Using the IAT EIN Assignment tool is mandated per IRM 21.2.2-2, Accounts Management Mandated IAT Tools. Use CC NAMEE if the tool is unavailable.
Note:
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.10, Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, Missing Information Necessary for Processing, if invalid or missing information is identified on the Form SS-4.
After researching, follow the steps below.
Step Action 1 A new EIN is needed:
- Assign the EIN using the correct procedure for the entity type. See IRM 21.7.13.5, Assigning EINs.
A new EIN is not needed:- Correspond with the applicant. See IRM 21.7.13.4.2.4, If an EIN is Found/Not Found.
2 Click "Go" to continue. Record the outcome.
Assigned: Provide the following information when a new EIN is assigned.
Step Action 1 Record the EIN number.
Provisional EIN - If the provisional EIN provided to the taxpayer is not available at the time of assignment:- Select the "Provisional EIN not available" check box
- Record the provisional EIN provided to the taxpayer
- Record the EIN assigned
2 Select the return method:
- "Fax back" , or
- "No fax number provided"
3 If return method is:
"Fax back"- Record the fax number, and
- Select the "Domestic" or "International" radial button.
Review the system-generated EIN assignment document by clicking the "Preview Assignment Letter" button.
"No fax number provided"- CP 575 will be mailed to the address of record.
4 Select the "Reroute form(s) included" check box if there are forms or correspondence that need to be routed to another area and follow the steps below.
- Download Form 9948, Referrals To.
- Enter the complete mailing address and mail stop of the receiving area.
Enter the reason for reroute in the "Remarks" section.
- Combine the completed Form 9948 and the document(s) to be routed into a single PDF and save the file to your computer.
Attach the file to the case following the steps below.- Click the arrow in the top right corner of the page to expand the utility pane.
- Click the gear icon in the "Files & documents" section.
- Attach the file by drag-and-drop or browse and select the file from your computer.
5 Click "Submit."
Previously assigned: Provide the following information when a previously assigned EIN is located.
Step Action 1 Record the previously assigned EIN number.
Provisional EIN - If a previously assigned EIN is identified at the time of assignment:- Record the provisional EIN provided to the taxpayer
- Record the previously assigned EIN
2 Select one of the following options:
- "Assigned within the last 30 days (CP-575 indicated)"
- "147C letter sent within the last 30 days"
- "147C letter needed"
Address on Form SS-4 differs from address of record:- Follow the instructions in IRM 21.7.13.4.2.4(1) row 5, If an EIN is Found/Not Found.
- Save a PDF copy of the letter and attach it to the case following the steps below.
- Click the arrow in the top right corner of the page to expand the utility pane.
- Click the gear icon in the "Files & documents" section.
- Attach the file by drag-and-drop or browse and select the file from your computer.
Provisional EIN - Letter 147C is always required.3 Select the "Reroute form(s) included" check box if there are forms or correspondence that need to be routed to another area and follow the steps below.
- Download Form 9948, Referrals To.
- Enter the complete mailing address and mail stop of the receiving area.
Enter the reason for reroute in the "Remarks" section.
- Combine the completed Form 9948 and the document(s) to be routed into a single PDF and save the file to your computer.
Attach the file to the case following the steps below.- Click the arrow in the top right corner of the page to expand the utility pane.
- Click the gear icon in the "Files & documents" section.
- Attach the file by drag-and-drop or browse and select the file from your computer.
4 Click "Submit." Rejected: Provide the following information when the Form SS-4 must be rejected for missing or invalid information.
Reminder:
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.10, Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, Missing Information Necessary for Processing, before rejecting.
Incorrect outcome selected: If the Tax Examiner discovers the incorrect outcome was selected and the case needs to be returned to assignment processing, follow the steps below.
Step Action 1 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 2 Select "Return to TE Processing." 3 Click "Submit" to confirm.
The case is returned to the "Input SS-4 Data" step.Reopen assignment: A Tax Examiner, lead, or manager can reopen an "SS-4 Assignment" case to make any necessary corrections to the case details or outcome following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Use "Case Search" or other method to locate the case. 2 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 3 Select "Reopen." 4 Provide the reason the case is being reopened in the "Reason for Reopen" text field (required). 5 Click "Submit" to confirm.
The case is reopened and placed back in the user’s work list.Clerical rebatch: If the fax image contains more than one (1) Form SS-4, the EIN Tax Examiner will send the case back to the EIN Clerk following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 2 Select "Request to Split File." 3 Click "Submit" to confirm.
The request is routed to the "Clerical Rebatch" work queue.Reclassify: If the Form SS-4 was misclassified as domestic and needs to be routed to the International work queue, follow the steps below.
Note:
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7(5), Foreign Entities - Definitions and Instructions, for guidance to determine whether an entity is "foreign."
Step Action 1 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 2 Select "Change Domestic/International." 3 Select the "International" radial button.
4 Click "Submit" to confirm.
Case is routed to the appropriate work queue.Classified waste: If a fax image is classified waste, follow the steps below.
Step Action 1 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 2 Select "Classified Waste Request." 3 Provide a reason/description of the classified waste. 4 Click "Submit" to confirm.
Case is routed to the "Classified Waste Request" work queue for lead/manager review.Route to manager: SS-4 Tax Examiners may send the case to a lead or manager for technical questions or assistance resolving processing issues. The lead or manager has 24 hours to provide a response. If the lead or manager does not respond within 24 hours, the case is returned to the Tax Examiner with a message "Manager Deadline Exceeded." Follow the steps below to route the case to a lead or manager.
Banklist Assignment: Banklist Tax Examiners will validate the EINs in a consolidated list following the steps below. Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.3.5, Processing a Consolidated List Returned by an Institution/Authorized Representative, for additional information.
Banklist post-processing: Once all EINs have been validated and assigned, the case is routed for post-processing. Large-block requests are routed to the "EIN Lead Processing" work queue. Small-block requests are routed to the Banklist Tax Examiner who completed EIN validation. Follow the steps below for small-block requests.
Step Action 1 Click the "Go" button. 2 Use the Integrated Automation Technologies (IAT) Letter tool to mail Letter 225C, EIN Block Assignment for Trusts and Estates.
3 Click the arrow in the top right corner of the page to expand the utility pane. 4 Click the gear icon in the "Files & Documents" section. 5 Attach the Letter 225C using drag-and-drop or browse and select the file from your computer. 6 Click the "225C Letter Has Been Sent" check box to confirm Letter 225C was issued. 7 Click "Submit" to close the case. Reopen assignment: A Banklist Tax Examiner, lead, or manager can reopen a "Banklist Assignment" case to make any necessary corrections to the case details or outcome following the steps below.
Note:
A Banklist Tax Examiner can only reopen a case if post-processing has not been completed. If post-processing has been completed, a lead or manager must reopen the case.
Step Action 1 Use "Case Search" or other method to locate the case. 2 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 3 Select "Reopen." 4 Provide the reason the case is being reopened in the "Reason for Reopen" text field (required). 5 Click "Submit" to confirm.
The case is reopened and placed back in the user’s work list.Update reopened banklist assignment: Follow the steps below to make corrections to the outcome of any validated EIN after reopening a banklist assignment case.
Step Action 1 Click the "Go" button. 2 Click on the row that contains the EIN that needs to be corrected. 3 Select the appropriate outcome from the drop-down and click "Submit." 4 Click "Submit" to complete the update(s) after all corrections have been made. Route to manager: Banklist Tax Examiners may send the case to a lead or manager for technical questions or assistance resolving processing issues. The lead or manager has 24 hours to provide a response. If the lead or manager does not respond within 24 hours, the case is returned to the Banklist Tax Examiner with a message "Manager Deadline Exceeded." Follow the steps below to route the case to a lead or manager.
Step Action 1 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 2 Select "Route to Manager." 3 Select a lead or manager from the drop-down and explain the technical question or processing issue in the "Reason" text field. 4 Click "Submit" to confirm.
Case is routed to the selected lead or manager for review.
- Users assigned the International EIN role process Forms SS-4 received from entities that were created or organized outside the U.S., including U.S. Territories. Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7, Foreign Entities - Definitions and Instructions, for additional information.
Initial input of information from Form SS-4: International EIN users will input the entity information from Form SS-4 following the steps below.
Duplicate check: If the name of the entity or responsible party on the current case match a Form SS-4 processed in the last 30 days, a listing of the previous submissions is displayed for review.
Note:
The current case is the potential duplicate, not the cases in the listing displayed for review. Clicking the "Why is this shown here" button will display an explanation of why the case was flagged as a potential duplicate.
Compare the Form SS-4 on the current case to the previous submissions and follow the steps below.
SS-4 assignment: The International EIN user will use the IAT EIN Assignment tool to research IDRS to determine whether the entity needs a new EIN. See IRM 21.7.13.4.2, Researching Taxpayer Information, and IRM 21.7.13.4.3, Entity Classification and Ownership Changes.
Reminder:
Using the IAT EIN Assignment tool is mandated per IRM 21.2.2-2, Accounts Management Mandated IAT Tools. Use CC NAMEE if the tool is unavailable.
Note:
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.10, Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, Missing Information Necessary for Processing, if invalid or missing information is identified on the Form SS-4.
After researching, follow the steps below.
Step Action 1 A new EIN is needed:
- Assign the EIN using the correct procedure for the entity type. See IRM 21.7.13.5, Assigning EINs.
A new EIN is not needed:- Correspond with the applicant. See IRM 21.7.13.4.2.4, If an EIN is Found/Not Found.
2 Click "Go" to continue. Record the outcome.
Assigned: Provide the following information when a new EIN is assigned.
Step Action 1 Record the EIN number.
Provisional EIN - If the provisional EIN provided to the taxpayer is not available at the time of assignment:- Select the "Provisional EIN not available" check box
- Record the provisional EIN provided to the taxpayer
- Record the EIN assigned
2 Select the return method:
- "Fax back" , or
- "No fax number provided"
3 If return method is:
"Fax back"- Record the fax number, and
- Select the "Domestic" or "International" radial button.
Review the system-generated EIN assignment document by clicking the "Preview Assignment Letter" button.
"No fax number provided"- CP 575 will be mailed to the address of record.
4 Select the "Reroute form(s) included" check box if there are forms or correspondence that need to be routed to another area and follow the steps below.
- Download Form 9948, Referrals To.
- Enter the complete mailing address and mail stop of the receiving area.
Enter the reason for reroute in the "Remarks" section.
- Combine the completed Form 9948 and the document(s) to be routed into a single PDF and save the file to your computer.
Attach the file to the case following the steps below.- Click the arrow in the top right corner of the page to expand the utility pane.
- Click the gear icon in the "Files & documents" section.
- Attach the file by drag-and-drop or browse and select the file from your computer.
5 Click "Submit."
Previously assigned: Provide the following information when a previously assigned EIN is located.
Step Action 1 Record the previously assigned EIN number.
Provisional EIN - If a previously assigned EIN is identified at the time of assignment:- Record the provisional EIN provided to the taxpayer
- Record the previously assigned EIN
2 Select one of the following options:
- "Assigned within the last 30 days (CP-575 indicated)"
- "147C letter sent within the last 30 days"
- "147C letter needed"
Address on Form SS-4 differs from address of record:- Follow the instructions in IRM 21.7.13.4.2.4(1) row 5, If an EIN is Found/Not Found.
- Save a PDF copy of the letter and attach it to the case following the steps below.
- Click the arrow in the top right corner of the page to expand the utility pane.
- Click the gear icon in the "Files & documents" section.
- Attach the file by drag-and-drop or browse and select the file from your computer.
Provisional EIN - Letter 147C is always required.3 Select the "Reroute form(s) included" check box if there are forms or correspondence that need to be routed to another area and follow the steps below.
- Download Form 9948, Referrals To.
- Enter the complete mailing address and mail stop of the receiving area.
Enter the reason for reroute in the "Remarks" section.
- Combine the completed Form 9948 and the document(s) to be routed into a single PDF and save the file to your computer.
Attach the file to the case following the steps below.- Click the arrow in the top right corner of the page to expand the utility pane.
- Click the gear icon in the "Files & documents" section.
- Attach the file by drag-and-drop or browse and select the file from your computer.
4 Click "Submit." Rejected: Provide the following information when the Form SS-4 must be rejected for missing or invalid information.
Reminder:
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.10, Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, Missing Information Necessary for Processing, before rejecting.
Incorrect outcome selected: If the International EIN user discovers the incorrect outcome was selected and the case needs to be returned to assignment processing, follow the steps below.
Step Action 1 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 2 Select "Return to TE Processing." 3 Click "Submit" to confirm.
The case is returned to the "Input SS-4 Data" step.Reopen assignment: An International EIN user, lead, or manager can reopen an "SS-4 Assignment" case to make any necessary corrections to the case details or outcome following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Use "Case Search" or other method to locate the case. 2 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 3 Select "Reopen." 4 Provide the reason the case is being reopened in the "Reason for Reopen" text field (required). 5 Click "Submit" to confirm.
The case is reopened and placed back in the user’s work list.Clerical rebatch: If the fax image contains more than one (1) Form SS-4, the International EIN user will send the case back to the EIN Clerk following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 2 Select "Request to Split File." 3 Click "Submit" to confirm.
The request is routed to the "Clerical Rebatch" work queue.Reclassify: If the Form SS-4 was misclassified as International and needs to be routed to the "TE Processing" work queue, follow the steps below.
Note:
Refer to IRM 21.7.13.3.2.7(5), Foreign Entities - Definitions and Instructions, for guidance to determine whether an entity is "foreign."
Step Action 1 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 2 Select "Change Domestic/International." 3 Select the "Domestic" radial button.
4 Click "Submit" to confirm.
Case is routed to the appropriate work queue.Classified waste: If a fax image is classified waste, follow the steps below.
Step Action 1 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 2 Select "Classified Waste Request." 3 Provide a reason/description of the classified waste. 4 Click "Submit" to confirm.
Case is routed to the "Classified Waste Request" work queue for lead/manager review.Route to manager: International EIN users may send the case to a lead or manager for technical questions or assistance resolving processing issues. The lead or manager has 24 hours to provide a response. If the lead or manager does not respond within 24 hours, the case is returned to the International EIN user with a message "Manager Deadline Exceeded." Follow the steps below to route the case to a lead or manager.
Users assigned the role of EIN Manager/Lead perform the following tasks in PEGA:
- Manager inquiry
- Manager quality review
- Reassign case
- Unassign case
- Bulk fax back retry
See IRM 21.7.13.8.2.7, User Role: Banklist Lead, for lead responsibilities supporting banklist processing.
Manager inquiry: Employees may send a case to the manager or lead for technical questions or assistance resolving processing issues. The manager or lead has 24 hours to provide a response. Assistance requests not worked within 24 hours are returned to the employee with a message "Manager Deadline Exceeded." Follow the steps below to respond to the assistance request.
Step Action 1 Click the "My Work" icon in the main menu to access assistance requests assigned to you. 2 Select "Go" to open the case. 3 Review the case details and respond to the question(s) asked. 4 Click "Submit" at the bottom right to route the case back to the employee.
The manager or lead’s response is displayed below the reason for the referral provided by the employee.
Manager quality review: EIN managers are required to perform a minimum of two (2) evaluative reviews per employee per month for quality control. Follow the steps below to conduct the required quality review(s).
Step Action 1 Select the "Manager QC" icon in the main menu. 2 Select the month from the "Select Month" drop-down and click the "Refresh" button. 3 Click the "Perform Review" button on the line containing the name of the employee to be reviewed. 4 Choose a case for review:
- Select "Create Manager QC Case (Random Select)" at the top of the page to review a random case, or
- Select "Create Manager QC Case" on the line containing the case ID to be reviewed.
5 Click the "SS-4 Assignment" case link in the summary panel. 6 Review the case information and attachments.
View case attachments by selecting "Reviewed Case Attachments" in the case menu.7 Select the radial button under "Quality Control" to record the outcome:
- Unreviewable: Case could not be reviewed or was previously reviewed by National Quality.
- Quality Assurance Complete: Case reviewed and any applicable changes/corrections have been completed.
8 Single SS-4 assignment review: Click "Submit" to complete the review.
Banklist assignment review: Enter the EIN number reviewed then click "Submit" to complete the review.Corrective action required after quality review: A manager or lead can return a case to an employee for corrective action following the steps below.
Note:
The following instructions can only be used for cases whose outcome is "Assigned-Fax back." For all other case outcomes, the manager or lead should advise the Tax Examiner to reopen the case for corrective action.
Step Action 1 Click the "SS-4 Assignment" case link in the summary panel from the "ManagerQC" case. 2 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 3 Select "Send for Corrective Action." 4 Click "Submit" to confirm.
The case will be returned to the employee for correction.5 Notify the employee or leave remarks on the case explaining the corrections required.
The case is returned to the manager or lead’s work list after correction.
6 Select the case "Pending-Correction" and click "Go" to review the corrective actions. 7 Approve or reject the changes.
Rejected: Return to the employee for further correction.
Approved:- Return to the "Quality Review" case in your work list
- Select the "Quality Assurance Complete" radial button
- Click "Submit" to complete the review
Extend fax hold: Completed cases where the case outcome is "Assigned" and the return method is "Fax back" are held for two (2) business days for quality review. A manager or lead can extend the 2-day hold period to allow more time for any necessary corrective actions identified during quality review following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Use "Case Search" or other method to locate the case. 2 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 3 Select "Update Faxback Hold Period." 4 Update the fax hold date/time to a specific date/time greater than 2 business days from resolution date/time. 5 Click the "Submit" button to save the updated fax hold expiration date/time.
The fax hold expiration date is updated on the case.Reassign case: A manager or lead can reassign a case from one user to another following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Use "Case Search" or other method to locate the case that needs to be reassigned. 2 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 3 Select "Reassign." 4 Enter the name of the user into the "Reassign to" field.
5 Click the "Reassign" button to complete the reassignment.
The case is removed from the current user’s work list and routed to the selected user’s work list.Unassign case: A manager or lead can remove a case from a user’s work list and return it to the appropriate work queue for assignment to the next available employee following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Use "Case Search" or other method to locate the case that needs to be reassigned. 2 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 3 Select "Unassign." 4 Click the "Submit" button to confirm.
The case is removed from the current user’s work list and returned to the work queue.Classified waste: A manager or lead must review fax images referred by employees as classified waste and determine if the receipt cannot or should not be processed or retained. Follow the steps below to review cases in the "Classified Waste Request" work queue.
Step Action 1 Select the "Classified Waste Request" work queue. 2 Review the case information and attachments. 3 Determine if the receipt cannot or should not be processed or retained. 4 Receipt determined to be classified waste:
- Assignment case is not created and current case is closed as classified waste.
Receipt is not classified waste and should be processed/retained:- Case is returned to the user to continue processing.
Effective June 8, 2025, users can retry a fax to multiple recipients using the "Resend Efax" tool in PEGA. Retry each failed fax transmission one (1) time. Any fax transmission that fails after one (1) retry attempt must be mailed. Bulk fax back retry attempts will follow the schedule below.
Retry Day Failed Faxes Sent Tuesday Thursday (prior week) through Monday (current week) Thursday Tuesday and Wednesday (current week) The following steps are illustrated in the Instructions for TxReport Export in Outlook document under Job Aids on the EIN Resource page on SERP.
Extract the failed fax transmissions from Outlook following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Open Outlook. 2 Select the "*IT EFS EIN Prod" mailbox. 3 Check the "Inbox" for "Not ok" fax transmissions.
Move any "Not ok" fax transmissions to the "NOT OK" sub folder created for failed fax transmission report emails.4 Right click the "NOT OK" sub folder and select "Copy Folder." 5 Select your personal "Inbox" and select "OK." 6 Select the "File" tab at the top of Outlook. 7 Select the "Open & Export" side tab and then select the "Import/Export" option. 8 Select "Export to a file" and then click "Next." 9 Select "Comma Separated Values" and then click "Next." 10 Select the copied "NOT OK" folder from your "Inbox" and then click "Next." 11 Select the location you want to save the file to, and then click "Next." 12 Check the box next to "Export Email messages from folder: NOT OK" and the click the "Map Custom Fields" button. 13 Select "Clear Map" and then drag the value of "Body" to the right column and click "OK." 14 Click "Finish."
The Excel spreadsheet will be saved to the location that you specified in Step 11.Extract the case IDs from the Excel spreadsheet file created in Step 1 following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Open the Excel spreadsheet created in Step 1 above. 2 Paste the following formula in Column B, cell B2:
=MID(A2, FIND("SR" ,A2),9)
Click the green check mark to the left of the formula bar.3 Copy cell B2. 4 Select each row in Column B that contains corresponding data in Column A. 5 Right click and select "Formulas" under the "Paste" options.
6 Highlight Column B, right click, and select "Copy." 7 Open a new Excel spreadsheet. 8 Select Column A in the new Excel spreadsheet, right click and select "Values" under the "Paste" options.
Compare failed fax transmissions and rejected cases following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Click the "Reports" icon in the main menu. 2 Open the "Clerical Throughput Report." 3 Export case data following the schedule below:
- Tuesday - Set the date filters to Thursday (prior week) through Monday (current week)
- Thursday - Set the date filters to Tuesday and Wednesday (current week)
4 Click "ALL" in the top left corner of the report in PEGA to view the report details. 5 Select the "Actions" drop-down in the top right corner and choose "Export to Excel." 6 Filter the "Status" column on the exported Excel spreadsheet to list only cases with status "Resolved-Rejected-Faxback." 7 Copy and paste the "Case ID" column from the filtered "Clerical Throughput Report" to Column B of the same spreadsheet as the exported failed fax transmittal results.
8 Select Columns A and B and click "Conditional Formatting" on the Excel ribbon. 9 Choose "Highlight Cell Rules" then "Duplicate Values."
10 Filter Column B (Case IDs from the "Clerical Throughput Report" ) based on "Cell Color." Select the "Resend Efax" tool from the main menu in PEGA and follow the steps below.
Step Action 1 Download the Excel template file from PEGA. 2 Copy the Case IDs from Column B filtered by "Cell Color" in Step 10 in 3) above, and paste them into Column A of the Excel template file. 3 Save the file to a folder on your computer. 4 Click "Import" to upload the Excel template file containing the Case IDs into the "Resend Efax" tool. 5 Click "Resend Efax."
PEGA will retry the fax back for each Case ID in the file and display one of the following results for each Case ID.- Efax Resent successfully: Efax resent successfully to the fax number recorded on the case.
- Case not available for fax back: Case is either in progress (e.g., reopened) or was resolved via mailing.
- Failed to open the case, please check case ID: Case ID is incorrect and/or not found in the system.
Determine the Case IDs for which the retry attempt failed following the steps below (rejection letter must be mailed to the applicant).
Step Action 1 Click the "Reports" icon in the main menu. 2 Open the "Clerical Throughput Report." 3 Export case data following the schedule below to determine if retry failed:
- Tuesday - Set the date filters to Tuesday and Wednesday (prior week).
- Thursday - Set the date filters to Thursday (prior week) through Monday (current week).
4 Click "ALL" in the top left corner of the report in PEGA to view the report details. 5 Select the "Actions" drop-down in the top right corner and choose "Export to Excel." 6 Filter the "Status" column on the exported Excel spreadsheet to list only cases with status "Resolved-Rejected-Faxback." 7 Copy and paste the "Case ID" column from the filtered "Clerical Throughput Report" to Column B of the same spreadsheet as the exported failed fax transmittal results.
8 Select Columns A and B and click "Conditional Formatting" on the Excel ribbon. 9 Choose "Highlight Cell Rules" then "Duplicate Values."
10 Filter Column B (Case IDs from the "Clerical Throughput Report" ) based on "Cell Color."
The retry failed for each of the Case IDs remaining in Column B.11 Copy the Case IDs from Column B filtered by "Cell Color" and paste them into a new Excel spreadsheet. 12 Assign the listing to a clerk for processing.
EIN Clerk users will mail the rejection letter to the applicant for each Case ID in the listing following the steps in IRM 21.7.13.8.2.1(5)(c), User Role: EIN Clerk.
- Users assigned the role of Banklist Lead perform all of the tasks detailed in IRM 21.7.13.8.2.6, User Role: EIN Manager / Lead, and the specific tasks detailed in this subsection.
Banklist case incorrectly classified: If after reviewing the fax, it’s found that the request was misclassified, Banklist Lead users will follow the steps below to reclassify the case.
Step Action 1 Banklist Lead determines the fax was misclassified. 2 Select the "Actions" drop-down located just above the "Summary" panel. 3 Select "Reclassify." 4 Click "Submit" at the bottom right to resolve the case as reclassified.
The "Initial Intake" case is reopened and assigned to the Banklist Lead’s work list for processing.Allocate an EIN block: A Banklist Lead will follow the steps below to assign a block of EINs to an approved banklist organization.
Identify and locate the banklist organization following the steps below.
A Banklist Lead can manually create an allocation case by following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Click the "Create" option in the main menu and select "EIN Allocation" from the drop-down. 2 Click "Go." 3 Attach documentation to justify the allocation.
- Click the arrow in the top right corner of the page to expand the utility pane
- Click the gear icon in the Files and Documents section
- Attach the documentation using drag-and-drop or browse and select the file from your computer
4 Follow steps 5-8 in alpha a) above. Use CC BSIGN to allocate an EIN block and record the allocated EINs in PEGA following the steps below.
Step Action 1 See IRM 21.7.13.3.3.3, Assigning an EIN Block (CC BSIGN), for BSIGN procedures. 2 Enter the starting and ending EIN in the allocated block.
3 Use the Integrated Automation Technologies (IAT) Letter tool to mail Letter 225C, EIN Block Assignment for Trusts and Estates.
4 Click the arrow in the top right corner of the page to expand the utility pane. 5 Click the gear icon in the Files and Documents section. 6 Attach the Letter 225C or fax notification using drag-and-drop or browse and select the file from your computer. 7 Click the "Block Confirmation Notice has been printed and either mailed or faxed" check box to confirm. 8 Click "Submit" to allocate the block to the organization.
Deny new block request: A Banklist Lead may determine the new block request should be denied (e.g., existing block has not been used, not an approved organization). Deny the request following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Select the "Actions" drop-down just above the "Summary" panel. 2 Select "Deny new block request." 3 Click "Submit" to confirm. 4 Correspond with the banklist organization. New banklist organization approval: A Banklist Lead must monitor the "Banklist Approval" work queue for new requests to join the banklist program. Process new requests following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Select the "Banklist Approval" work queue and select a case ID. 2 Click "Go." 3 Click the arrow in the top right corner of the page to expand the utility pane.
PEGA displays the file(s) attached to the case.4 Click on the attachment you want to view and open the file from the "downloads" drop-down. 5 Enter the name of the banklist organization (required). 6 Select the type of entity the block of EINs will be assigned to (required). 7 Enter the state where the banklist organization is located (required). 8 Enter the name of the contact person (required). 9 Enter the contact person’s phone number (required). 10 Enter the contact person’s fax number (optional). 11 Number of EINs requested per month (required). 12 Click "Submit" to route the case to the "PPB Approver" work queue. Add banklist organization: Add an approved banklist organization to PEGA following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Select the "Organization Search" icon in the main menu. 2 Select the "Add Banklist Organization" button on the top right. 3 Enter the name of the banklist organization (required). 4 Enter the state where the banklist organization is located (required). 5 Select the type of entity the block of EINs will be assigned to (required). 6 Enter the name of the contact person (required). 7 Enter the contact person’s phone number (required). 8 Enter the contact person’s fax number (optional). 9 Allocated EIN blocks:
- Enter the first and last EIN in the block
- Enter the date the block was allocated
10 Assigned EIN blocks:
- Enter the first and last EIN in the block
- Enter the date the block was assigned
11 Click "Submit."
The new banklist organization is added to the list of approved organizations.Edit organization information: A Banklist Lead can update the information for an existing banklist organization following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Select the "Organization Search" icon in the main menu. 2 Input the name of the organization to be updated.
A list of approved banklist organizations will auto-populate based on input.3 Click the "Update" button. 4 Banklist Lead can update:
- Contact person
- Phone number
- Fax number (optional)
- Starting and ending EIN of validated block(s)
- Starting and ending EIN of allocated block(s)
- Date block(s) allocated
5 Click "Submit" to save the updated information. Add new organization type to existing banklist organization: A Banklist Lead can add a new organization type to an existing banklist organization following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Select the "Organization Search" icon in the main menu. 2 Input the name of the organization to be updated.
A list of approved banklist organizations will auto-populate based on input.3 Click the "Add Org Type" button in the top right corner. 4 Enter the following information:
- Org type
- Contact person
- Phone number
- Fax number (optional)
- Starting and ending EIN of allocated block(s)
- Starting and ending EIN of assigned block(s)
- Date block(s) allocated or assigned
5 Click "Submit" to add the new organization type to the selected banklist organization.
PEGA will return to the "Organization Details" screen.- Reopen banklist assignment: Only a manager or lead can reopen a banklist assignment after post-processing is completed (banklist request is resolved). Refer to IRM 21.7.13.8.2.4(3), User Role: Banklist Tax Examiner, for complete procedures.
Banklist duplicate check: PEGA automatically routes a banklist case to the "Duplicate Check" work queue when the EIN numbers input for the banklist request are potential duplicates. The Banklist Lead or manager will follow the steps below to review the case and confirm if the case should be processed or closed as a duplicate.
Note:
The current case is the potential duplicate, not the cases in the listing displayed for review. Clicking the "Why is this shown here" button will display an explanation of why the case was flagged as a potential duplicate.
Step Action 1 Open the "Duplicate Check" work queue.
2 Select a case ID from the work list. 3 Select the "Duplicate Check" button in the top right corner. 4 Click "Go." 5 Compare the EINs on the current case to the previous submissions. 6 Select "Ignore & Continue" if the current case should be processed. The case will continue to "Banklist Request" in the workflow.
Otherwise; follow Step 7 below.7 Select "Close this Case as Duplicate" if the current case is a duplicate request.
A "Banklist Request" case is not created.
8 Click "Submit" to confirm. Manager override of non-applicable EIN: A manager or lead has the option to mark an EIN as "Not Applicable" for processing.
Step Action 1 From "Manager Inquiry" , select the "Actions" drop-down in the top right corner and choose "Close EIN as Not Applicable." 2 Enter EIN to be marked "Not Applicable." 3 Click "Add EIN" to enter additional EINs (if needed). 4 Select "Not Applicable" from the "Outcome" drop-down list. 5 Click "Submit" to remove the non-applicable EIN(s) from inventory and return the case to the employee.
The reports described in this subsection are available to EIN managers, leads, and headquarters (HQ) users. Access the reports below by clicking the "Reports" icon in the main menu.
- Weekly Inventory Report: View starting inventory, receipts, closures, and ending inventory for each full week (starting Sunday) of the selected month and year.
- Daily Inventory Report: View starting inventory, receipts, closures, and ending inventory for each day of the week inclusive of the selected date.
- Aged Inventory Report: View open inventory that has aged past the due date.
- Overdue Post-Processing Report: View closed inventory in the Clerical Post-Processing queue that has aged past the due date.
- Average Completion Time of Closure Report: View the average time for EIN Tax Examiners and EIN International CSRs to process inventory.
- Closure by Type Report: View closures by program type for any date range entered.
- Closure by Team Report: View closures by operation, department, and team for a selected period.
- Team Inventory Report: View current inventory by operation, department, and team.
Number of Fax Receipts by Type Report: View the number of inventory receipts by program.
Note:
For SS-4 (domestic and international) the volume for each case is one (1) (single Form SS-4); Banklist volume is determined by the number of EINs to be validated.
- Projection Report: View inventory coming due within 2 weeks of the current date.
- Reopened Cases Report: View cases reopened in a specified month.
- Clerical Throughput Report: View intake and post-processing closures for any date range entered.
- Resolved SS-4 Requests by Status Report: View SS-4 requests resolved before an assignment case is created (e.g., classified waste, duplicate, or split cases).
- Resolved Banklist Requests by Status Report: View Banklist requests resolved before a Banklist assignment case is created (e.g., classified waste, duplicate, or split cases).
- Reclassification Report: View the number of cases reclassified (e.g., domestic to international or international to domestic) during a specified period.
PEGA End User Management allows Business Administrators to add a new user or update information for an existing user including:
- Who a user reports to
- User’s Integrated Data Retrieval System (IDRS) number
- Operation, department, and team
- Designate a user as a trainee or on-the-job instructor (OJI)
- Assign or update user roles
Add a new user following the steps below.
Note:
New users should not generally need to be added by the Business Administrator. Once the BEARS request is approved, the user should try to login to the PEGA application using SSO. This should create the user in the system.
Step Action 1 Select "End User Management" from the left menu. 2 Click the "Add New User" button on the right side of the window. 3 Search for the user by name or SEID. 4 Continue to paragraph 3 Step 4. Update information for a specific user following the steps below.
Step Action 1 Select "End User Management" from the left menu. 2 Search for the user by name or SEID. 3 Click the "Edit" button next to the specified user. 4 Update any of the following fields:
- Reports to: Sets the manager for the user and is displayed on certain reports.
- IDRS number: User IDRS number is captured for National Quality Reviews. The user can edit this field when processing SS-4 or Banklist assignment cases.
- Team information: Sets the operation, department, and team for the user for team-based reports.
On-the-job instructor (OJI) or trainee: Designate a user as an OJI (performs review of trainee assignments) or trainee (requires 100% review of assignments prior to closure).
- Can work provisional indicator: Indicate if the user can process work classified as Provisional SS-4.
5 Update or add a user role:
- Click the "Add Role" button
- Select the effective date
- Select an expiration date
6 Click "Submit" at the bottom of the page to save the changes. Provisional Form SS-4 processing: Business Administrators can enable or disable provisional Form SS-4 processing following the steps below.
ESIGN ..-.......
MASTER-FILE-IND>. LOC-CD>..00 APPLLCTN-CASE-IDENTIFIER>..........
NAME-CTRL>.... PRIMARY-NAME>
CONTINUATION-OF-PRIMARY-NAME>]
SORT-NAME>
CARE-OF-NAME>%
FOREIGN-STREET-ADDRESS>
MAIL-STREET-OR-FOREIGN-CITY-ZIP>
MAIL-CITY-STATE-ZIP-OR-FOREIGN-COUNTRY>
LOCATION-STREET-ADDRESS>
LOCATION-CITY-STATE>ZIP>
941>.. 940>. 943>. 945>. 2290>. 1041>. 1065>. 944>..
1120>.. 720>. 730>. 11C>. CT-1>. 1066>. 1042>. 8804>.
FYM>.. EMPLYMNT-CD>. FTD-SUPPRESS-IND>. XREF-TIN-TYPE>. SSN-ITIN-EIN>.........
SOLE-PROPTR-SSN>...-..-.... NONRESIDENT-ALIEN>MMYYYY RRB-NUM>........
NOTICE-INFO-CD>. RETURN-ID>.. RETURN-ID-TAX-PERIOD>MMYYYY PLAN-NUM>... BUSINESS-OPERATIONAL-DATE>MMYYYY WAGES-PAID-DATE>MMYYYY DUPLICATE-ADDRESS>N
EMPLOYEES>..... REASON-APPLIED>. PH>.......... PRIOR-EIN>N PRIOR-EIN>.........
BUSINESS-LOC-COUNTY> < BUSINESS-LOC-STATE>.. POL-ORG>.
TYPE-OF-ENTITY>.. TYPE-OF-ENTITY-REMARKS> < LLC-IND>.
PRIN-CKBX>.. PRIN-REMARKS> < REASON-APPL-MSG>
PRIN-MDSE-SOLD-SERVICE> <
REMARKS>
An acronym is a word formed from the initial letter or letters of each of the major parts of a compound terms. The following table contains acronyms used in this IRM.
| Acronym | Definition |
|---|---|
| AM | Account Management |
| BMF | Business Master File |
| BOD | Business Operation Date |
| BR | Business Register |
| CAMC | Cincinnati Account Management Center |
| CCR | Central Contractor Registration |
| CC | Command Code |
| CSR | Customer Service Representative |
| DOB | Date of Birth |
| EIN | Employer Identification Number |
| E-FAX | Electronic Facsimile |
| EPMF | Employee Plan Master File |
| ERAS | EIN Research and Assignment System |
| FYM | Fiscal Year Month |
| FNMA | Federal National Mortgage Association |
| GNMA | Government National Mortgage Association |
| HCSR | Home Care Service Recipient |
| LLC | Limited Liability Company |
| ITIN | Individual Taxpayer Identification Number |
| Mod IEIN | Modernized Internet EIN |
| NAICS | North American Industry Classification System |
| OMB | Office of Management & Budget |
| OPI | Over the Phone Interpreter Service |
| PII | Personally Identifiable Information |
| POA | Power of Attorney |
| POC | Point of Contact |
| QI | Qualified Intermediary |
| REIT | Real Estate Investment Trust |
| REMIC | Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit |
| RIC | Regulated Investment Company |
| RRA98 | IRS Restructuring and Reform Act |
| SAM | System for Award Management |
| SBA | Small Business Association |
| SSA | Social Security Administration |
| TAS | Taxpayer Advocate Service |
| TBOR | Taxpayer Bill of Rights |
| TEFRA | Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act |
| TE/GE CAS | Tax Exempt/Government Entities Customer Account Service |
| TPD | Third Party Designee |
| TS | Taxpayer Services |
| WPD | Wages Paid Date |